Home

QNAP TS-412 + 4x ST2000VN000

1. NASPR3 Location HewLett Packard HP LaserJet 2200 Print Using Generic PostScript Printer The selected printer software isn t from the manufacturer and may not let you use all the features of your printer 273 5 Additional options may be available for your printer Click Continue Installable Options NASPR3 Make sure your printer s options are accurately shown here so you can take full advantage of them For information on your printer and its optional hardware check the documentation that came with it 2 Duplex Printing Unit Cancel J Continue 6 The new network printer is now available for printing Cc 239 Pro2P5 1PR di L en C Open Print Queue 3 we i DN Options amp Supplies NASPR3 CG AT POF SER Location HewLett Packard HP Laserjet 2200 Kind Generic PostScript Printer Status idle Share this printer on the network Sharing Preferences 2 4 4 10 2 4 Setting up Printer Connection in Mac OS 10 5 If you are using Mac OS X 10 5 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS Make sure your printer is connected to the NAS and the printer information is displayed correctly on the USB Printer page 1 Go to Network Services Win Mac MFS Microsoft Networking Enter a workgroup name for the NAS You will need this information later amp KE 28 kh oO p Win Ma
2. Targets Discovery Favorite Targets Volumes and Devices RADIUS Configuration Quick Connect To discover and log on to a target using a basic connection type the IP address or DNS name of the target and then dick Quick Connect Target Quack Connect Discovered targets Name ian Z004 04 com MNAS iSCSI lun1 B8927AD To connect using advanced options select a target and then dick Connect To completely disconnect a target select the target and then dick Disconnect For target properties induding configuration of sessions select the target and dick Properties For configuration of devices assoaated with a target select the target and then dick Devices You may click Advanced to specify the logon information if you have configured the authentication otherwise simply click OK to continue Add this connection to the list of Favorite Targets This will make the system automatically attempt to restore the connection every time this computer restarts Enable multi path 158 Upon successful logon the status of the target now shows Connected zx Name Status ign 2004 04 com NAS SCSI lun 1B927AD Connected ign 2004 04 com NAS iSCSI mytarget B927AD After the target has been connected Windows will detect its presence and treat it as if a new hard disk drive has been added which needs to be initialized and fo
3. ln uz i p Rm e eiat Home Folders Local Users i System Settings Username Description Quota Action A Privilege Settings m admin administrator User Groups HERNA me Shared Folders User2 3 Quota User3 e 7 2 Als 2 Install Qsync utility Qsync will synchronize all chosen files on your computers or mobile devices Follow the instructions detailed on the Overview page to download the utility Login the NAS gt click the Qsync shortcut on the NAS Desktop gt Overview page or download the utility from the QNAP website Support gt Download gt Utilities e For computers please download the Qsync utility available for Windows operating 403 systems e For mobile devices please download and install Ofile available for iOS or Android operating systems Qsync Beta Users Devices Event Logs Team Folder Shared File Links Windows To start synchronizing files install Qsync utilities on your Install Qfile APP to access Qsync files computars 3 Login the NAS After installing the utility enter the user ID and password and specify the designated NAS as the Qsync server To locate the NAS within a LAN environment simply click Search or key in its IP address or name e g IP address 10 8 1 20 or 192 168 1 100 To connect to a remote NAS over the Internet please use your myQNAPcloud address to login e g andy myQNAPcloud com 404
4. Properties Permission Permission Owner Read write Execute Group Read Write Execute Others Read Write Execute L Apply changes to the folder s subfalderis and filets Permission SEPT Preview Ted Read Only admin Read Write testi Deny Access AL A X test l Deny Access A A testu3 Deny Access Create User Guest access right Deny access Select the users and user groups and specify the Read and Write rights Click Add 615 Select users and groups Local Users Yl ooo Preview His ud mL E3501 I Imt E di Me k 1 E E 3 E B E E Pis y Read Only a q rq Employeed s Deny Access E E E FE a Y uml Ira LI Ia ET Read OPI oo od mal Ree Ld TAS ye et E E E Ej o Es 3 Emplayeeu78 Dany Access CIE O E E Emplayeens1i Deny Access J i4 4 Page ilj b OU amp amp Display item 1 79 Total 3 ia E E O ds To remove the permissions on the list select the user s or user group s and click 616 Properties Permission Permission Name Preview Ted Read Only admin Read write testi Deny Access AL A J test l Deny Access A AL testu 3 Deny Access Create User SP Wr Guest access right Deny access Owner admin L4 Only the owner can delete the contents Only admin can create files and folders Apply changes to files and subfolders Apply and replace all existing permissions of this fold
5. cy myQNAPcloud e QNAP Cloud Installation Welcome to the QNAP Cloud Installation Please find your Cloud Key on the top of your QNAP NAS and enter it to start the installation Cloud Key Cannot find the Cloud Key Please click here to set up your QNAP NAS 3 Enter the cloud key cloud key can be found from the sticker on top of your QNAP NAS and click Enter 36 cy myQNAPcloud English QNAP Cloud Installation Welcome to the QNAP Cloud Installation Please find your Cloud Key on the top of your QNAP NAS and enter it to start the installation Cloud Key Q Cannot find the Cloud Key Please click here to set up your QNAP NAS A Note If you encounter the Device not found message on screen please make sure 1 your NAS has been powered on 2 the network cable is connected to the NAS and the orange and green indicator lights on its LAN port s are blinking and 3 the cloud key is correct 4 Fill out all fields to register your myQNAPcloud account or sign in your myQNAPcloud account check I agree to myQNAPcloud Terms of Use and QNAP Privacy Policy and click Next Step 37 cy myQNAPcloud 1 Sign in and register myQNAPcloud Account TS 421 English 2 Installing your NAS Your QNAP NAS has been connected Please create or sign in myQNAPcloud account to proceed With the my QNAPcloud account the system will help you to easily complete the remote connection settin
6. Set Coordina e e IF RT RSE N X SR a Y 636 Media Library and Privacy Settings Photo and video files in the Photo Station are listed according to shared folder privileges media folders and settings in the Media Library Photos and videos stored in the media shared folders are only visible after the files are detected and scanned by the Media Library Users can store the files in their home folder to hide them from other users For details on media folder settings please refer to the chapter on Media Library hi33 637 8 5 Music Station The Music Station helps you create a personal music center on the cloud This web based application is designed for users to play music files on the NAS or a media server listen to thousands of Internet radio stations using a web browser and share your music collections with your friends and families Your music collection stored on the Turbo NAS is automatically organized into categories for easy browsing Before you start 1 Enable the service in Control Panel Applications Station Manager Music Station Click the link on the page to directly access the Music Station from the webpage Se m w i amp gt amp Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station Download Station
7. 9 Goto iSCSI Target Management the snapshot LUN will be shown in the iSCSI 196 Target List Use iSCSI initiator software to connect to the iSCSI target and access the point in time data on the snapshot LUN For the information of connecting to the iSCSI targets on QNAP NAS please refer to http www qnap cony pro application asp ap id 135 E General Settings n ez LB Storage Manager Network Security Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Target List 4 C3 a a01 Advanced ACL amp id 0 myLUNO2 1 00 GB LUN Backup zjid 1 snap myLUNO3 1 00 GB allenO1 allen mu davidO1 david target targetO1 i p Hardware 9 8 Notification Firmware Update Power Encrypted File System Virtual Disk EE ni Status Ready Enabled Enabled Ready Ready Ready Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 1 Action v Note The source LUN and snapshot LUN cannot be mounted on the same NAS on certain operating systems such as Windows 7 and Windows 2008 R2 Please mount the LUN to different NAS servers in such case 197 Manage LUN Backup Restore Snapshot by Command Line QNAP NAS users can execute or stop the iSCSI LUN backup restore or snapshot jobs on the NAS by command line Follow the instructions below to use this feature Note The following instructions should only be operated by IT administrat
8. 0 00 Active 1 Y V d Inactive 3 Economics Principles and Applications 2nd Edition pc 5 84 MB 722 B Total 4 Display 25 Y records per page Y Y HTTP SFTP SBT Click Add File Browse and select a torrent file Create Task Input JUEL One entry per line Specify the folder where the downloaded files will be saved to Use credentials Select this option and enter the login information to download the files Show torrent files Select this option to choose the files to download after clicking OK 684 Create Task Move the completed downloads ta Download Use credentials Show torrent files Select the file s to download and click OK Select torrent file done the impossible torrent File Name done the impossible done the impossible mov done the impossible done the impossible txt Cancel Click the icons to manage the download tasks eon eet 685 Start a download task Pause a download task Delete a download task Start all pause all or pause all download tasks for a specified time period remove all completed tasks remove all completed tasks and delete data 686 HTTP FTP RapidShare Magnet Download To add an HTTP FTP RapidShare or Magnet download task click DownloadStation Download I Search Results Hame Enter the URL of the download task one entry per line Then select the download type HTTP
9. Grant dial in access to system user accounts Note RADIUS server only supports PAP EAP TLS PAP and EAP TTLS PAP authentication schemes for system user accounts Apply 2 Add RADIUS clients such as Wi Fi access points and VPN on the NAS in RADIUS Server RADIUS Clients Up to 10 RADIUS clients are supported Click Create a Client 509 MySQL Server Syslog Server Server Setting Create a Client E Name F WirelessAP1 p Antivirus RADIUS Server RADIUS Users a TFTP Server 3 Enter the client information and click Apply Mame IP Address Prefix Length Secret key 4 The clients are shown on the list WirelessaPpe 19 168 2 0 2d 11111111 510 IP Address 192 168 1 0 Prefix Length Status 24 Enabled Cancel ox Create a Client E ve io MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server Server Settings RADIUS Clients RADIUS Users Create a Client Name IP Address Prefix Length Status Action E WirelessAP1 192 168 1 0 24 Enabled maA WirelessAP2 192 168 2 0 24 Enabled mA WirelessAP3 10 0 1 0 24 Enabled maA 5 Create RADIUS users and their password in RADIUS Server gt RADIUS Users The users will be authenticated when trying to access the network through the RADIUS clients The maximum number of RADIUS users the NAS supports is the same as the maximum numb
10. 2 m 4G amp Ss amp E uu E Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library web Server LDAP Server VPN Service S tati on Server Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Enable Photo Station After enabling this service you may click one of the following links to enter Photo Station Regular login http 192 168 0 17 80 photo Secure login https 192 168 0 17 8081 photo Apply Note The option Show the photos of Sharing Management on the login screen once enabled will show a photo album on the NAS login page and other users can directly click that album on the login page to view photos contained with that album as a guest For details on this option please refer to the chapter on Station Managerl 51 2 Upload or copy videos or pictures to the designated media folders and scan them using the Media Library before launching the Photo Station if this is the first time the Photo Station is used For details on media folders please refer to the 623 chapter on Media Library h33 The Photo Station supports the following file format Images BMP Intel based NAS only RAW GIF PNG JPG and JPEG FLV and H 264 AAC Tips on file upload The maximum size of an image file is 2GB The maximum size of multiple files that can be uploaded at a time is 2GB 3 Launch the Photo Station from the Main Menu or the Photo Stati
11. Total Size Status 227 76 GB Ready 227 76 GB Ready Set Global Spare Unmounted Select one or more available drives and the migration method The drive capacity after migration is shown Click Migrate S 4 amp GF B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management R t HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Migrate Model Capacity Status WDC WD2500AAKX 22bERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready WDC WD2500AAKX 22ERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready IS 1 S ES Select the migration method Single Disk Volume RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume Single Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume o Single Disk Volume RAID 6 Disk Volume Single Disk Volume RAID 10 Disk Volume Source Disk Volume Single Disk Drive 1 The drive configuration is about to be configured as RAID 5 Disk Volume The capacity is approximately 461 12GB 107 Note that all the data on the selected hard drive will be cleared Click OK to confirm When migration is in process the required time and total drive capacity after migration are shown in the description field E S amp 6 9 g General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System SCSI Virtual Disk Action Disk Volume Total Size Bitmap Status Single Disk Drive 1 The NAS will enter
12. rel 217 BOTSO 00 pun Turbo System 706 Configuring settings of the HD Station Configure the HD Station by choosing Settings at the HD Station portal i App The applications can be enabled or disabled in this feature Settings ii Display Here you may change the screen resolution and set up to turn off the screen after an amount of idle time 707 Settings App Resolution 1250x720 Display Turn off the screen when idle Off Preferences Varela iii Preferences Here you may change the language or type of remote control and audio output The default setting is HDMI If you have a USB sound card installed you can choose that option in the NAS Audio Output Settings App Language English Visplay NAS Audio Output Default HDMI 0 3 Preferences Remote Control QNAP About Note Only the QNAP remote or MCE remote control is supported NOT all the TS x69 models support the internal remote control and the TS x70 models only support the MCE remote control 708 Remote Control Mappings J RM IROO1 Action XBMC HD Station Remote Function Control ou m Vol Vol List Icon View mode pepo p pepe ix Shortc Red Home Home Green Video menu Video Yellow Music menu Music Blue Photo menu Picture Video Bookmark 13 N A Favorite Menu peep qom fe pm o9 1 oe qe 1 1 e kee ene mer wr mene EE progress b
13. 611 System message This ISO share 5paceMaaician Images has been mounted successfully The ISO share will appear on the folder list You can access the contents of the ISO image file You can login the NAS web interface with an administrator account and specify the access rights of the users in Privilege Settings gt Share Folders NASC941FF SpaceMagician Images gt Dept Name a Modified Date Type gt 3 Download 2dicon 1970 01 01 08 00 00 Folder gt Cj home DBDriver 1978 01 31 11 05 30 Folder gt homes gt 3 Multimedia gt 3 Public gt Recordings ModelTex 1978 01 31 11 05 30 Folder Directx 1978 01 31 11 05 30 Folder Model 1970 01 01 08 00 00 Folder gt SpaceMagician Images Picture 1978 01 31 11 05 30 Folder 4 amp test 7 Plant 1978 01 31 11 05 30 Folder To unmount the share right click the folder name and select Unmount Click Yes to confirm k spaceMaaician Imaages 4 Cj test amp Unmount k 1 Recycle A Usb Add To Favorites A usBDiski Yr Remove from Favorites USBDISEZ a Properties 3 web b b b b USBDisk3 b L4 wour 6b82fed5f 612 Set file folder level permission You can set file or folder level permissions on the NAS by the File Station Right click a file or folder and select Properties rose jog Fl amp SpaceMagi Q Create
14. DownloadStation Download Search Results Tasks iy e uoxea ay 5 5 E SET Name Size Progress Download Upload Completed Time Share Ratio Type Priority O Downloading 0 MW Paused 0 Completed 4 Handbook of Labor Economics Team Nanban tmrg 10 22 MB Seeding 10096 E 18 66 LJ F Active 1 What Do We Buy Look at Goods and Services Lightn 12 18 MB Besaingo m00 dans 0 00 B amp Inactive 3 Economics Principles and Applications 2nd Edition pc 5 84MB Basang 18896 158 B s 722 The Harvard Medical School Guide to Lowering Your Ch 5 5MB Besedno 188096 nea 0 00 B Y RSS gt Total 4 Display 25 Y records per page HTTP SFTP Apr 673 Settings Global Settings Download Schedule Select continuous download or specify the download schedule When setting the download schedule select Full speed to use the global speed limit unlimited for all the download tasks Select Limited to apply the speed limit settings of the downloaded services Location of Downloaded Files Specify the default directory on the NAS for the downloaded files Notification Select to send a notification by email and or instant messaging when a download task has completed Note that the SMTP settings must be configured properly in System Settings Notification Settings Account List I Download Schedule Location af Downloaded O Continuous download Download Schedule OG dcm 4
15. MAC Address 00 08 9B D4 C5 E6 00 08 9B D4 C5 BC 00 08 9B D2 2C A9 00 08 9B 8D 27 51 00 08 9B BA 80 31 00 08 9B CF AC 4C 00 00 08 79 00 27 00 08 9B 8C D6 BB 00 08 9B D1 FE 9B 00 08 9B BA 84 A5 00 08 9B C3 7E B2 00 08 9B CF AD D8 00 08 9B CC 42 58 00 08 9B C5 A3 01 00 08 9B C7 77 BF 00 08 9B C7 64 3F AN YO QD MI NAA AN On line 47 27 12 The Quick Setup Wizard will be launched automatically Please confirm that the IP address shown up on the dialog window matches the Turbo NAS you are trying to configure please check the MAC address from the QNAP OQfinder and its corresponding IP address Click Yes to configure your Turbo NAS Quick Setup Wizarc Quick Setup Wizard ONAF NAS HASCF GOE 10 8 12 148 has not been configured yet Would you like to use the setup wizard to set up the server now The Quick Setup Wizard will help you setup the QNAP NAS Don t ask me again I d like to setup later Set up my QNAP NAS Please select Quick Setup or Manual Setup to start the initialization of the server Model XT5 421 Server Name NASCF GODE IP Address 10 8 12 148 MAC Address 00 08 9B CF 06 0E Firmware Version 4 0 0 Quick Setup 2012 2013 QNAP Systems Inc All rights reserved 14 Install a hard drive on your Turbo NAS if you have not already done so and click Detect Again 28 QNAP Turbo NAS Setup Wizard Hard drive missing The server cannot detect any installe
16. NAS8CC4EC NAS8BD878 Fan 219PII Kencheah NASD57206 NASCFO59E NASC2E7AD VICNAS KatyPerry QNAP FTP jauss419uplus qnapcherry mc Map Network Drive Restart Server Shut down Server Remote Wake Up Wake On LAN Search Network Camera SMTP Settings Resource Monitor NetBak Replicator QBack QGet VioGate Player VioGate Master 10 8 12 125 10 8 12 130 10 8 12 133 10 8 12 152 10 8 12 153 10 8 12 160 10 8 12 167 10 8 12 168 10 8 12 199 10 8 13 47 10 8 13 53 1n Oo12 cna Login Administrator NASCFOSOSE Administrator Name Administrator Password Bookmark the NAS TS 119P II TS 221 TS 220 TS 219P II TS 409 TS 509 TS 219P II TS 121 TS 120 TS 421 TS 410 TS 219P II TS 219P II TS 509 TS 419U TS 221 TC 110n Refresh 3 8 1 20121205 Q 4 0 0 20130509 4 0 0 20130411 Q 3 8 2 20130301 3 3 2 0918T Q 3 8 2 20130311 Q 3 8 3 20130423 Q 4 0 0 20130412 Q 4 0 0 20130411 4 0 0 20130411 Q 4 0 0 20130408 Q 3 8 2 20130301 O 4 0 0 20130508 O 3 8 0 20121114 Q 4 0 0 20130322 O 4 0 0 20130506 X A00 NINAO Remember user name and password 0 eS o Servers Connect Settings Tools Help a English b 00 08 9B C3 7E B2 00 08 9B C9 42 0F 00 08 9B D1 44 A7 00 08 9B C3 0B 89 00 08 9B 8C C4 EC 00 08 9B 8C A4 79 00 08 9B C3 0B 01 00 08 9B C9 41 EB 00 08 9B D5 72 06 00 08 9B CF 05 9E 00
17. Note For virtualization environment it is recommended to disable the write cache function Apply To configure the NFS access right to the shared folders on the NAS go to Privilege Settings Share Folders Click the Access Permission button on the Action column a User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security SharedFolder Advanced Permissions Folder Aggregation Create Restore Default Shared Folders P Folder Name Size Folders Hidden volume Action Dept 36 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 ae Download 53 62 GB 183 No Single Disk Drive 1 e Multimedia 18 42 MB 235 No Single Disk Drive 1 Hpg NAS 587 25 MB 891 No ISO og Public 251 1 MB 88 No Single Disk Drive 1 Hgg Recordings 32 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 Hag F TedHome 20 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 GAS USBDisk1 694 6 GB 30966 339270 No USB 1 GAS Page We Display item 1 24 Total 24 Show 50 v Items Select NFS host access from the dropdown menu on top of the page and specify the access right If you select No limit or Read only you can specify the IP address or domains that are allowed to connect to the folder by NFS 391 e No limit Allow users to create read write and delete files or folders in the shared folder and any subdirectories e Read only Allow users to read files in the shared folder and any subdirectories but they are not allowed to write create or delete any files
18. SNMP Service Discovery E M amp Ww A Media Library iTunes Server Server myQNAPcCIoud System Settings EA General Settings Backup Restore Privilege Settings DLNA Media Network Recycle Bin Storage Manager Users User Groups Network Services d Win Mac NFS FTP Qsync Beta Web Server LDAP Server 7 Synd Beta Ru 4 a m Network Hardware a System System Logs Status Shared Folders Telnet SSH VPN Service MySQL Server Syslog Server A cent mue pp center ERE Notification Firmware Update m nul Network Qsync Beta Recycle Bin e v F RADIUS Server TFTP Server n fa admin y 81 Desktop Area Remove or arrange all applications on the desktop or drag one application icon over the top of another to put them in the same folder Next Desktop and Last Desktop A M Click the next desktop button 1 right side of the current desktop or the last desktop button Mh left side of the current desktop to switch between desktops The position of the desktop is indicated by the three dots at bottom of the desktop Ls t 82 Dashboard All important system and HDD statistics can be reviewed in the QTS Dashboard System Health Resource Monitor sane TTE i 10KB s fT 9KHB s 1 9 1 4 Uptime 2 day s 10 16 04 0 9 0 4 CPU RAM HDD Health Storage
19. 0 1 3 CIOUG BOaCKUD s niis eni vd reap strade Dae e nA scc mp etus E i ED LM LEE 550 oO T EXCEL al Backup mI M MILI MERI ML DD E M UE 557 Siz mvoONAPcIold Sel VIiCQss vs ezescupo a inus erbe Rad ach abuela EE dE CRDI Iu da Du Ped TCR 576 enema Xeon TE 599 DARHOL SCALO M OT n M 623 9 9 MUSIC SEablODi ses ciae opio savor a i voreoS DU OP TRU R UFROPTUL VISA PEEL UN E ITE HV DRIED PR 638 o 5 Multimedia Statio iinei dnni eh cates ob eati Soares bete Sao Roni ur PUTA M Ode Ute 644 98 DoWnlodd Stdtlobisbsevetdini dates uv Datei dutem a Dedi tepido i dap bene hare 672 P ogia BESIET ECT TT TI TIT 691 9 9 S urvelllance Statlort PrO sacodetaeszxu semiisscHu Ei FCR piece os AE E ENE 713 O LO ADO CENCE s diete oe a Ru A rite vp au adi Biv aun MEC D ae aeta aie pct Re iv pc te P dur ee 723 9 Use the LCD Paneluiiss icis aaai as ini ini OX CARE TR ER RC ROC R CR WE ERCR ERR OCA RD TCR RC RR Rn 731 10 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE eec se ernhnenannnan eua nean uuu 737 1 Notice Legal Notice and Disclaimerl 6 Regulatory Noticel amp Symbols in this Document 12 Safety Information and Precautions 13 1 1 Legal Notice and Disclaimer Thank you for choosing QNAP products This user manual provides detailed instructions of using the Turbo NAS network attached storage Please read carefully and start to enjoy the powerful functions of the Turbo NAS e The Turbo NAS is hereafter referred to
20. 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Modifications Any modifications made to this device that are not approved by QNAP Systems Inc may void the authority granted to the user by the FCC to operate this equipment FCC Class B Notice This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits a
21. 240p 360p and 720p resolutions for different devices a ed o im Station Backup ITunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Manager Station Server Settings Media folder Transcode Setting Transcode Records Transcode service can help you to transcode your video contents in different formats for you to enjoy them on various platforms You can add the file to the transcode service using File Station Stop Transcode Information Status Action Multimedia Metal Gear Solid 3 5nake Ea Transcoding 895 Multimedia 1562 wmv Standby X Remove all transcode tasks Click Stop to suspend all ongoing tasks in the list Click Remove all transcode tasks to remove all tasks from the list Adjust the order each task is executed by clicking on Wi under the Action column and to remove the selected task from the list Note You can manually add the files to transcode from the File Station 442 Transcode Records A list of transcoded video files their status and the time the transcoding task is finished are listed here Click Clear records to clear the history and Refresh to refresh the list Bo g Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Manager Station Server Settings Media falder Transcode Setting Transcode Information Status Finish Time Multimedia 2002 0525 b mp Succeeded 2013 05 23 Clear records Refresh 443 7 5 Web Server Web Server The NAS supports Web Se
22. 4 Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores 5 Enter the IP address of other network UPS slaves to be notified in the event of power failure 6 Click Apply All to confirm and continue the setup for the NAS systems which operate in network slave mode below Dr lA F m 2 g Backup External System System Logs Restore Device Status External Storage USB Printer UPS _ UPS W Enable Network UPS Support Allows the following IP addresses to be notified in the event of power failure IP address 1 10 8 19 27 IP address 2 23 58 11 249 IP address 3 71 55 7 56 IP address 4 192 168 0 55 IP address 5 IP address 6 3 Turn off the server after the AC power fails for minute s 5 J The system will enter auto protection mode after the AC power fails for Auto protection when the power restores the system automatically resumes to its previous state UPS Information Normal Manufacture American Power Conversion Battery capacity Mma Model Smart UPS 1500 Estimated protection time 3 57 0 hh mm ss 291 Network slave mode A network UPS slave communicates with network UPS master to receive the UPS status To set up your NAS with UPS as ne
23. Cancel Specify the backup policy in Policy and filter settings in Filter These will become the 568 default settings for all the backup jobs Event Logs p icy Filter Delete extra files amp L Detect sparse files Overwrite the file if the source Check file contents amp file is newer or the file size is Ignore symbolic links amp different Cancel 569 Event Logs Policy Filter Is s s LI d L1 L1 fs File size t9 Min size Mas size Include file types 9 Documents Pictures MUSIC Temparary files Exclude file types Pictures Temporary files Documents MUSIC Download Backup Logs File date time t Fram 2000 01 01 E To 2012 01 01 E Video Applications Others Video Others Applications Cancel 1 To download the logs of a backup job make sure the option Download Detailed Logs in Options gt Event Logs has been enabled i Policy Filter Download detailed logs Maximum log size MBi 10 MBiMax 1GB Enable this option to include more information in the lag file You can also specify the maximum file size Send an alert email in the following conditionis Synchronization failed Synchronization has completed Note The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server 2 Click in Action column of a
24. Click Add User and specify the local NAS users who are allowed to view the private NAS services published on my QNAPcloud website These users may also use the myQNAPcloud Connect at the same time for remote access Maximum 9 users can be specified Select the users and click Send Invitation to send an email with instruction to access the services Delete Add Users Send Invitation Username myQNAPcloud Connect VPN myQNAPcloud Website V Ted v Iv 596 To send the instructions of the myQNAPcloud service to users via email select the user s and click the Send Invitation button Note To use this function the mail server settings must be properly configured in System Settings Notification SMTP Server Enter the email address Click Send Invite users with email notification to access service Username E mail Status Ted Ted Christggmail com 597 CloudLink Beta The CloudLink is a new service provided by QNAP for remote access to your QNAP NAS over the network without changing the settings of your router even if UPnP is not supported Check Enable CloudLink Beta service to enable this service W Enable CloudLink Beta service CloudLink is an innovative technology provided by QNAP for remote access to your QNAP NAS over the network without changing the settings of your routers It may work even if your router does not support UPnP You may enter your myQNAPcloud de
25. Public 250 87 MB 9 88 No Single Disk Drive 1 oae Recordings 32 KB 6 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 oae F TedHome 20 KB 3 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 aae USBDisk1 694 02 GB 30959 338379 No USB 1 ZB USBDisk2 70 04 GB 13879 No USB 2 ggg Usb 12 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 ZIBB Web 16 15 KB 7 No Single Disk Drive 1 Zilles homes 836 03 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 oag 4 Page Pi Display item 1 10 Total 20 Show 100 Items 1 To create a shared folder click Create gt Shared Folder 4 8 a O amp Users User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Advanced Permissions Folder Aggregation Restore Default Shared Folders Dp Size Folders Hidden volume Action 53 29 GB 10 No Single Disk Drive 1 Mae Multimedia 18 42 MB 21 No Single Disk Drive 1 ggg Public 250 87 MB 88 No Single Disk Drive 1 oppg Recordings 32 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 oae F TedHome 20 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 Zilles USBDisk1 694 02 GB 338379 No USB 1 Zilles USBDisk2 70 04 GB 13879 No USB 2 Zale Usb 12 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 Zale Web 16 15 KB 7 No Single Disk Drive 1 ggg homes 836 03 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 oppg Page 1 1l gt P Display item 1 10 Total 20 Show 100 Items 2 Click Next 328 Create A Shared Folder Create a Shared Folder This wizard guides you through the following settings e Shared Folder Settings e Privilege To continue click Next
26. Qsync Recvcle Bi id 4 Page 1 1 gt Dl a9 Display item 1 3 Total 2 Show 20 v Items a Name sample002 jpg Modified Date 2013 05 13 19 57 53 Type jpg File Size 119 72KB To permanently delete a file in the recycle bin right click the file in the Recycle folder and select Del from recycle X Del from recycle RECOVER Eg Empty Recycle Bin To empty the recycle bin for an individual shared folder right click inside the recycle bin and select Empty Recycle Bin X Del from recycle RECOVER Eg Empty Recycle Bin 402 6 7 Qsync Qsync is a cloud based file synchronization service empowered by QNAP Turbo NAS Simply add files to your local Qsync folder and they will be available on your Turbo NAS and all its connected devices Before you start Follow the 3 steps below before Qsync deployment 1 Create user accounts on the NAS 2 Install Qsync on your computers and Qfile on your mobile devices 3 Login the NAS serving as a Qsync server from your computers or mobile devices referred to in this document as Osync clients 1 Create user accounts on the NAS Please create user accounts for Qsync users For NAS administrator Please go to Control Panel Privilege Settings Users click Create For NAS users Please have the system administrator create an account for you Ic Control X Control Panel _ ag mg Search id
27. The destination NAS should contain enough drive bays to house the hard drives of the source NAS SS x39 and SS 469 Pro series support only 2 5 inch hard disk drives A NAS with ed disk volume cannot be migrated to a NAS which does not support file system encryption File system encryption is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS x20 TS x21 TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U TS 420U and TS 421U 62 The Multimedia Station Download Station iTunes Server and DLNA Media Server features will be removed after migrating the non TS x79 models to the TS x70U TS x79 models The shared folders Multimedia Qmultimedia Download Qdownload and all the downloaded files will be kept The registered myQNAPcloud name on the source NAS will not be moved to the destination NAS after system migration To use the same myQNAPcloud name on the destination NAS change the myQNAPcloud name on the source NAS before system migration and register the same name on the destination NAS after the process Please contact the QNAP technical support department if you need to keep myQNAPcloud name after system migration Destination NAS Disk volume supported for system migration 1 bay NAS 1 drive single disk volume 2 bay NAS 1 to 2 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 4 bay NAS 1 to 4 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 4 d
28. is in progress This option will be disabled when Download Station or MySQL service is enabled E B a 0 e B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update General Buzzer Write Cache Smart Fan You can gain better write performance when this option is enabled Please note an unexpected system shutdown might cause incomplete data transfer when data write is in process This option will be disabled when Download Station or MySQL service is enabled V Enable write cache EXT4 delay allocation 236 Smart Fan 8 8 x4 8 d FS we B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update General Buzzer Write Cache Smart Fan Fan rotation speed settings Enable Smart Fan recommended v 9 When ALL of the following temperature readings are met the fan will rotate at low speed The system temperature is lower than 40 C 104 F When ANY of the following temperature readings are met the fan will rotate at high speed The system temperature is higher than or equal to 57 C 135 F The hard drive temperature is higher than or equal to 50 C 122 F When the system temperature is lower than v stop fan rotation Smart Fan Configuration e Enable smart fan recommended Select to use the default smart fan settings or define the settings manually When the system default settings are selected the fan rotation speed will
29. migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration 20 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 5 3 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 m Online RAID level migration RAID 5 5 RAID 5 6 RAID 5 7 5 Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration 21 Online RAID level migration 122 4 2 3 Hard Disk S M A R T Monitor the hard disk drives HDD health temperature and the usage status by HDD S M A R T Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology The following information of each hard drive on the NAS is available pe I LLLI Display the hard drive S M A R T summary and the
30. 3 2013 05 11 Users system Source IP Computer name Search Reset Type Date Time Users Source IP Computer name Content A 2013 05 07 17 07 04 System 127 0 0 1 localhost Drive 1 The scanning is stopped by user wv 2013 05 07 17 06 55 System 127 0 0 1 localhost Drive 1 Start scanning bad blocks wv 2013 05 06 08 04 00 System 127 0 0 1 localhost USBDisk2 Device detected The file system is ntfs wv 2013 05 06 02 46 29 System 127 0 0 1 localhost USBDisk2 Device removed 2013 05 03 23 23 50 System 127 D D 1 localhost Video Station Video Station is enabled successfully Page 1 1 2 Display item 1 5 Total 5 Show 50 y Items Please note that for online users only the source IP and Computer name can be specified 307 5 Privilege Settings Users 309 User Groups 523 Share Foldersh2 Quotalse3 Domain Security bed 308 5 1 Users The NAS has created the following users by default e admin The administrator admin has full access to system administration and all shared folders It cannot be deleted e guest This is a built in user and will not be displayed on the User Management page A guest does not belong to any user group The login password is guest e anonymous This is a built in user and will not be shown on the User Management page When you connect to the server by FTP you can use this name to login The number of users you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If you
31. Click Next 186 Restore an iSCSI LUN Confirm Settings Job Name Restore backup myLUMO1 test 2 Protocol Windows Share CIFS SMB Remote Hast 10 8 12 79 Download LUN Image Name backup myLUMO1 myLUNO1 1 GB LUN Name test 2 Create a new LUN 1 GB Step 10 15 7 Click Finish to exit 187 Restore an iSCSI LUN Setup complete Congratulations The settings have been completed Click Finish to exit the wizard Step 15 15 Finish The restore job will be executed immediately Stop the running job Edit the job settings View the job status and logs 188 58 e 4 E 9 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update eer Create a Job Action nn Job Name Status Backup Finished a Backup _MYLUNO 1 gt backup myl Schedule Now 2013 05 28 16 48 58 189 Create an iSCSI LUN Snapshot Before creating an iSCSI LUN snapshot make sure at least one iSCSI LUN and one iSCSI target has been created on the NAS To create iSCSI targets and LUN go to Storage Manager gt iSCSI gt Target Management 1 To create an iSCSI LUN snapshot go to Storage Manager iSCSI LUN Backup Click Create a job E 0 a fF B General Storage Network Security Hardware Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System SCSI Virtual Disk P
32. Download Logs USB One Touch Copy Enable the USB one touch copy button to back up data from the front USB drive to the NAS or vice versa This feature is not supported by TS 809U RP TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP Smart Import Beta When users connect an external device such as a camera to the front USB port all photos and videos on the device will be imported to the NAS automatically without pressing the Copy button Imported files will be stored in 5martImport a newly created folder under the default backup directory During each import only new photos and videos will be imported to a new folder 572 Backup Station Backup Server Rsync Server RTRR Server Time Machine am Remote Replication NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR Cloud Backup Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy Configure the behavior of the USB one touch copy button to back up the data from the front USB drive to the NAS or vice versa 9 Smart Import Beta USB One Touch Copy As an external storage drive Smart Import Beta Default Backup Directory Multimedia M When you connect an external device such as a camera to the front USB port all the photos and videos on the device will be imported to the NAS automatically without the need to press the COPY button Imported files will be stored in a newly created folder 5martImport under the default backu
33. Error packets 296 System Service View the current settings of system services provided by the NAS on this page System Information Antivirus Enabled Apple Networking Enabled Apple Zone name DONS Service Enabled Disk Management Enable iSCSI target service Port Download Station Enabled FIP Service Enabled Port Maximum connections LDAP Server Enabled System Status Network Status System Service _ Hardware Information Resource Monitor Rsync Server Enabled o RTRR Server Enabled RADIUS Server Enabled Service Binding Enabled SNMP Enabled Port Surveillance Station Enabled Syslog Server Enabled System Port Management Port Secure connection port 297 Hardware Information View basic hardware information of the NAS on this page System Information Network Status My WAS CPU Usage Total memory Free memory System temperature HDD 1 temperature System Status System Service Hardware Information Resource Monitor 298 17 5 Yo 1011 1 MB 650 5 MB 47 C 116 F SSC y 102 F Resource Monitor You can view the CPU usage disk usage and bandwidth transfer statistics of the NAS on this page e CPU Usage This tab shows the CPU usage of the NAS System Status System Information Network Status System Service Hardware Information Memory Usage Disk Usage Bandwidth Usage Process e Memory Usage This tab shows the memory usage of the NAS
34. Settings Global BT Account List Connection Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit ET CES Global maximum concurrent downloads Global maximum upload rate KB s 0 means unlimited Global maximum download rate KB s D means unlimited Maximum Upload rate per torrent KB s 0 means unlimited Global maximum number of connections Maximum number of connected peers per torrent Seeding Preferences Share Ratio 150 on Share Time Manual Stop Apply Cancel e BT Search Select the BT engines to enable for BT search on the Download Station 678 Settings Global l Account List Connection Enabled Name Description K Vertor Bandwidth Limit s KickAssTorrents K TorrentReactor s isohunt s ETDigg K PirateBay s Mininava s Extratorrent Cancel Account List You can save the login information of maximum 64 HTTP FTP and RapidShare accounts To add login information click Add Account Settings Global Account List Add Account Edit Account Delete Account Hast Wiser Name Status Cancel The default host is rapidshare com To enter the login information for an HTTP or FTP server select Input manually 679 Settings Account List Add a New Account Host rapidshare com v Input manually Name Password Enabled Enabled wv Cancel Enter the host name or IP username and password To allow the login
35. Single Disk Single Disk Display item 1 10 Total 22 Show 50 Y Items Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 oae oae ggg ggg ggg gag gag gag gag Create an ISO Share Ghoose An ISO Image File This wizard guides you through the following settings e 150 Shared Folder Settings e Privilege Source 50 Image File fUSBDisk1 500G Game MGs v Note Only ISO image files will be listed The ISO shared folders can be unshared by clicking Remove in the folder list Step 1 7 Cancel 3 The image file will be mounted as a shared folder of the NAS Enter the folder name 352 Create an ISO Share ISO Shared Folder Settings Folder Mame S Hidden Folder Yes Description Step 2 7 Cancel 4 Specify the access rights of the NAS users or user groups to the shared folder You can also select Deny Access or Read only for the guest access right Click Next 353 Create an ISO 5hare Privilege You can select one af the following methods to configure the user access right to the network shared folder 9 Grant read only access right for administrators only OQ By User By User Group Guest access right Deny Access O Read only Step 3 7 Cancel 5 Confirm the settings and click Next 354 Create an ISO 5hare Gonfirm Settings Folder Name Hidden Folder Ma Path INAS Descriptian Access right Grant r
36. Single Disk Drive 1 QTS Dashboard Hardware Scheduled Tasks News System 34C 93F Al Jobs Last24hours E Utility MyCloudNAS Connect Windows v1 0 0 Build0213 CPU 45Chisxr Summary 0 succeeded 1 fail cw 1107 RPM task 1 Utility QNAP QGet Windows v3 1 0 Buildi311 Time support Windows 8 Now Status Failed Utility QNAP Finder Windows v3 6 5 Online Users 3 Buildi031 Support Windows 8 now DO 01 29 10 8 14 31 DO 09 13 10 8 12 55 00 00 24 Utility QNAP QFinder Mac OS v1 0 17 10 3 12 6 Buildi101 E admin Utility NetBak Replicator Windows v4 2 2 Build1031 5upport Windows 8 now A admin fie ee eed ae EF admin Utility QNAP OFinder Linux v1 0 6 Build1101 e System Health The status of the NAS system is indicated in this section Click the header to open the System Status page e HDD Health The status of the HDDs currently installed in the NAS will be shown in here X1 means that only one HDD is currently installed in the NAS For multiple HDDs installed in the NAS the status indicated is only for the HDD with the worst condition Click the HDD Health header to open the HDD SMART page in Storage Manager and review the status of each HDD For details on the Storage Manager please refer to the chapter on Storage Managerle51 Click the icon to switch between the HDD Summary page and the HDD status indicator Please note that the color of the HDD symbol w
37. The host name or IP address of the LDAP server e LDAP Security Specify how the NAS will communicate with the LDAP server o l dap Use a standard LDAP connection default port 389 o lIdap ldap SSL Use an encrypted connection with SSL default port 686 This is usually used by older version of LDAP servers o Ldap ldap TLS Use an encrypted connection with TLS default port 389 This is usually used by newer version of LDAP servers e BASE DN The LDAP domain For example dc 2mydomain dc local e Root DN The LDAP root user For example cn admin dc 2mydomain dc local e Password The root user password e Users Base DN The organization unit OU in which users are stored For example ou people dc 2mydomain dc local e Groups Base DN The organization unit OU in which groups are stored For example ou group dc 2mydormain dc local 379 4 Click Apply to save the settings Upon successful configuration the NAS will be able to connect to the LDAP server 5 Configure LDAP authentication options e If Microsoft Networking has been enabled Network Services gt Win Mac NFS gt Microsoft Networking when applying the LDAP settings specify the users who can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Samba o Local users only Only the local NAS users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking o LDAP users only Only the LDAP users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Note Both the LDAP users a
38. all other supported video files in the folder will also be shown in the playlist and played Click X to exit the playback page QNAP TS 629 Pro Turbo NAS MP4 QNAP TS 639 Pro Turbo NAS MP4 00 01 19 U0 07 27 seeking Volume Copyright 2010 GMAP Systems inc All Rights Reserved 663 Transcoding video If the video files are in AVI M4V MPG MPEG RM RMVB WMV formats you need to transcode the file in order to play it on the Multimedia Station properly A video file which can be transcoded is shown with an icon like below in thumbnail view Click the icon and confirm to perform video transcoding Wait patiently when transcoding is in process 2010 05 05 2 The video will be converted to FLV format You can then play it on your web browser Only administrators are allowed to transcode a video QNAP does not guarantee all video formats or codecs are supported You are highly recommended to convert the video files into the formats that the Multimedia Station Supports before uploading the files to the NAS Home video I j LN i Pt g i cj g View A o Sur Name Date Type fe 201005717 Folder 2010 05 05 22 00 07 22 01 09 avi 201 0 05 7 video 2010KB QNAP TS 639 Pra Turbo NAS MP4 2010 05 13 video 27 B49KB NAP TS 639 Pro Turbo MAS_ MP4 207 OS 7 video 27 852kB testAVI 201 0 5 7 video 128 870KB testfiv 2010 1571 7 videa 40 47 7 kB 664 My Jukebox You can create playlists of music
39. enable DHT Distributed Hash Table network and specify the UDP port number for DHT o Protocol encryption Enable this option for encrypted data transfer Settings Account List Bandwidth Limit Connection Setting BT Search Port used far incoming connections 6881 Enable UPnP part mapping Enable DHT network UDP port to use for DHT Protocol Encryption Outgoing traffic Disabled Apply Cancel e Bandwidth Limit Specify the maximum download rate of BT download tasks 0 means no limit o Global maximum concurrent downloads Specify the maximum number of concurrent BT downloads NAS models Maximum number of concurrent downloads ARM based Non Intel based NAS 677 o Global maximum upload rate KB s Enter the maximum upload rate for BT download 0 means no limit o Global maximum download rate KB s Enter the maximum download rate for BT download 0 means no limit o Maximum upload rate per torrent KB s Enter the maximum upload rate per torrent O means no limit o Global maximum number of connections This refers to the maximum number of allowed connections to the torrent o Maximum number of connected peers per torrent This refers to the maximum number of allowed peers to connect to a torrent e Seeding Preferences Specify the share ratio for seeding a torrent and the sharing time The share ratio is calculated by dividing the amount of uploaded data by the amount of downloaded data
40. gt Download gt C3 home gt C3 homes gt C3 Multimedia gt C3 Public gt C3 Recordings gt test gt Usb gt C3 USBDisk1 gt USBDisk2 gt 3 USBDisk3 b C3 web B your 06b82fed5f Qsync Recycle Bin Share File Sharing f Recycle Bin o Name a Modified Date Admin 2013 05 16 22 09 51 Folder HR 2013 05 16 22 09 59 Folder Production 2013 05 16 22 10 05 Folder Sales 2013 05 16 22 10 13 Folder test 2013 05 16 22 10 20 Folder Hoaaa i4 4 Page Al Wile Display item 1 5 Total 5 Show Items Uploading files To use this feature install Adobe Flash plug in for your web browser 600 1 Select a folder and click 4 Upload 2 Click Browse to select the file s 3 Select to skip or overwrite the existing file s in the folder 4 Click to upload a file or Upload All to upload all the selected files Upload Upload destination test Browse Uploaded filest Total size 0 BYTES Transfer Rate Time Remaining U04 Heowulf tet 33 76 KB 0 AYTESsSec 002 The Cdyssey tt 32 17 KB 0 BYTES Sec 003 The Aeneid tt 36 12 KB 0 BYTES Sec Upload All If the file already exists G Skip Overwrite Note The maximum size of a file that can be uploaded to the NAS by the File Station is 2GB without JAVA plug in 601 Downloading files 1 Select a file or folder to download 2 Right click the mouse and select Download to download the file Pleas
41. page 4 Connect the USB device for example digital camera or flash to the front USB port of the NAS 5 Press the Copy button once The data will be copied according to your settings on the NAS Note Incremental backup is used for this feature After the first time data backup the NAS only copies the changed files since the last backup Caution Files are copied from the source to the destination Extra files on the destination will be deleted files of the same names will be overwritten by the source Source data will remain unchanged As an external storage drive When an external device is connected to the front USB port it will be identified as an external storage drive connected to the port p Backup Station im Backup Server A f E Configure the behavior of the USB one touch copy button to back up the data from the front USB drive to the NAS or vice versa Rsync Server R 3 Smart Import Beta USB One Touch Copy 9 As an external storage drive RTRR Server Time Machine As an external storage drive Bi emn eee When an external device is connected to the front USB port it will be treated as an external storage drive like being connected to NAS to NAS the back USB port Rsync RTRR 4 amp amp Cloud Backup Apply Amazon 3 ElephantDrive Symform Z External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy 575 8 2 myQNAPcloud Service The myQNAPcloud service is a function wh
42. renamed fram the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made 9 Schedule Scheduled synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed fram the source folder to the target folder according to the pre configured schedule Monthly 25 DD jal O0 ws Ol je Configure policy and filter Step 4 9 Cancel 7 Select whether or not to enable the following options e Delete extra files Delete extra files in the target folder Deletions made on the source folder will be repeated on the target folder This option is not available for real time data backup e Detect sparse files Select this option to ignore files of null data e Overwrite the file if the source file is newer or the file size is different e Check file contents Examine the file contents date size and name to determine if two files are identical This option is not available for real time data backup e Ignore symbolic links Select this option to ignore symbolic links in the pair folder 561 Create a Job Configure synchronization policy Delete extra files t Detect sparse files 9 Overwrite the file if the source file is newer or the file size is different Check file contents t Ignore symbolic links 5 Step 5 9 Cancel 8 Create filters for the backup job e File size Specify the minimum and maximum size of the files to be copied e File date time Specify the date and time of the files to be copied
43. 05 10 17 31 Page 13 gt gt System Event Logs System Connection Logs _ Online Users Syslog Client Management Options 52 1 31 47 Clear Users quest quest quest quest quest guest quest guest guest guest l sav Source IP 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 10 8 12 6 Computer name tatehuang nb tatehuang nb tatehuang nb tatehuang nb tatehuang nb tatehuang nb tatehuang nb tatehuang nb tatehuang nb tatehuang nb Connection type SAMBA SAMBA SAMBA SAMBA SAMBA SAMBA SAMBA SAMBA SAMBA SAMBA Accessed Resources Action Public Transmissio Read Public Transmissio Read Public Transmissio Read Public Transmissio Read Public Milstead QN Read Public Chrome gra Read Public Chrome gra Read Public Chrome gra Read Public Milstead QN Read Public Milstead QN Read Display item 1 10 Total 22 Show 10 v Items 304 Online Users The information of the on line users connecting to the NAS by networking services is shown on this page Tip Right click a log to disconnect the IP connection and block the IP System Event Logs System Connection Logs Online Users Syslog Client Management Type Login Date Login Time Users Source IP Computer name Connection t Accessed Resources A 2013 05 09 15 27 44 admin 10 8 12 8 HTTP Administration Add to the block list V
44. 06 Come Alea mp3 B OF a ES M ps B Ce Be My Love English ves Ha os mpi LO Color Your Saul mp3 436 7 3 DLNA Media Server QNAP Turbo NAS supports two types of DLNA Media Servers QNAP Media Server and Twonky Media DLNA Server QNAP Media Server is developed by QNAP while Twonky Media DLNA Server is a third party media server To allow DLNA media player to access and play the multimedia contents on the NAS via QNAP Media Server enable QNAP Media Server and configure the Media Library for QNAP Media Server To allow DLNA media players to access and play the multimedia contents on the NAS via the Twonky Media DLNA Server enable it and click the link http NAS IP 9000 to enter the configuration page of the TwonkyMedia DLNA DLNA Media Server aS S W 2 0 x Station Backup Tunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server YPN Service Manager Station Server Enable QNAP Media Server Beta Service Name WASCG41FF Scan now Restart Note Note QMAP Media Server requires Media Library ta be enabled Please configure the settings in Applications gt Media Library Click here to set Media Library The displayed contents of DLNA server will be based an the system administrator account permissions and media library settings Enable TwonkyMedia DLWA Server After enabling this service click the following link to enter DLNA Media Server configuration page htt 192 168 017 9000 Cli
45. 08 9B C2 E7 AD 00 08 9B C2 DE 13 00 08 9B C3 0B 7B 00 08 9B BA 80 31 00 08 9B C6 75 24 00 08 9B C9 42 01 AN o aD Ce A n1 3 Browse and select the firmware for the NAS Click Start to update the system 248 Select the system firmware to be installed or updated to the system hard disk Path of system firmware image file Cz Users Tate Huang Desktop TS 421_20130504 4 0 0 TS 421_20130504 4 0 Firmware Model T5 421 Version 4 0 0 H Automatically update the firmware to the latest version Server Name Model Name Version MAC Address Prog Status NASCFOS9E T5 421 4 0 0 201 00 08 9B CF 05 9E Update all the servers with the same model number within the network Note The NAS servers of the same model on the same LAN can be updated by the Finder at the same time Administrator access is required for system update 249 4 9 Backup Restore Backup Restore Settings Ja _ 9 gt I w Backup External System System Logs Restore Status Restore to Factory Default Back up System Settings To backup all settings including user accounts server name and network configuration etc click Backup and select to open or save the setting file Backup Restore System Settings To restore all settings click Browse to select a previously saved setting file and click Restore to confirm Browse Restore Back up System Settings To back up all the settings including the user acc
46. 1 GAS NAS 587 25 MB 6 891 No ISO Zils Public 251 1 MB a 88 No Single Disk Drive 1 ZIBB Recordings 32 KB 6 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 ZIBB F TedHome 20 KB 3 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 ogg USBDisk1 694 6 GB 30966 339270 No USB 1 Page 1 41 Display item 1 24 Total 24 Show 50 v Items Select permission type Users and groups permission Y Edit the user and group Users and groups permission 3 and File Station aiae NFS hast access Hi Dept 3 Download 4 Multimedia ONAS 4 Public 3 Lj Recordings Emplayeen73 Read only 3 TedHome gi JusBDiski J Employeed s Read Only 3 USBDisk2 3 JUSBDisk3 a Usb Guest access right Deny access Y Add Remove LO web 3 CJhomes Owner Ted EF IE Only the owner can delete the contents atest Only admin can create files and folders ao testu1 Apply changes to files and subfolders gi testa nba ts Read Wri Deny Acces Special Permission E E E a a g A Employeeg72 Read Only a A K A Employeed76 Read Only v Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Clase 348 Specify the allowed IP addresses and host names The following IP address and host name are used as example here IP address 192 168 12 12 192 168 Host name dnsname domain local domain local click Add to enter the IP address and host name and then Apply Shared Folder Select permission type Microsof
47. 17 2 2 SOftware sImstallgtlOli srian a vate POPE AVR E DOLA a e SO e Eolo Rr QUSE Uta Modden 21 2 2 1 Online IPS Tallat suada vdasuc iS eui aeo FE said in 8 Tn AERE Yat o CENSUM deg ocd Sca NOSE daa E cMERU EUR DE Udd 22 VV Coua TSCA QU OM Den 35 EP NC CD INS CINA tOM C M 44 PCIE udipemolld e tno 45 2 4 Connecting to NAS Shared Folders iei ao Ev eoo bet DE Rx EORs bove ere rest soo 48 2 4 1 Connecting to NAS shared folders in WindOWs eeeoeese seen nnn 49 2 4 2 Connecting to NAS shared folders in Mac or LinUux eeesesseeee esee nhanh nnn nnn nnn 54 2 5 Connecting to NAS by Web Browser sseeseeeeen nnnm hh nnns 60 2 6 Migrating TOM OIG INAS seo metit epe ideam o gu ua trud up contu dato uti mu qut ue ud daten satur d auccneci 62 3 OTS Basics and Desktop ieeeee eoo suauhuuunuuuuuaaanhuhRRRRSSESRARRRRRRERRHRERARRRRRRRRRRRRRA 65 SL IDtFOOUCiDg O TPSsateidatoIveets vata dues DU ge bt pO del sobre dU dares abe Pvt haie EREDA 66 2 2 Using OTS DESK O Doinne a dau a vadit Gas ud eiicens ace M eniin QUO Mt 70 4 System Settings eoo eeiauuusnnunuuaanuuuuuuuhhaRARRERRERRRSARARRRRRRRRRERARRRRRRRRRSRAARARRRR RR 86 Ao Gene lal SCCUNGS ET E D UU m mm 87 dz Storage MariddgelLisssiueesub auis Oed nih aad ait ra E his Cede ON Ae Pared E Ped rra 95 d o2 VOlUItie Mallageltieltt coated otia nid etta tv ore qe ege P dide diu dama EN RR 96 4 2 2 RAID M
48. 232 89 GB Ready Drive 4 WDC WD2500AAKX 22E 232 89 GB Ready File System Encryption Step 2 2 3 Select Yes for the Encryption option and enter the encryption settings Then click Create to create the new encrypted volume 128 Volume Creation Wizard es Ingle Add Hard Drive E Disk Model Capacity Status E Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX 22 232 89 GB Ready Drive 4 WDC WD2500AAKX 22 232 89 GB Ready File System Encryption Password Serre Re enter Password IT E Use Default Value Save encryption key Step 2 2 Note that all the data on the selected drives will be DELETED Please back up the data before creating the encrypted volume All the data and network shares on the diskis you selected will be cleared The connections to the disk s will be disconnected Are you sure you want to continue Cancel You have created an encrypted disk volume on the NAS Verify that disk volume is encrypted To verify the disk volume is encrypted login the NAS as an administrator Go to Storage Manager gt Volume Management You will be able to see the encrypted disk volume with a lock icon in the Status column The lock will be open if the encrypted volume has been unlocked A disk volume without 129 the lock icon in the Status column is not encrypted Current Configuration Logical Volumes Format Check File System Disk Volume File Sys Tota
49. 4 A E GF B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Add Virtual Disk Action Target Name Virtual Disk Name File System Total Size Free Size Status 4 10 8 12 86 iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi t Connected VirtualDisk1 1023 MB 986 MB Ready Note Create a shared folder for the virtual disks nen Peete 203 To edit a virtual disk name or the authentication information of an iSCSI target Connect To connect to an iSCSI target ui Disconnect To disconnect an iSCSI target To format a virtual disk as EXT3 EXT 4 FAT 32 NTFS or HFS file Format system X Delete To delete a virtual disk or an iSCSI target 204 4 3 Network TCP IP 1 IP Address Configure the TCP IP settings DNS Server and default Gateway of the NAS on this page General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Backup External Settings Manager Update Restore Device NA ba LGPZIP a Wi Fi IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address Edit Link Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Speed MTU 2 Q Etherneti Yes 192 168 0 17 299 299 299 0 192 168 0 1 00 08 9B C9 41 FF 100Mbps 1500 4 p DNS Server Default Gateway Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the settings from Etherne
50. Access Protection Certificate amp Private Key _ You can upload a secure certificate issued by a trusted provider After you have uploaded a secure certificate successfully you can access the administration interface by SSL connection and there will not be any alert or error message If you upload an incorrect secure certificate you may not be able to login the server via SSL To resolve the problem you can restore the secure certificate to default and access the system again Status default secure certificate being used Download Certificate Download Private Key Restore Default Certificate amp Private Key Certificate please enter a certificate in X 509PEM format below View Sample Private Key please enter a certificate or private key in X 509PEM format below View Sample Clear 231 4 5 Hardware Configure the hardware functions of the NAS General 3 4 ale 9 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware ower Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update _ General Buzzer Write Cache Smart Fan Enable configuration reset switch Enables hard disk standby mode The status LED will turn off if there is no access within Time 30minutes V Enables the light signal alert when the free storage size is less than the value Size 3072 MB Enable write cache EXT4 delay allocation Enable configuration reset switch When this function is turned on you can press the reset button for 3 seconds to res
51. Administration JL Jl Daylight Saving Time Codepage aii Password Strength B Select one of the templates below for the login sereen Apply n Preview 94 4 2 Storage Manager Volume Management ee RAID Management 108 Hard Disk S M A R T 123 Encrypted File Systeml124 isCSII33 Virtual Diskbo9 95 4 2 1 Volume Management This page shows the model size and current status of the hard drives on the NAS You can format and check the hard drives and scan the bad blocks on the hard drives When the hard drives have been formatted the NAS will create the following default share folders e Public The default shared folder for file sharing by everyone e Qdownload Download The shared folder for Download Station e Qmultimedia Multimedia The shared folder for Multimedia Station e Qusb Usb The shared folder for data copy function using the USB ports e Qweb Web The shared folder for Web Server e Qrecordings Recordings The shared folder for Surveillance Station The default shared folders of the TS x59 and TS x69 Turbo NAS series are Public Download Multimedia Usb Web and Recordings Note The default shared folders of the NAS are created on the first disk volume and the directory cannot be changed 96 a o 9 g General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update _ Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Virtual Disk Create Curre
52. Applications pi 250G 0 D3 23283 GB 30 00 GB NTFS 187 88 GB NTFS Online Healthy Primary Partition f Healthy Logical Drive C 465 76 GB NTFS Healthy System Boot Page File Active Crash Dump Primary Disk 2 SSF Basic iSCSI LUNI G 2048 00 GB 2048 00 GB NTFS Online Healthy Primary Partition My iSCSI Target F 10 00 GB NTFS 7 160 This section shows you how to use Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator on Mac OS to add the iSCSI target QNAP NAS as an extra partition Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS About Xtend SAN iSCSI initiator ATTO s Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator for Mac OS X allows Mac users to utilize and benefit from iSCSI It is compatible with Mac OS X 10 4 x to 10 6 x For more information please visit http www attotech co roducts product php sku zINIT MACO 001 After installing Xtend SAN iSCSI initiator you can find it in Applications C Xtend SAN Les Ba a Ex Y DEVICES web LJ Uninstaller Y Preview Zj Macintosh HD i Work 09 E Xtend SAN ee SS jDownloader Komodo Edit mn ATTO be VMware Fusion E Mail Y SHARED amp Microsoft Messenger j SCS ES 172 17 21 5 amp I 1X Movist I El 172 17 22 93 Nally E AFP ow Notes i a SAMBA L3 Paragon NTFS for Mac OS X Name Xrend SAN m SAMBA L E
53. Cancel 629 Photo and video operations Right click a photo or video a drop down menu will show up and users can choose to perform a desired action from the list sample 00 se L0 Go ie wy sample Download Open sampledo Add To Download Add To Share 4dd To Set Coordinates sampledo Add Tag Add To Share Edit Pixlr Editor Add Tag Delete MBE ESE sample Delete ABE Eee Photo Video Rotate the photo 90 degrees clockwise or counter clockwise Switch to the viewing mode Switch to the viewing mode Download the photo Add to Add the photo to an album Private Collection Sharing INN Management or Slideshow Add the photo to the Sharing Management in the right panel 630 DNEESNHEN Color label the photo To tag rate or color label multiple photos or videos first click on top of the screen or hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard select your desired photos or videos and right click the photos or videos to perform desired actions After photos or videos are tagged rated or color labeled they can be searched by their rating color label or tag in the search box Qr l Imi S Clear Title Photo date Tag 2 224 631 Photo and video viewing mode Double click a photo to switch to the viewing mode Photo Station sample007 jpg LINER I a r Photo Station 1562 wmv Video viewi
54. DATA HDE DATA CK 701 If you want to add the Download shared folder for example choose Download h You will see the Download shared folder in the list Download Note e If you encounter any video playback quality issues with some video formats you may enable the following settings on the XBMC Go to Setting gt Video gt Playback and then enable Adjust display refresh rate to match video and Sync playback to display 702 Chrome Select the Chrome application at the main page of the HD Station like below Chrome You may surf the web like using a web browser on your PC Note In order to use this application you are required to use the mouse function on the Qremote or use the USB mouse directly connected to the NAS 703 PF M Y if i in order to use this function please connect a USE mouse to the NAS or use Oremote app Are you sure you want to use this function 704 YouTube Enjoy the YouTube contents via the HD Station YouTube Search Results mavie a HOME Official Mowe THRIVE What On Earth Will It Take III 24 hours on craigslist Tree Blood and BHone Full Mowe LS S48 4 Zomblies Official Full Length Movie terres eH cran ein 705 MyNAS Enter the local NAS administration web page to view the NAS functions and settings
55. EXT4 FAT NTFS and HFS file systems The general information of the storage device will be shown b Select Map this backup job to the volume ID only to map the backup job to this particular external storage device The NAS will recognize the device and execute the backup job according to the settings automatically every time it is connected to the NAS via any USB eSATA interface C Select to back up the data from local disk volume to the external storage or vice versa d Click Next Multiple partitions on the external storage device will be recognized as individual disk volumes 558 Create a Job Select Sync Locations Select the target folder for synchronization Select a disk volume LISBDISEkT Manufacturer Storejet Model Transcend File System NTFS Size 3 99 GB 698 63 GB Volume ID 2eaqoa30570438204 Map this backup jab to the volume ID only 9 From local disk to external storage O From external storage to local disk Step 2 9 Cancel 5 Select the source and destination folders for backup Then click Add Up to 5 folder pairs can be created Click Next 559 Create a Jab Configure Multiple Folder Pairs Local source folder Remate destination folder Dept Sales w e USBDisk1 w Add Local source folder Remote destination folder Action Dept Sales e USBDIsk1 Step 3 9 Cancel Note If a folder or its parent folder or child folder has been selected as the
56. Em Es ADTESTS Guest poga ADTEST5 krbtgt a2 s e Es ADTESTS backupadm is e 2 8 e3 Es ADTESTS aa Cz es ADTESTS bb s s ems ADTESTS tony B Maar ADTESTS kent e ejm ADTESTS ken ix MBAABE E Page 1 4 gt WM a Display item 1 10 Total 39 Show 10 v Items 372 Windows 2003 The AD server name and AD domain name can be checked in System Properties System Properties E4 Computer Hame Hardware Advanced Remote Full computer name nodet anap test com Domain gnap test com To rename this computer or change its dp workgroup click Change i CNEEUTN a In Windows 2003 servers the AD server name is node1 NOT nodel qnap test com b The domain name remains the same 373 Windows Server 2008 Check the AD server name and domain name in Control Panel System a This is the AD server name b This is the domain name IIT l koghkeg f 4 Conbrol Panel System F e Edt View Took Help Tasks View basic information about your computer pum Windowes edition E Remote settings Windoes Server Datacenter gU Advanced system settings Copyright amp 2007 Merosoft Corporabon Al nights reserved Service Pasck 1 d _ p Sechern Proceso InbekR Core TMI2 Quad CR OESD qr 240Hz 2 49 Gee Mesory FAM 1 00 GE System type GA bit Operating System nme domain and workgnoup settings Wiridosees activation VA 53 dai
57. Exposure t Camera pr Camera m Lens Info Focal length White Bala Flash Metering M Menu Bar Search photo and video files in the Media Library by title Search photo date tag rating or color label Switch between the thumbnail browsing mode 1 and detail browsing mode d 84 to display the photos and video thumbnails Display photos or videos as timeline Click t to organize Igi photos or videos chronically as timeline and to list photos or videos by date Refresh the current page LN Set media folders to view your photos videos Bring up the Media Folder page in the Media Library Left Panel e Photo List all photos from the media folders defined in the Media Library Click or 2 to upload photos from local PC A new folder named with the date files are uploaded will be created under the Multimedia folder to store your uploaded files A virtual album named using the date will be created as well e Video List all videos from the media folders defined in the Media Library Click or to upload videos from local PC A new folder named with the date files are uploaded will be created under the Multimedia folder to store your uploaded files e Media Library Folder List all photos and videos by folders defined in Media Library 2 the folder directly in the path on top to go straight to that folder Click a folder in the list to enter its next level to go b
58. FTP RapidShare or Magnet Link If a username and password is required to access the file select Use credentials and select a pre configured account Settings gt Account List or enter a username and password Then click OK The NAS will download the files automatically Create Task Input URL One entry per line URL S 1 http frep cuhk edu hk pub windaws nera IncD 4 3 23 2 8x8 Add File Note You can only enter maximum 30 entries at one time 687 RSS Feed You can subscribe to RSS feeds by the Download Station and download the torrent files in the feeds Click Q to add an RSS feed DownloadStation Download Search Results Tasks Ww a All 7 EJ Downloading 0 i Paused 3 Completed 4 t6 Active 0 4 Inactive 7 T RSS OF all Feeds R55 Download Manager Add RSS Feed FIernd T25 Pee Caan Enter the URL and the label Add RSS Feed Feed URL http ww w mininova org rss xml Label Mininova OK Cancel E 688 To download a torrent file from an RSS feed select the file and click or right click the feed and select Download DownloadStation Download Search Results Tasks P 4 Al 0 EJ Downloading 0 lil Paused 0 amp Completed 0 nanobyte singled out 320 master Name The Reverse Thing Vol 17 2 nanobyte dem a talk deep 320 master
59. Forum Language English Hitta S fe per Czech Dansk Deutsch Espa ol Fran ais Italiano Ba 8 ttS Norsk Polski Prem Suomi Svenska Nederlands Turk dili lau Portugu s Magyar Eapro Roman Description DJ Station is a live audio streaming service that you can set up your personal radia station by creating custom playlists and broadcasting your favorite music ta your friends on Facebook The DJ Station warm sr die eben aeeiie bis Offline Installation To install apps when the NAS is offline or beta apps that are not officially available on the QNAP App server users can download the app files from QNAP website http www qnap com QPKG asp or forum http forum qnap comy unzip the files and install the apps manually by clicking Install Manually on top right side of the page Install a new app manually To install a package please fallaw the steps below 1 Click here to browse mare QPEG add ons including those newly developed ones from the QFKG lab You can download and unzip the add ons to your computer OPEG Development If you would like to develop QPEG add ons the ODE has the tools documentation and sample codes you need to create great applications 2 Browse to the location where the unzipped file is and then click Install Browse Install 730 9 Use the LCD Panel This feature is only provided by the NAS models with LCD panels Please visit http www qnap
60. Hile Station myQNAPcloud wizard The first time you use the myQNAPcloud service you are recommended to use the myQNAPcloud wizard to complete the settings Follow the steps below 1 Click Get Started to use the wizard 2 Click Start Welcome to my QNAPcloud 3 Hello Welcome to myONAPcloud wizard This wizard helps you set up the QMAP NAS for remote access on the Internet by the steps below 1 Create or sign in a my QMAPcloud account 2 Register your NAS 3 Enable myQNAPcloud remote access services 578 3 Fill out all required fields agree to the terms and conditions and click Next to create a myQNAPcloud account or click Sign in myQNAPcloud account to login to your myQNAPcloud account if you already have an account Welcome to my QNAPcloud Create myQNAPcloud account Please create a myQNAPcloud Account to proceed or Sign in myQNAPcloud account myQNAPcloud ID QID Your email Password Password Must be 6 characters long at least Verify Password First name Last name Mobile number Taiwan Mobile number optional F agree to myONAPcloud Terms of Use and QNAP Privacy Poli I d like to receive the latest E news from QNAP Step 1 4 579 Welcome to myQNAPcloud Sign in my QNAPcloud account Please sign in myQNAPcloud account to proceed or Create myQNAPcloud account myQNAPcloud ID QID your email Password Password Forgot your p
61. Local Domain Master A Domain Master Browser is responsible for collecting and recording resources and services available for each PC on the network or a workgroup of Windows When you find the waiting time for connecting to the Network Neighborhood My Network Places too long it may be caused by failure of an existing master browser or a missing master browser on the network If there is no master browser on your network select the option Domain Master to configure the NAS as the master browser Do not turn on this option if you are not sure about the settings 386 Allow only NTLMv2 authentication NTLMv2 stands for NT LAN Manager version 2 When this option is turned on login to the shared folders by Microsoft Networking will be allowed only with NTLMv2 authentication If the option is turned off NTLM NT LAN Manager will be used by default and NTLMv2 can be negotiated by the client The default setting is disabled Name resolution priority You can select to use DNS server or WINS server to resolve client host names from IP addresses When you set up your NAS to use a WINS server or to be a WINS server you can choose to use DNS or WINS first for name resolution When WINS is enabled the default setting is Try WINS then DNS Otherwise DNS will be used for name resolution by default Login style DOMAINNUSERNAME instead of DOMAIN USERNAME for FTP AFP and File Station In an Active Directory environment the default login f
62. Networking _ NFS Service Enable AFP Apple Filing Protocol Zone DHX2 authentication support Apply You can use the Finder to connect to a shared folder from Mac Go to Go Connect to Server or simply use the default keyboard shortcut Command k 388 Finder File Edit View 9 Window Help Back Forward Enclosing Folder EI Computer et Home Ed Desktop Network Ei iDisk Applications 3 Documents st Utilities Recent Folders Go to Folder Connect to 5erver Enter the connection information in the Server Address field such as afp YOUR NAS IP OR HOSTNAME Here are some examples e afp 10 8 12 111 e afp NAS 559 e smb 192 168 1 159 Favorite Servers E afp 192 168 1 159 E afp 10 8 12 111 Remove Note Mac OS X supports both Apple Filing Protocol and Microsoft Networking To 389 connect to the NAS via Apple Filing Protocol the server address should start with afp To connect to the NAS via Microsoft Networking please use smb 390 NFS Service To connect to the NAS from Linux enable NFS service A EB B L B wWin Mac NFS FTP Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin Microsoft Networking Apple Networking NFS Service Enable NFS Service You can set the allowed domain name and the access authority in Shared Folder Management Click here to set the NFS access right of the network share
63. Oo TENES e sed dtt t a apa OP Cee d ana Fa 396 6 4 SNMP SEUNG S rrue de Axes ev dedit eL Se 9 RAT Fa vd ad Aena br ta ine mere LEUR EURO Ra aN 397 o 5 Service DISCOVELUS uero EAD DOMO wee eta cbe ra ea ee LEUR tse er Edd 399 6 6 NEEW OK RECY Cle BID ua Erat lett rae do Pam D Seat ur e ane ab end ead adr aD d 401 627 OSV ING mE 403 PAD DIICA LIONS tases creck asas es aoWakEEE EEFRUSRNEEEEREAMME E ESEEENNEEEUNN E BEKK AER KNEENEE EMEN ERE 426 Fo tation MAN ei TERRI I TIME 427 Z2 NUNES SOL VOl xima exa ramctosboreien voveo sober Dr EO IGI ERE Diosa TENE VENE 435 Zes DLNA Media SerVel suene E to ad tM e i td AU ace ES Cae Saa Fede UP LA E REV 437 AA AS Ge sea STREET UI etree nee aania ae ae gana Re Ra edna pon E 439 AO Web Ser Vel deitate iude a E Mekee LEM ML tU RDUM Liu emp eee 444 455 d VIFLUONFIOSE itae cass a a tes eL DL D LM Ee LM E pL e D Ie D e eL E 465 POALDAP SEI Cl em E 469 TAN INS Re LTD T I IMEEM 473 AS MV SOL SSUIel eaux tt esoR E Pvian eus vat partc a ad biet Ra pi I Hua mena en xU Nut MEE 489 VES SY SIOG SEN pP nnmes 491 Z0 ANC WS arra coos vr AEA PF LPE MI PEAK MVP uad Cru E ERO TES 498 ZI RADIUS SSGPVO deus de Up DE Mat ba La qu Ratio A pari opto CL D ESO d 509 PM Mie SEVO na n a E A 513 8 ONAP Appheati NS ccionrc a a n 515 mM red locjsciuope Pr 516 Ola BACKUPS CIV CF ueuddaescenias E aded wie EV uada TE ntc iuret katie e ndr 517 elo ROMO REPEAT OI se kasevs curn Fe ER OIE IT OE VEIO E MEAT QE 526
64. RAID recovery you can read or write the volume normally The volume status will be recovered to normal after synchronization If the disconnected drive member is damaged the RAID recovery function will not Standard QNAP RAID 5 Standard QNAP RAID 6 RAID 5 RAID 6 Degraded N 1 N 1 N 1 amp N 2 N 1 amp N 2 mode 113 work Read Only N A Protection for immediate data backup amp hard drive replacement RAID Recovery N A RAID Status Not Active 7 N 1 bad blocks found in the Surviving hard drives of the array If re plugging in all original hard drive to the NAS and they can be spun up identified accessed and the hard drive superblock is not damaged N 2 failed hard drives and any of the remaining hard drives cannot be spun up identified accessed N Number of hard disk drives in the array 114 N 2 bad blocks found in the surviving hard drives of the array If re plugging in all original hard drives to the NAS and they can be spun up identified accessed and the hard drive superblock is not damaged N 3 and any of the remaining hard drives cannot be spun up identified accessed Set Cancel Global Spare A global spare drive replaces a failed hard drive in any RAID 1 5 6 10 disk volumes on the NAS automatically When the same global spare drive is shared by multiple RAID volumes on the NAS the spare drive will replace the first failed dr
65. Replication x Tu L 4u 192 168 0 17 Enabled UNECE NAS to NAS 7 Blender Foundation Elepha Remote Usb Real time Standby ocg z Rsync 49 Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform Z External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy You can view the details of a replication job Jab 5tatus and Logs dob Status Job Logs Job Name Blender Foundation Elepha gt Remote Usb Schedule Type Realtime Folder Pairs l Total Filets T Total Falder s3 E Total File Size Average Transmit 1 0 KB Speed Time Left 00 00 00 Elapsed Time 00 00 00 Status Standby You can view the job logs or download the logs by clicking Download Logs The log file can be opened by Microsoft Excel or other text editor software Note that this button is only available after you have enabled Download Detailed Logs in Options Event Logs and executed the replication job once 548 Job Status and Logs Job Status Date Time Content 2013 05 28 16 19 27 Job Web Remote Download started es Synchronize files between a local folder and ZEE Uo PEERS an external drive 2013 05 28 16 19 27 The number of folder pairs 1 2013 05 28 16 19 27 Pairi Web Download 2013 05 28 16 19 27 Schedule type Realtime Download Logs 549 8 1 3 Cloud Backup Amazon S3 Amazon S3 Simple Storage Service is an online storage web service offered by AWS Amazon Web Services It
66. SP RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP do not support eSATA port 19 Alarm Buzzer The alarm buzzer can be disabled in Control Panel System Settings Hardware Buzzer Short beep 1 1 The NAS is starting up 0 5 sec 2 The NAS is being shut down software shutdown 3 The user presses the reset button to reset the NAS 4 The system firmware has been updated Short beep 0 5 sec Short beep 3 every 5 The system fan is out of function TS 119 does not 0 5 sec long min support smart fan beep 1 5 sec Long beep 2 1 The disk volume is going to be full 1 5 sec 2 The disk volume has reached its full capacity 3 The hard disk drives on the NAS are in degraded mode 4 The user starts hard drive rebuilding The NAS data cannot be copied to the external storage device from the front USB port 1 The NAS is turned off by force shutdown hardware shutdown 2 The NAS has been turned on and is ready 20 2 2 Software Installation After installing the NAS hardware proceed to software installation There are three approaches for software installation 1 Online Installation 22 2 Cloud Installation 35 3 CD Installation 44 Online installation is available for all home and SOHO models and cloud installation is only for selected home and SOHO models CD installation is designed only for SMB models To verify if your NAS supports cloud installation please check if there is a sticker on the NAS as
67. Sebo 8 Sie aaa aoa oie eee Sunday EA a a a a a Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Notification m EE SIE Saturday EPPS RE RE ERE Full speed Burn off Limited Limited applies speed limitation settings of the download services Full Speed ignores speed limitation of the download services Apply Cancel 674 HTTP e Connection Specify the maximum number of concurrent HTTP downloads e Bandwidth Limit Specify the maximum download rate of HTTP download tasks O means no limit NAS models Maximum number of concurrent downloads ARM based Non Intel based NAS Settings Global T Account List Bandwidth Limit Connection Setting Global maximum concurrent downloads 10 Apply Cancel 675 FTP e Connection Specify the maximum number of concurrent FTP downloads e Bandwidth Limit Specify the maximum download rate of FTP download tasks O means no limit NAS models Maximum number of concurrent downloads ARM based Non Intel based NAS Settings Account List Bandwidth Limit Connection Setting Global maximum concurrent downloads 10 Apply Cancel 676 BT e Connection Setting Specify the ports for BT download The default port numbers are 6881 6889 O o Enable UPnP port mapping Enable automatic port mapping on the UPnP supported gateway Enable DHT network To allow the NAS to download the files even no trackers of O the torrent can be connected
68. Settings Manager Update Time Daylight Saving Time Codepage Password Strength Login Screen Server name NASCO4A1FF IP Address 123 193 203 234 You can change the default port number HTTP for Web Administration System port 8080 W Enable secure connection SSL Port number 443 E Force secure connection SSL only Note After enabling the Force secure connection SSL only option the Web Administration can only be connected via https Apply Enter a port number for the system management The default port is 8080 The services which use this port include System Management File Station Multimedia Station and Download Station If you are not sure about this setting use the default port number Enable Secure Connection SSL To allow the users to connect the NAS by HTTPS turn on secure connection SSL and enter the port number If the option Force secure connection SSL only is turned on the users can only connect to the web administration page by HTTPS connection Disable and hide the home multimedia features such as Multimedia Station Photo Station Music Station Surveillance Station Download Station iTunes server and DLNA media server The multimedia features including the Multimedia Station Photo Station Music Station 87 Surveilance Station Download Station iTunes server Media Library and DLNA media server may be hidden or disabled by default on the following SMB models x70U x79 Pro
69. Specify the destination folder Destination folder box Locate the folder in the folder tree and double click the folder to set it as the directory where the data will be replicated to And click Add to add this pair of replication folders Create a Replication Job Remote Replication Jab backup Mame Remote site Settings Local site MASCOS1FF Source folder Destination folder AUSsBDiski 5 G temp ESLP gt Public 3 Download Source folder 3 LJ Recordings a0 web a Usb _ Public 4 homes Total File Size 0 Total File si 0 4 Multimedia atest B Dept Execute backup imr 8 OUSBDIsk1 Options Backup frequency 9L UusBDisk3 3L JUSBDIsk2 Note The order of selecting the source and destination folders can be changed The above is just an example 6 Click Backup frequency to configure the backup frequency 528 Create a Replication Job 5 Remote Replication Job backup Marne Remote site Settings Local site NA SCOSIFF Source folder Destination folder Available space 322 96 GB Source folder Destination folder fUSBDIsk1 SO00G temp fESLFOD Public Total File Size 812 00 MB Total Filefsi 38 Total Falder s Options Backup frequency Schedule Replicate Mow Execute backup immediately Cancel Select to replicate the data immediately or specify the backup schedule E Backup frequency 5 Select schedule Replicate Now Daily Weekly Mont
70. Surveillance Station Pro Enable Music Station After enabling this service you may click one of the following links to enter Music Station Regular login http 192 168 0 17 80 musicstation Secure login https 192 168 0 17 8081 musicstation Apply Note e The admin login credential of the Music Station is the same as that of the NAS administrator Users are recommended to upload or copy music files to the media shared folders and scan them using the Media Library if this is the first time the Music Station is launched For details on media folders please refer to the chapter on Media Library had 2 The Music Station can be launched from the Main Menu or the Music Station icon on the Desktop 638 AXI SGOTIEE APPLICATIONS C Photo Station Video Station a Multimedia Station e Download Station C File Station 3 Surveillance Station Pro SYSTEMS 7 A Control Panel fs y Storage Manager Users Backup Station myQNAPcloud Qsync Beta App Center BHOOKt Quick Start Songs Artist Album Genre Folder Now Playing Private Collection My Playlist Sample Playlist Shared Playlist Social Sharing My Favorites Recently Added Frequently Play My Favorite Radio TuneIn tif Recycle Bin lt lt diis ition myQNAPcIouUd Music station Bad to the Bone George Thorogood am
71. The Station Manager is an integrated control panel for all QNAP Stations and they can be enabled or disabled here Photo Station Check Enable Photo Station to enable this station and click the links below to directly login to the application BE nm amp a L Station HD Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server Manager Station Server hd Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro W Enable Photo Station W Show the photos of Sharing Management on the login screen After enabling this service you may click one of the following links to enter Photo Station Regular login http 10 8 12 143 8080 photo Check Show the photos of Sharing Management on the login screen to display photo albums on the login page This will allow users to directly view the photos of the chosen album as a guest 427 E serna me me Secure login Photo Station Please note that the Photo Station can only be launched after it is enabled in the Station Manager For details on the Photo Station please refer to the chapter on Photo Stationle23 Note Photo Station 2 will remain installed after the NAS firmware is upgraded to QTS 4 0 428 Music Station Check Enable Music Station to enable this station and click the links below to directly login to the applica
72. Uninstall The free cloud storage is earned by contributing your excess local storage from your QNAP device Disclaimer The cloud storage services are provided by the third party vendors on an as is basis QNAP is not liable for the data security or any loss or damage of data that may have been caused by using these services Apply Enter your email address and click Sign In to activate Symform on the NAS An activation code will be sent to this address 554 Symform config Q Welcome to Symform the world s safest and most cost effective cloud storage Let s get started Everyone gets 10GB of Symform cloud storage for free When you need more cloud storage you can buy more either with contributed space or with Or as we say You can pay with Bytes or Bucks If you need help at any point during the short installation please visit the Symform support forums Please enter your Email INAS QTSQ gmail com Let s get you set up Please fill in your details below and sign in First Name s Last Name Password Confirm Password 2013 Symform Inc All Rights Reserved Check your email to get the activation code and finish the setup Configure Symform according to the instructions Symform config e symferm Device Manager Cloud Dashboard Home Let s get started Everyone gets 10GB of Symform cloud storage for free When you need more cloud storage you can buy more either with
73. WAN Supported file format JPG JPEG GIF PNG The animation will not be shown for animated GIF files Playback FLV MPEG 4 Video H 264 AAC Transcode AVI MP4 M4V MPG MPEG RM RMVB WMV The files will be converted to FLV Horne music Description Home Return to the home directory of the Multimedia Station Parent Directory Return to the parent directory Refresh Refresh the current directory Manage Album You can 1 create albums under the current directory and 2 add files to the album by copying or uploading files to the directory 646 Set Album Cover You can set up the album cover for each album directory by specifying one photo in the albun directory Cooliris Browse your photos in 3 dimensional way with Cooliris You need to install the Cooliris plug in for the web browser Slide Show Start the slide show You can set up the photo frame background music and animation in the slide show mode Publish Publish the chosen photos max 5 photos to popular social networking sites Twitter Facebook MySpace Plurk Windows Live or Blogger Note that the album must be set to public Control Panel Set Folder Public before it can be published and the Multimedia Station must be accessible from the Internet It is suggested to set up the DDNS for the NAS before using this feature Email Send photos max 5 photos to friends by emails Note that you have to set
74. Wo Number of Users Password Note The password should only contain 0 16 characters For higher security you are recommended to use a password of at least 6 characters Step 2 5 Cancel 4 Select to create a private shard folder for each user or not The shared folder will be named after the username If a shared folder of the same name has already existed the NAS will not create the folder 314 Multiple Users Creation Wizard Create Private Network Share Do vau want to create a private network share for each user 9 Yes No Nate If you select No will direct the completion of the wizard you can later modify permissions management Step 3 5 Cancel 5 Specify the folder settings Multiple Users Creation Wizard Create Private Network Share Hide network drive Yes No Lock File tOplacks 0 Yes No Disk Volume Single Disk Drive 1 Step 1 5 Cancel 6 You can view the new users created in the last step Click Finish to exit the wizard 315 Multiple Users Creation Wizard Account Created Successfully Congratulations You have created the following accounts Mew Users tast0l test0 test0s testl4 testis teste testi testis testis resti Step 5 5 Finish 7 Check that the users have been created i uu GG m User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Create Delete Home Folders Local Users E Username Description Quota Action admi
75. YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES 17 Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16 If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 749 750
76. according to the specified schedule e v F Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server Overview Sca be Reports Quarantine Add a Scan Job Job Name Last Scan Duration Infected Files Action 01 Proceeding 0 OARE Display item 1 1 Total 1 Show 10 Items 505 m Run the scan job now Stop the scan job Edit the scan job settings Download the last virus scan summary The file can be opened by a text editor such as WordPad Delete the scan job 506 Reports View or download the reports of the latest scan jobs on the NAS wo emme o Download the virus scan report The file can be opened by a text editor such as WordPad Delete an entry on the list Download all the virus scan logs on the list as a zip file e Specify the number of days 1 999 to keep the logs Report options e Enable the option Archive logs after expiration and specify the shared folder to save the logs once the number of days to keep the logs has been reached Click Apply All to save the changes ams F Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server Li a Overview Scan Jobs Report Quarantine Number of days to keep the logs 10 rel Archive logs after expiration Save the archive files in the folder Apply Job N Last Scan Duration Infected Files 01 2013 05 22 10 50 51 g amp X 01 2013 05 22 10 58 28 stopped 0 amp X Displa
77. actual recording performance may vary depending on the IP cameras video contents network bandwidth recording settings and other running applications on the NAS Please contact an authorized reseller or the camera vendors for more information The Surveillance Station Pro offers one free recording channel To add extra recording channels please purchase the license at QNAP License Store http license qnap com or contact the authorized reseller at your region for details Note e The number of recording channels supported varies by the NAS model Please refer to the QNAP License Store http license qnap com for details before purchasing or activating the license on the NAS The maximum number of recording channels supported is for reference only The actual recording performance may vary depending on the IP cameras video contents network bandwidth recording settings and other applications running on the NAS Please contact an authorized reseller or camera vendors for more information 433 For step by step tutorial on adding extra channels please refer to the QNAP website Resource Tutorials How to support additional recording channels on Surveillance Station Pro Windows users are advised to use IE 10 Chrome or Firefox for live view and playback operations Mac users are recommended to use QNAP Surveillance Client for Mac for live view and playback operations QNAP Surveillance Client f
78. address of the second IP camera as 192 168 1 20 Some IP cameras provide a utility for IP configuration You may refer to the user manual of the cameras for further details Surveillance Station Pro Ed Monitor gt Playback 4 Camera Settings Camera Status Channel No Camera Name 1 Camera 1 Camera Configuration Recording Settings 2 Camera 2 Q Schedule Settings 3 H Alarm Settings 4 4 System Settings V Advanced Settings Camera Brand Sony AA Privilege Settings Camera Model Sony SNC DF50 amp Protocol Management Camera Name Camera 2 Surveillance Logs IP Address License Management Port WAN IP Address Port User Name Password V Enable recording on this camera Please refer to http www gnap com for the supported network camera list 717 Configuring camera settings on the NAS Login the Surveillance Station Pro by a web browser to configure the IP cameras Go to Camera Settings Camera Configuration Enter the IP camera information for example name model and IP address Click Test on the right to ensure the connection to the IP camera is successful If your IP camera supports audio recording you may enable the option on the Recording Settings page Click Apply to save the changes Video Compression Motion JPEG Resolution 320x240 QVGA Frame Rate 10 Quality Level 5 Enable audio recording on this camera Configure the set
79. arr Authentication bv Local Users Local Groups Multimedia p Read only J Public Recordings Mame jTedHaome juSsBDisk1 jusb Ted web homes _Jtest test 2 CJtest 1 testo3 testo v E Page 11 0 b ME Display item 1 10 Total 84 testo4 Dtestos Pata nmc LI only Full access admin testo 1 Allow guests to have read access to this network share applies to web browser Apply Clase Next mount the shared folders of the NAS as the shared folders on your operating systems by WebDAV 447 Windows XP 1 Right click My Computer and select Map Network Drive 6 My Documents z er My Co mpl Open Explore Search Manage TU M scan for viruses Map Network Drive Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Windows can help you connect to a shared network Folder and assign a drive letter to the connection so that you can access the Folder using My Computer Specify the drive letter For the connection and the Folder that you want Eo connect to Drive Folder Example Viserverishare Reconnect at logon 3 Select Choose another network location 448 Add Network Place Wizard Where do you want to create this network place Select a service provider If pou do not have a membership wath the provider you select the wizard will help you create an account To just create a shortcut click Choose another network location Service
80. as the NAS e This manual provides the description of all the functions of the Turbo NAS The product you purchased may not support certain functions dedicated to specific models Legal Notices All the features functionality and other product specifications are subject to change without prior notice or obligation Information contained herein is subject to change without notice QNAP and the QNAP logo are trademarks of QNAP Systems Inc All other brands and product names referred to are trademarks of their respective holders Further the or symbols are not used in the text Disclaimer Information in this document is provided in connection with QNAP products No license express or implied by estoppels or otherwise to any intellectual property rights is granted by this document Except as provided in QNAP s terms and conditions of sale for such products QNAP Assumes no liability whatsoever and QNAP disclaims any express or implied warranty relating to sale and or use of QNAP products including liability or warranties relating to fitness for a particular purpose merchantability or infringement of any patent copyright or other intellectual property right QNAP products are not intended for use in medical life saving life sustaining critical control or safety systems or in nuclear facility applications In no event shall QNAP Systems Inc QNAP liability exceed the price paid for the product from direct indir
81. based file explorer and browse files in the Qsync folder on the NAS 2 Control synchronization progress a Pause syncing Resume syncing Click to pause or resume file synchronization b Sync with NAS now Force Qsync to scan again and refresh the synchronization list 3 Information for syncing and sharing a Sharing amp File Update Center i File Update Center List the file or folder update logs ii Sharing Center List the folders or files shared with others Users can choose to accept or decline the team folders However users cannot share team folders that are shared by others b Recently changed files List the recently updated files 416 Date 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 2013 5 14 Time 19 55 56 19 55 55 19 55 55 18 55 54 19 55 53 19 55 52 19 55 52 19 55 51 19 55 50 19 55 50 File Update Center View the logs of updated files and folders Path File Name Osync Video 2 jpq Osync Video 2 Conflicted copy 201 Osync Video 1 jipa Osync Video 1 Conflicted copy 201 Qsync Video Qsync Photo 1 QsynciPhoto 1 QsynciPhoto 1 Qsync Photo 1 QsynciPhoto 1 P5060057 JPG P1000520 JPG IMG 616 JPG IMAGO251 jog Photo 2012 11 19 D Update From Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Operation File added File added File added File added Folder added File added File added File adde
82. be automatically adjusted when the NAS temperature CPU temperature and hard drive temperature meet the criteria It is recommended to enable this option e Set fan rotation speed manually By manually setting the fan rotation speed the fan rotates at the defined speed continuously 237 4 6 Power You can restart or shut down the NAS specify the behavior of the NAS after a power recovery and set the schedule for automatic system power on off restart on this page EuP Mode Configuration EuP also Energy using Products is a European Union EU directive designed to improve the energy efficiency of electrical devices reduce use of hazardous substances increase ease of product recycling and improve environment friendliness of the product eA r A U g General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update amp Enable Disable Note When EuP is enabled the Wake on LAN AC power resumption and power schedule settings will be disabled so that the server maintains low power consumption less than 1W when the server is powered aff Apply When EuP is enabled the following settings will be affected so that the NAS maintains low power consumption less than 1W when the NAS is powered off e Wake on LAN Disabled e AC power resumption The NAS will remain off after the power restores from an outage e Scheduled power on off restart settings Disabled When EuP is
83. by real time dynamic graph 299 System Status System Information Network Status System Service Hardware Information Resource Monitor i NN EE EE OSEE EEELCOIILLLLLLELLELLDLLLLUULL LIOU ERELLLLOOOVLDLIALC AZIQILVLL LELLRZGULL LLNIEOCLLOLIEUo iE EX2WAONAS CPU Usage Physical Memory Swap Memory Total 1011 05 MB Disk Usage Lsed 361 82 MB Free 649 24 MB Total 217 52 MB Used 191 04 MB Bandwidth Usage Free 3265 58 MB Process 360 320 zu 40 lt 00 160 120 Bu Seconds ago e Disk Usage This tab shows the disk space usage of each disk volume and its shared folders System Status System Information Network Status System Service Hardware Information CPU Usage Volume Single Disk Drive 1 Memory Usage Total 915 42 GB Used size 54 63 GB Bandwidth Usage Available space 960 59 GB Process 3 Dawnlaad 53 62 GB 1Public 251 10 MB I Multimedia 18 42 MB homes 836 03 KB S Dept 36 KB J Others 204 15 KB Free 5pace 860 53 GB ga 11758 300 e Bandwidth Usage This tab provides information about bandwidth transfer of each available LAN port of the NAS System Status System Information Network Status System Service Hardware Information CPL Usage Memory Usage Ethernet 1 40 KB s Disk Usage Packets received 30 KB s E packets sent W m any AV WA 20 KB s Pracess 10 KB s 0 KB s 6 Minutes aga e Process This tab shows info
84. com for details You can use the LCD panel to perform disk configuration and view the system information When the NAS has started up you will be able to view the NAS name and IP address For the first time installation the LCD panel shows the number of hard drives detected and the IP address You may select to configure the hard drives Number of Default disk hard drives Available disk configuration options configuration detected RAID 1 Single gt JBOD gt RAID 0 gt RAID 1 RAID 5 Single gt JBOD gt RAID 0 gt RAID 5 RAID 5 Single gt JBOD gt RAID 0 gt RAID 5 gt RAID 6 Press the Select button to choose the option and press the Enter button to confirm For example when you turn on the NAS with 5 hard drives installed the LCD panel shows You can press the Select button to browse more options for example RAID 6 Press the Enter button and the following message shows Press the Select button to select Yes to confirm 731 aes When you execute RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration the system will initialize the hard drives create the RAID device format the RAID device and mount it as a volume on the NAS The progress will be shown on the LCD panel When it reaches 100 you can connect to the RAID volume for example create folders and upload files to the folders on the NAS In the meantime to make sure the stripes
85. contributed space or with Or as we say You can pay with Bytes or Bucks Step 2 Enter network speed and business hours Step 3 Configure folder synchronization Step 4 Configure local disk space contribution Step 5 Configure bandwidth limits 2013 Symform Inc All Rights Reserved When done the folders chosen during the setup will be backed up to Symform Storage Cloud 555 After Symform is activated you will be able to see the device configuration Click Cloud Dashboard to have access to Symform Cloud Dashboard and check the status of all the devices that are running Symform Storage Cloud Note about Symform service Web administration interface TCP port 59234 Contribution TCP port Defined randomly during Symform setup and can be changed if necessary All TCP outbound ports are mandatory The hard drive standby function of the NAS may not work when contribution is in use because Symform service always reads and writes data on the hard drives Symform with contribution requires network bandwidth If contribution is enabled there will always be communication between the NAS and Symform Cloud This may cause network utilization and the bandwidth can be limited as needed 556 8 1 4 External Backup External Drive The NAS supports real time and scheduled data backup between the internal disks volumes on the NAS and external USB eSATA storage devices To use this feature follow the steps belo
86. create an iSCSI target with a mapped LUN an iSCSI target only or an iSCSI LUN only Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard Create a Job I want to create SCSI Target with a mapped LUN iSCSI Target only iSCSI LUN only Step 1 10 Cancel 4 Create iSCSI target with a mapped LUN 5 Click Next 138 Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard This wizard will guide you through the following settinas Create an iSCSI target Create an iSCSI LUN and map it to the target Step 2 10 Cancel 6 Enter the target name and target alias You may check the options Data Digest and or Header Digest optional These are the parameters that the iSCSI initiator will be verified when it attempts to connect to the iSCSI target Quick Configuration Wizard Create New iSCSI Target a iSCSI Target Profile Target Name target 1 iSCSI Target ION iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 421 iscsi target01 cfo59e CRC Checksum optional Data Digest E Header Digest Step 3 10 Cancel 139 7 Enter the CHAP authentication settings If you enter the username and password settings under Use CHAP authentication only only the iSCSI target authenticates the initiator i e the initiators have to enter the username and password settings here to access the target Mutual CHAP Enable this option for two way authentication between the iSCSI target and the initiator The target au
87. disabled the power consumption of the NAS is slightly higher than 1W when the NAS is powered off EuP is disabled by default so that you can use the functions Wake on LAN AC power resumption and power schedule settings properly This feature is only supported by certain NAS models please visit http www qnap com 238 for details 239 Wake on LAN WOL Turn on this option to allow the users to power on the NAS remotely by Wake on LAN Note that if the power connection is physically removed in other words the power cable is unplugged when the NAS is turned off Wake on LAN will not function whether or not the power supply is reconnected afterwards E x Q T V General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager EuP Mode Configuration _Wake on LAN WOL Power Recovery Power Schedule amp Enable 2 Disable Apply Firmware Update This feature is only supported by certain NAS models please visit http www qnap com for details 240 Power Recovery Configure the NAS to resume to the previous power on or power off status turn on or remain off when the AC power resumes after a power outage Ss 5 A a YY 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update EuP Mode Configuration Wake on LAN WOL Power Recovery Power Schedule Resume the server to the previous power on or power off status t Turn
88. disk space assigned to the LUN but may take more time to create the LUN 1 Enterthe name of the LUN and specify the LUN location disk volume on the NAS Enter the capacity for the LUN Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard Create an iSCSI LUN LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning 9 Instant Allocation LUN Mame O01 LUN Location Single Disk Drive 4 226 62 GB Capacity 1 GB Step 5 10 Cancel 2 Confirm the settings and click Next 141 Quick Configuration Wizard Confirm the Settings Target Mame target 1 Target IQN iqn 2004 O04 com qnap ts 421 1scsi EargetOo 1 cf 58e Target Alias target Data Digest Mo Header Digest Mo CHAP authentication Yes CHAP Username one2345 Mutual CHAP Yes authentication Mutual CHAP ddriiiii Username Step 9 10 Cancel 3 When the target and the LUN have been created click Finish Quick Configuration Wizard ISCSI Quick Configuration Wizard Created successfully You can perform advanced settings atthe TARGET MANAGEMENT and ADVANCED ACL page Step 10 10 Finish 4 The target and LUN are shown on the list under the Target Management tab 142 Sw lt a General Storage Network Security Settings Manager Power Notification Firmware Update Hardware Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Quick Configuration Wizard Portal Management iscsi Target List 4 4 target target01 Adv
89. e Include file types Specify the file types to be copied e Exclude file types Specify the file types to be excluded for data copy 562 Create a Jab Gonfigure synchronization filter File size amp File date time amp Min size Fram 2000 01 01 O Max size 1000 KE To 2012 01 01 3 Include file types amp Documents Pictures Video C Applications Music C Temporary files Others ad ad Exclude file types t Documents Pictures video Applications Music Temporary files Others m m m Step 6 9 9 Enter a name for the backup job A job name supports up to 63 characters it cannot start or end with a space Click Next 563 Create a Job Enter a sync job name Sales gt USBDisk1 Specify a name for the syne jab Itis a required field and cannot be empty Step 7 9 Cancel 10 Confirm the settings and click Next 564 Create a Jab Confirm Settings Jab Mame Sales LUsBDisk1 Folder Pair Number 1 Falder Pairs 1 Dept Sales gt USBDisk1 Schedule Type Monthly 1 0 0 Policy File size 1000kb File date time 2000 01 01 2012 01 01 Include file types Video Exclude file types Temporary files Step 8 9 11 Click Finish to exit the wizard 565 Create a Job setup complete Congratulations Y ou have finished all the steps for Quick Configuration Step 9 9 Finish 12 The backup job and the status will be shown
90. external storage device is encrypted by the NAS the button Encryption 255 Management will appear Click this button to manage the encryption password key or lock or unlock the device Lock the device Note The external storage device cannot be locked if a real time or scheduled backup job is running on the device To disable the backup job go to Control Panel Applications Backup Station External Drive 1 To lock an encrypted external storage device click Encryption Management 2 Select Lock this device and click Next p E Encryption Management Encryption Management a 9 Lock this device O Manage encryption key Cancel 3 Click Next to lock the device 256 Encryption Management Encryption Management Click Finish ta lock the device now Do not save encryption key Cancel Unlock the device 1 To unlock an encrypted external storage device click Encryption Management 2 Select Unlock this device Click Next Encryption Management Encryption Management 9 Unlock this device Manage encryption key 297 3 Enter the encryption password or upload the key file Select Save encryption key to save the password in a hidden location on a hard drive of the NAS The NAS will unlock the encrypted external storage device automatically every time the device is connected Click Next Encryption Management Encrypti
91. files of a local folder to a folder of a remote server You must enable Rsync server on the remote server in order to use this function Create a Replication Job Options C Job Name Source Destination Schedule Status Action i i nn Replicating 7 ae backup USBDi 192 168 0 17 Public 00 00 Monthly 1 BE aa m amp gz 59 531 Enable replication schedule To configure the timeout and retry settings of the replications jobs click Options C A Backup Server Rsync Server RTRR Server Time Machine na Remote Replication NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR 49 Cloud Backup Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy e Timeout second maximum number of seconds to wait until a replication job is cancelled if no data has been received Backup Station NAS Replication allows you to replicate the files of a local folder to a folder of a remote server You must enable Rsync server on the remote server in order to use this function Create a Replication Job Job Name Source Destination Schedule Status Action nas Replicating 0 mall aie backup USBDi 192 168 0 17 Public 00 00 Monthly 1 Remain time 00 00 00 m g2 9 Specify a timeout value for each replication job This is the e Number of retries Specify the number of times the NAS should try to execute a replication job should it fail e Retry intervals second Speci
92. firmware Browse Update System Note System update may take tens of seconds to several minutes to complete depending on the network connection status please wait patiently The system will inform you when system update is completed Note If the system is running properly you do not need to update the firmware Before updating the system firmware make sure the product model and firmware version are correct Follow the steps below to update firmware 1 Download the release notes of the firmware from the QNAP website http www qnap com Read the release notes carefully to make sure it is required to update the firmware 2 Download the NAS firmware and unzip the IMG file to the computer 3 Before updating the system firmware back up all the disk data on the NAS to avoid any potential data loss during the system update 4 Click Browse to select the correct firmware image for the system update Click Update System to update the firmware The system update may take tens of seconds to several minutes to complete depending on the network connection status Please wait patiently The NAS will inform you when the system update has completed Update Firmware by QNAP Qfinder 247 The NAS firmware can be updated by the QNAP Qfinder Follow the steps below 1 Select a NAS model and choose Update Firmware from the Tools menu On line 49 Drh Update Firmware l PMalexO1 TurboNAS AnnieNAS jauss2190ffice
93. folder B Copy es Share F5 Open Download E Rename E Move W Delete JA cut compressizip Properties If the Advanced Folder Permissions option is disabled in Privilege Settings gt Shared Folder gt Advanced Permissions the following settings will be shown Define the Read Write and Execute access rights for Owner Group and Others e Owner Owner of file or folder e Group Group owner of the file or folder e Others Any other local or domain member users who are not the owner or a member of the group owner 613 Properties Permission Permission Owner W Read W Write Ml Execute Group I Read IV Write 4 Execute Others V Read V Write Execute If a folder is selected you can choose Apply changes to folder s subfolder s and file s to apply the settings to all the files and subfolders within the selected folder Click OK to confirm Properties Permission Permission lal ri T Owner if Read Write if Execute Group W Read IV Write Execute Others V Read J write Execute Apply changes to the folder s subfalderis and filets If the Enable Advanced Folder Permissions option is enabled in Privilege Settings gt Shared Folder gt Advanced Permissions you will be able to specify the file and folder permissions by users and user groups Click 614
94. i Qsync setup To find a NAS click Search or type in the IP address or myQNAPcloud URL of the NAS Search for NAS Search Address 10 8 12 157 9 WAS Name My MASU3 Username admin Password TTET E Secure login https Qsync folder C Users lucytest Qsync Computer name Ted Note If the ports have been changed for NAS connection please add the port number after the IP address otherwise please only enter an IP address Default port number 8080 405 Start using Qsync Double click the Qsync shortcut on the Windows desktop to open the Qsync local folder Click the Qsync icon on the taskbar at bottom right side of the screen to bring up the menu f Aud Qsyne Now copy or move your files to the local Qsync folder in one of your devices the files will be copied to all your other devices devices with Qsync installed and are connected to the NAS From now on there is no need to copy files back and forth between your PC and external devices or worry about the size of the files as you try to attach them to an email 406 Synchronization There are several methods you can synchronize your files Qsync will automatically synchronize the files among your computers or mobile devices that have Qsync installed and they will also be synchronized to the Osync folder on the NAS 1 For PCs drag and drop files directly to the local Qsync folder 9 gt Test gt Qsync Organize Include in l
95. if a synchronization operation fails Create a Replication Jah Gonfigure synchronization policy Timeout and Retry Settings Timeout second Retry intervals second Detect sparse files t Compress files during transmission Extended attributes amp Ignore symbolic links Step 7 11 Cancel 9 Specify the file size file types to include exclude and file date time to filter data synchronization e File size Specify the minimum and maximum size of the files to be replicated e Include file types Specify the file types to be replicated e Exclude file types Specify the file types to be excluded for replication e File date time Specify the date and time of the files to be replicated 541 Create a Replication Job Remote Replication Wizard File size t File date time 9 Min size O KB From 2000 01 01 E Is s s Max size 1000 KB To 2012 01 01 E Include file types t Documents Pictures Video Applications Is O s MUSIC Temporary Others files Exclude file types amp Documents Pictures Video Applications MUSIC Temporary Others files rw mw m Step B 11 Cancel 10 Enter a job name Click Next Create a Replication Job Enter a sync job name Job Name Blender Foundation Elepha 5F Specify a name far the sync Jab IE is a required field and cannot be empty Step 9 11 Cancel 542 11 Confirm the settings and c
96. ii have been configured Follow the steps below to configure port trunking on the NAS 1 Click Port Trunking 211 General Storage Network Security Hardware Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Wi Fi IPv6 amp Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address Fort Trunking Edit Link Interface IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC add Etherneti 10 8 12 153 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 00 08 95 O Ethernet2 10 8 12 53 255 255 254 0 0 0 0 00 08 95 ar Ills t 2 Select the network interfaces for a trunking group Ethernet 1 2 Ethernet 3 4 Ethernet 5 6 or Ethernet 7 8 Choose a port trunking mode from the drop down menu The default option is Active Backup Failover TCP IP Port Trunking Select the port trunking membership and mode Please note that incompatible mode settings might cause the network interface to hang or affect the overall performance For more information please click here Trunking Group 1 Interface Srandalone Adive Badam ka Balance rr Ethernet 1 Balance XOR Ethernet 2 Broadcast IEEE 802 3ad Use the settings from Ethernet 1 Balance tlb Balance alb Cancel 3 Select a port trunking group to use Click Apply 212 TCP IP Port Trunking Select the port trunking membership and mode Please note that incompatible mode settings might cause the network interface to hang or affect the overall performance For more information please click her
97. improper installation of hard disks in any occasions for any reasons Caution Note that if you install a hard drive new or used which has never l been installed on the NAS before the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared 16 2 1 2 Checking System Status LED Display amp System Status Overview 1 The hard disk drive on the NAS is being formatted 2 The NAS is being initialized Flashes green and 3 The system firmware is being updated red alternately every 4 RAID rebuilding is in process 0 5 sec 5 Online RAID capacity expansion is in process 6 Online RAID level migration is in process 1 The hard disk drive is invalid 2 The disk volume has reached its full Capacity 3 The disk volume is going to be full 4 The system fan is out of function TS 119 does not support smart fan System Red 5 An error occurs when accessing read status Green write the disk data 6 A bad sector is detected on the hard disk drive 7 The NAS is in degraded read only mode 2 member hard drives fail in a RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration the disk data can still be read 8 Hardware self test error The NAS is in degraded mode one member hard drive fails in RAID 1 RAID 5 Flashes red every 0 5 sec or RAID 6 configuration 1 The NAS is starting up 2 The NAS is not configured 3 The hard disk drive is not formatted 17 Flashes green every 0 5 se
98. in new window Video Qsynps Share this folder as team folder Ji Saved Games Share with Delete this see ills but keep its copy on the NAS folder gt Searches Vm Restore previous versions Lo LDLDIGOABGBI gt Sharel Date modified 5 13 2013 1 5 Scan for Viruses 4 Select users from the list of local or domain users le Oam share wil Users Folder name Video Username admin Useri User2 Users Show RUE mm 411 All members in the group will receive a file sharing invitation Once accepted the group members can start to access this shared folder Note e The team folder will only take effect after users you send the invitation to accept the invitation e Users cannot share the team folders which are shared from others again 412 Remote access Access the NAS over the Internet To connect to a remote NAS over the Internet the administrator is required to configure the device name for the NAS in myQNAPcloud first Login the NAS gt NAS Desktop gt click the myQNAPcloud shortcut Next notify the users about the myQNAPcloud web address for their remote access You can then use the myQNAPcloud address to login the remote NAS e g andy myQNAPcloud com myQNAPcloud e myQNAPcloud j Remote Access Services Auto Router Configuration VPN DDNS Cloud Portal Get Started CloudLink Beta 49 Cloud Services B Remote Access Services Symform ElephantDr
99. information to appear for account selection when configuring HTTP FTP or RapidShare download select Enabled from the drop down menu Click Save to confirm or Back to cancel Settings Global Account List Add a New Account Hast rapidshare com d Input manually Mame Password Enabled Enabled Y Cancel To edit the settings of an account select an entry on the list and click Edit Account To delete an account select an entry on the list and click Delete Account 680 Settings Global HTTP FTF ET AccountList Add Account Edit Account Delete Account Hast User Name Status rapidshare com qqqiz3 Enabled 10 8 13 59 test Enabled 681 RSS Update Enable RSS download and specify the time interval to for the NAS to update the RSS feeds and check if any new contents that match the filters are available RSS Download Manager You can use RSS Download Manager to create and manage filters to download particular torrent files for BT Download e To add a filter click Add e Enter the filter name and specify the keyword to include and exclude e Select the RSS feed to apply the filter settings e You may also specify the quality of the video torrent files leave it as All if you do not need this function or the torrent file is not a video e Episode number Select this option to specify particular episodes or a serial of episodes of a drama work For example to dow
100. it will be conducted automatically on a daily basis e Manual Scan The scan only starts when Scan now is clicked Multimedia code page setting Change this setting to the corresponding code page for non UTF media files for the NAS to display correct information in the associated applications Rebuild media library indexing By rebuilding the media library the NAS will scan the specified media folders and replace the existing library with a new library 440 Media Folder a o M a eoe s X Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server Casa Edi Leite Media Folder Pictures Multimedia Default V By default there are two folders which will be scanned for multimedia files Multimedia and Home Click Add to add another folder to your media library Add a new media folder e Share Media type Pictures Music Video The types of files which will be scanned include pictures music or videos Click Add to confirm the settings Click Edit to change the scanned file types and folder and Delete to remove media folders from the list 441 Transcode Setting All ongoing transcoding tasks can be managed here The transcoding service is enabled by default and can transcode video files to H 264 format with MP4 extension which can be played by most media players or smart phones The video files will be converted into
101. job Stop connection to a remote server or external drive oo Stop a replication job View job status and logs download logs 544 Edit the connection settings of a remote server Edit the settings of a replication job Delete connection settings to a remote server Delete a replication job This button is available only after a replication job is stopped or the connection to the remote server is stopped To edit the replication job properties click Options Backup Station 3 LN A Backup Server RTRR Real time Remote Replication allows one way data replication between two servers locations including FTP server in real Rsync Server time or according to the specified schedule You must enable RTRR or FTP server on the remote server in order to use this function RTRR Server Create a Replication Job Options Time Machine Target Device Job Name Status Action f Remote Replication NAS to NAS 4 2i 192 168 0 17 Enabled one Behr 7 Blender Foundation Elepha Remote Usb Real time Standby mZ a a Cloud Backup Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Symform Z External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Capy Under Event Logs you can select to enable Download Detailed Logs and specify the maximum file size of the log file You can also select to send an email alert when synchronization fails or completes Note that the SMTP server settings must be properly set up on the NAS System Set
102. let the NAS users access the folders through your NAS Up to 10 folders can be linked to a portal folder Note This function is supported only in Microsoft networking service and recommended for a Windows AD environment To use this function follow the steps below 1 Enable folder aggregation M a 9 User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Shared Folder Advanced Permissions Folder Aggregation Enable Folder Aggregation Enable this function will allow you to aggregate all shared folders in local network into a portal folder in your NAS Folder aggregation is for Microsoft Network Samba service ONLY 2 Click Create A Portal Folder Folder Aggregation List Create a Portal Folder Import Export Folder Tree Portal Folder Name 3 Enter the portal folder name Select to hide the folder or not and enter an optional comment for the portal folder 358 2 Create a Portal Folder 5 Folder Name Shares Hidden Folder Yes Comment Cancel 4 Click Link Configuration and enter the remote folder settings Make sure the folders are open for public access ees ga User Groups Domain Security Shared Folder Advanced Permissions Enable Folder Aggregation Enable this function will allow you to aggregate all shared folders in local network into a portal folder in your NAS Folder aggregation is for Microsoft Network Samba service ONLY Folder Agg
103. loss Therefore you planned to upgrade the disk configuration to RAID 5 You can install one hard drive for setting up the TS 509 Pro and upgrade the RAID level of the NAS with online RAID level migration in the future The migration process can be done without turning off the NAS All the data will be retained You can do the following with online RAID level migration e Migrate the system from single disk to RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 or RAID 10 e Migrate the system from RAID 1 to RAID 5 RAID 6 or RAID 10 e Migrate the system from RAID 5 with 3 hard drives to RAID 6 You need to e Prepare a hard drive of the same or larger capacity as an existing drive in the RAID configuration e Execute RAID level migration migrate the system from single disk mode to RAID 5 with 4 hard drives Go to Storage Manager Volume Management The current disk volume configuration displayed on the page is single disk the capacity is 250GB 105 a ww 4 A 9 e 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Create Current Configuration Physical Disks Disk Model Capacity Status SMART Information Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX 22bERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready Drive 2 No Disk Drive 3 No Disk Drive 4 No Disk Drive 5 No Disk Note that if you are going to install a hard drive new or used which has never been in
104. next row and repeat the previous step to create another user account Each row indicates one user s information Save the file in CSV format Open the CSV file with Notepad and save it in UTF 8 encoding if it contains double byte characters An example is shown as below userOl userQ2 user user 04 userU5 322 BIN Exported from the NAS The BIN file is exported from a QNAP NAS It contains information including username password quota and user group The quota setting can be exported only when the quota function is enabled in Privilege Settings Quota 323 Home Folders Enable Home Folders to create a personal folder to each local and domain user on the NAS Users can access their folders home via Microsoft networking FTP AFP and File Station All the home folders are located in the shared folder Homes which can only be accessed by admin by default To use this feature click Home Folders 2 of m User Groups Shared Domain Folders Security Create Delete IL Home Folders Local Users Username Description Quota Action admin administrator F Z BB Ted User test01 test02 test 3 test 4 test05 test06 testO7 testOs8 Ir testo9 testi0 Display item 1 12 Total 12 Show 20 y Items Select Enable home folder for all users and the disk volume where the home folders will be created in Click Apply Home Folders Enable
105. on this d Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Rebuilding 0 No operation can be executed on this d Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Rebuilding 0 No operation can be executed on this d Source Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 12 3 The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB and under After rebuilding has completed repeat the steps above to replace other hard drives After changing the hard drives and disk rebuilding has completed click Expand Capacity to execute RAID capacity expansion a a VY e g General Storage Network Security Hardware Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management t HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Expand Capacity Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 Seagate ST310005284AS CC 931 51 GB Ready You can replace this drive Drive 2 Seagate ST31000528AS CC 931 51 GB Ready You can replace this drive Drive 3 Seagate ST31000528AS CC 931 51 GB Ready You can replace this drive Source Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 12 3 You can expand the disk volume capacity to approximately 1862 GB The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB and under Expand Capacity Back ond Click OK to proceed The NAS beeps and starts to expand the capacity 103 General Storage Network Security Hardware 1 Notification Fi
106. on this page TU 7 fron Oa Backup External System System Logs Restore Device Status USB Printer UPS roe Sharing Y USBDisk1 T USBDisk Y USBDisk3 StoreJet PI 288 Generic Tatal 698 653 GB NTFS Tatal 465 76 GB NTFS Tatal 3 83 GB EXT4 L a e ee Lised 694 64 GB C Used 70 25 GB Ised 133 12 MB Nl Free 3 99 GB Nl Free 395 51 GB Nl Free 3 70 GB Ready Ready Ready i Storage Information Select a storage device and click Storage Information to check for its details Storage Information x Storage Mame LUSBDISEZ Manufacturer PI 288 Model USB 2 0 Drive Tatal Free Size 465 76 GB 335 51 GB File System MTFS Shared Folder USBDisk2 Device Type USB 2 0 Status Ready The number of USB and eSATA interfaces supported varies by models Please refer to http www gnap com for details 253 It may take tens of seconds for the NAS server to detect the external USB or eSATA device successfully Please wait patiently Format The external storage device can be formatted as EXT3 EXT4 FAT32 NTFS or HFS Mac only file system Click Format and select the option from the drop down menu The NAS supports external drive encryption To encrypt an external storage device click Encryption Select the encryption method AES 128 192 or 256 bit and enter the password 8 16 characters Select Save encryption key to save the password in a hidden location on a
107. optional TwNugBxQ ee eee Share the download links through email To Ted christggmail com Subject To Share with You Content Ive shared the following file s with you using ONAP Turbo NAS Include the password Note Separate the email addresses by comma or a semi colon Up to 5 email addresses can be sent Create Cancel Note To use this function the mail server settings must be properly configured in System Settings gt Notification SMTP Server Confirm the information and click Start Sharing 621 Sharing Links 1 Multimedia Samples sample00 jpg http 10 8 12 148 8080 share cgi ssid bcgYoO Period of validity 09 18 2013 23 26 Use local computer to mail the linkis Start sharing Cancel Note Up to 1000 sharing links are supported 622 8 4 Photo Station The Photo Station is a web album for organizing and sharing photos and videos with your friends family and the world After uploading files to the NAS thumbnails will be automatically generated for quick preview You can customize the album banner and the background music for slideshow viewing Also you can share the photos by email or publish them to popular social websites such as Facebook Twitter MySpace etc Before you start 1 Enable the service in Control Panel Applications Station Manager Photo Station Click the link on the page to directly access the Photo Station from the webpage
108. page Each encrypted disk volume is locked by a particular key The encrypted volume can be unlocked by the following methods e Encryption Password Enter the encryption password to unlock the disk volume The default password is admin The password must be 8 16 characters long Symbols amp _ are supported e Encryption Key File Upload the encryption file to the NAS to unlock the disk volume The key can be downloaded from Encryption Key Management page after the disk volume has been unlocked successfully The data encryption functions may not be available in accordance to the legislative restrictions of some countries General Storage Security Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System _ iSCSI Virtual Disk Change Download Remove Saved Key Disk Volume Total Size Status Single Disk Drive 1 229 57 GB Unlocked Single Disk Drive 4 Locked 124 How to use the data encryption feature on QNAP Turbo NAS The disk volumes on the NAS can be encrypted with 256 bit AES encryption for data breach protection The encrypted disk volumes can only be mounted for normal read write access with the authorized password The encryption feature protects the confidential data from unauthorized access even if the hard drives or the entire NAS were stolen About AES encryption In cryptography the Advanced Encryption Stan
109. power loss and power recovery the events will be logged in the System 292 Event Logs During a power loss the NAS will wait for the specified time you enter in the UPS Settings before powering off or entering auto protection mode If the power restores before the end of the waiting time the NAS will remain in operation and cancel its power off or auto protection action Once the power restores e If the NAS is in auto protection mode it will resume to normal operation e If the NAS is powered off it will remain off Difference between auto protection mode and power off mode wee mme omm Auto protection The NAS resumes after power If the power outage lasts until mode recovery the UPS is turned off the NAS may suffer from abnormal shutdown Power off mode The NAS will be shut down The NAS will remain off after properly the power recovery Manual power on of the NAS is required If the power restores after the NAS has been shut down and before the UPS device is powered off you may power on the NAS by Wake on LAN if your NAS and UPS device both support Wake on LAN and Wake on LAN is enabled on the NAS This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 412U Please visit http www qnap com for details If the power restores after both the NAS and the UPS have been shut down the NAS will react accordin
110. providers oium MSN Communities Share pour files with others or store them for your personal use Choose another network location Specify the address of a Web site network location or FTP site 4 Enter the URL of your NAS with the folder name Note that you should put a key at the end of the URL Click Next Format http NAS IP or HOST NAME SHARE FOLDER NAME 449 Add Network Place Wizard What is the address of this network place Type the address of the Web site FTP site or network location that this shortcut wall open hitp 132 159 1 33 M W ebD AV ZH 5 Enterthe username and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to the folder 6 Type a name for this network place 450 Add Network Place Wizard What do you want to name this place Create a name for this shortcut that wil help you easily identify this network place http 132 168 1 339 Myw ebD AV H Type a name for this network place MyWebDAY on 132 158 1 33 7 The network place has been created and is ready to be used 451 Add Network Place Wieard Completing the Add Network Place Wizard You have successfully created this network place A shortcut for this place will appear in My Network Places v Open this network place when click Finish To close this vazard click Finish 8 Now you can connect to th
111. redundancy is Block A3 Block A4 Block AS Block A6 WT Block A8 Disk 1 Disk 2 offered The total storage capacity of a RAID O disk volume is equal to the sum of the capacity of all member hard drives RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume RAID 1 RAID 1 duplicates the data between mirroring two hard drives to provide disk mirroring To create a RAID 1 array a minimum of 2 hard drives are required Block A1 The storage capacity of a RAID 1 disk Block A2 volume is equal to the size of the Block A3 Block A3 Block A4 Block A4 smallest hard drive Disk 1 Disk 2 RAID 5 Disk Volume RAID 5 The data are striped across all the parity across disks hard drives in a RAID 5 array The parity information is distributed and m stored across each hard drive If a E Block B2 ur member hard drive fails the array Block C1 Block ca enters degraded mode After installing Disk 2 l Disk 1 Disk 3 Disk 4 a new hard drive to replace the failed one the data can be rebuilt from other member drives that contain the parity 98 information To create a RAID 5 disk volume a minimum of 3 hard drives are required The storage capacity of a RAID 5 array is equal to N 1 size of smallest hard drive N is the number of hard drives in the array RAID 6 Disk Volume RAID 6 The data are striped across all the parity across disks hard drives in a RAID 6 array RAID 6 differs from RAID 5 that a second set Blo
112. section later in this chapter 590 Auto Router Configuration In Remote Access Services Auto Router Configuration you can enable or disable UPnP port forwarding When this option is enabled your NAS is accessible from the Internet via the UPnP router myQNAPcloud r3 E myQNAPcloud t5 B ee ee ee Enable UPnP Port forwarding Auto Router Configuration Enable this function to allow access to your NAS from the Internet via an UPnP router VPN Note This function only works with the UPnP supported devices DDNS Cloud Portal Status N A CloudLink Beta 49 Cloud Services Note If there is more than one routers on the network only the one which is set as the default gateway of the NAS will be detected Click Rescan to detect the router if no UPnP router is found on the local network and Diagnostics to check the diagnostic logs Enable UPnP Part forwarding Enable this function to allow access to your NAS from the Internet via an UPnP router Note This function only works with the UPnP supported devices Status No UPnP router found on the network hl Rescan Diagnostics 591 Network Diagnostics NAT PMP Diagnostics initnatpmp returned 0 SUCCESS using gateway 10 8 12 1 sendpublicaddressrequest returned 2 SUCCESS readnatpmpresponseorretry returned 7 FAILED UPnP Diagnostics upnpc miniupnpc library test client c 2006 2011 Thomas Bernard Go to http m
113. section must be accompanied by the Installation Information But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product for example the work has been installed in ROM The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service warranty or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network Corresponding Source conveyed and Installation Information provided in accord with 743 this section must be in a format that is publicly documented and with an implementation available to the public in source code form and must require no special password or key for unpacking reading or copying 7 Additional Terms Additional permissions are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License to the extent that they are valid under applicable law If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program that part may be used separa
114. server 369 Join the NAS to Active Directory AD by Quick Configuration Wizard To join the NAS to an AD domain by the Quick Configuration Wizard follow the steps below 1 Go to Privilege Settings Domain Security Select Active Directory authentication domain member and click Quick Configuration Wizard User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security No domain security Local users only Active Directory authentication Domain member Quick Configuration Wizard Manual Configuration Quick Configuration Wizard will help you join the NAS to an Active Directory domain LDAP authentication 2 Readthe introduction of the wizard Click Next Active Directory Wizard Wizard Information This wizard will help you complete the following actions Configure the DNS information on the NAS e Synchronize the time of the NAS with the domain controller amp Join the NAS to an Active Directory domain Step 1 4 Cancel 3 Enter the domain name of the domain name service DNS The NetBIOS name will be generated automatically when you type the domain name Specify the DNS server IP for domain resolution The IP must be the same as the DNS server of your Active Directory Click Next 370 Active Directory Wizard Wizard Information Full DNS domain name adtest5 local Example mydomain local NetBios domain name ADTEST5 Example MYDOMAIN Enter the DNS Server
115. server bm 509 Connect as Guest 9 Registered User Name admin M Remember this password in my keychain 6 Select the printer driver 277 alanhuang meiji macbook mshome f pm 509 nas qadmin laptop nvr qnap pc qatest qnap peace test gnap stevehuang qnapcluster wy that qnapnet Ls ubuntu workgroup FT vicky pe Y V MV ar Name PM 509PR Location Print Using Please select a driver or printer model Y Please select a driver or printer model Auto Select Generic PostScript Printer Select a driver to use 7 After installing the printer driver correctly you can start to use the printer 278 Printers fr PM SO9PR a PM 509PR Idle Default Hs Share this printer Location Kind HP Laserjet 2200 Status Idle Default Open Print Queue A Options amp Supplies id Click the lock to prevent further changes 279 4 10 2 5 Setting up Printer Connection in Mac OS 10 4 If you are using Mac OS 10 4 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 On the toolbar click Go Utilities 43 Finder File Edit View EU Window Help SnapNDrag irmware imt am Inectall Wivared 2 Click Printer Setup Utility Network Utility e System Profiler Back Forward Enclosing Folder Computer Home Network iDisk Applications W Utilities Recent F
116. share team folders on this local computer Notify me after sharing occurs Filter settings During synchronization the system will skip files based on filter settings Filter settings d Email i Set up E mail Set up an email account for sharing file links You can use the NAS SMTP server settings for NAS administrators only or configure a new SMTP server 420 Advanced Set up E mail Set up emails to send links of shared files Use the NAS SMTP server settings NAS Administrator use only Configure a new SMTP server Sender E mail address Enable SMTP authentication Username Password Send a test email to myself e Advanced i Import photos and videos Import photos and videos when an USB external device is connected This feature only applies to photos and videos located in the DCIM folder in the root directory of the USB external device 421 Sync Policy Import Photos and Videos Import photos and videos when there are USB external devices connected Startup Settings Launch Qsync at startup Language GNAP Qsync 1 0 0 1714 2013 QNAP Systems Inc All rights reserved 422 Managing or monitoring Qsync status via web browser Login the NAS via a web browser and click the Qsync button 1 Overview Provide links to install the utility and to File Station and list the total number of online users and devices You can also choose to enable or disable the Qsyn
117. shown in the figure below To confirm if your NAS is a home and SOHO model or SMB model please check the QNAP website go to http www qnap cony gt Products gt Storage All home and SOHO users are encouraged to use cloud and online installation For all problems encountered in the installation process please contact our technical support department go to http www qnap cony gt Support gt Customer Service 21 2 2 1 Online Installation Follow the steps in this section to complete online installation for your NAS 1 Go to http start qnap com and click Start Now ONAP Hard Disk Compatible List User Manual English Global ians Set Up Your Turbo NAS New to Turbo NAS Follow the steps to get started 1 Set up the hardware for your Turbo NAS 2 Install firmware and configure your Turbo NAS 3 Get useful tools to enjoy your Turbo NAS Cloud Installation Handy utilities assist you anytime U Remote access on the go Various handy tools are available to smooth your Access and manage your Turbo NAS and enjoy work with the Turbo NAS You can enjoy convenient multimedia files on mobile devices whenever data backup smart download management remote j wherever d access to the Turbo NAS anytime and anywhere Customer Service Online Support Form QNAP Forum User Manual Tutorials Asia Taiwan QNAP Systems Inc TEL 886 2 2641 2000 FAX 886 2 2641 0555 Copyright 92013 QNAP System
118. site1 mvsite com Web site1l_mysite HTTP site2 mysite com Web site2_mysite HTTP ry ry asa www mysite2 com Web www_mysite2 HTTP 8 Create a folder for each website site1 mysite site2 mysite and www_mysite2 and start transferring the website files to the corresponding folders Organize Burn New folder 4 Downloads s 4 d Web Sites badli Joomla gt So phpBB3 gt WordPress from Joomla C Users oomla to sitel mysite P sitel_rmysit About 3 Minutes and 30 Seconds remaining Y More details Once the files transfers complete point your web browser to the websites by http NAS_host_name or https NAS_host_name according to your settings In this example the URLs are http site1 mysite com 467 http site2 mysite com http www mysite2 com You should see the Joomla phpBB3 and WordPress web pages respectively 468 7 6 LDAP Server The LDAP server of the NAS allows the administrator to create users to access multiple NAS servers with the same username and password Follow the instructions below to configure the LDAP server 1 Enable LDAP Server Login the NAS as admin Go to Applications LDAP Server and enable LDAP server Enter the full LDAP domain name and the password for the LDAP server then click Apply a amp ax ud amp 0 g L3 Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Ma
119. size go to Users gt Edit Account Profile Single Disk Drive 1 Generate Download Local Users 364 5 5 Domain Security The NAS supports user authentication by local access right management Microsoft Active Directory Windows Server 2003 2008 and Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP directory By joining the NAS to an Active Directory or a LDAP directory the AD or LDAP users can access the NAS using their own accounts without extra user account setup on the NAS No domain security Only the local users can access the NAS Active Directory authentication domain members Join the NAS to an Active Directory The domain users can be authenticated by the NAS After joining the NAS to an AD domain both the local NAS users and AD users can access the NAS via the following protocols services e Samba Microsoft Networking e AFP e FTP e File Station LDAP authentication Connect the NAS to an LDAP directory The LDAP users can be authenticated by the NAS After connecting the NAS to an LDAP directory either the local NAS users or the LDAP users can be authenticated to access the NAS via Samba Microsoft Networking Both the local NAS users and LDAP users can access the NAS via the following protocols services e AFP e FTP e File Station 365 User Groups Shared Domain Folders Security No domain security Local users only Active Directory authentication Domain member LDAP authenticati
120. size for scanning MB 25 1 v W Scan compressed files content W Maximum file size for scanning MB 100 Deep scan for document files amp amp Step 4 5 Cancel 7 Specify the actions to take when infected files are found e Only report the virus The virus scan reports are recorded under the Reports tab No actions will be done to the infected files e Move infected files to quarantine The infected files will be quarantined and cannot be accessed from the original shared folders Users can view the virus scan reports under the Reports tab and delete restore the infected files under the Quarantine tab e Delete infected files automatically Note that The infected files will be deleted and cannot be recovered To receive an alert email when an infected file is found or after scanning has completed configure the SMTP server settings in System Settings gt Notification gt SMTP Server Click Finish to create the scan job 504 Scan Job Creation Action to take when infected files are found gt Only report the virus Move infected files to quarantine O Delete infected files automatically Use with caution Send an alert email if an infected file is found Send an alert email after scanning Note The SMTP server and recipient must be configured first for alert mail delivery in Control Panel gt System Settings gt Notification Step 5 5 Finish 8 The scan job will run
121. source or destination in a folder pair of a backup job the same folder cannot be selected as the source or destination of another folder pair of the same backup job 6 Choose between real time and scheduled backup Real time backup copies files that are new changed and renamed from the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made after the first time backup Scheduled backup copies files from the source folder to the target folder according to the schedule The options are Replicate Now Copy the data immediately Periodically Enter the time interval in hour and minute that the backup job should be executed The minimum time interval is 5 minutes Hourly Select the minute when an hourly backup should be executed e g select 01 to execute the backup job every first minute of an hour 1 01 2 01 3 01 Daily Specify the time when a daily backup should be executed e g 02 02 every day Weekly Select a day of the week and the time when a weekly backup should be 560 executed e Monthly Select a day of the month and the time when a monthly backup should be executed e Auto Backup Execute data backup automatically every time the device is connected and detected by the NAS To configure the backup policy and filter settings select Configure policy and filter Click Next Create a Jab Replication Schedule Realtime Real time synchronization copies files that are new changed and
122. sure you have backed up the original users settings by exporting the users Follow the steps below to import users to the NAS 1 Click Import Export Users 319 amp GCG tk User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Create Delete Home Folders Local Users Create Multiple Users duree u e az S9 Import Export Users User testO1 test02 test03 test04 F test05 7 test06 testO7 a esos a CAO z Page 1 fl Display item 1 12 Total 12 Show 20 Items 2 Select Import user and user group settings Select the option Overwrite duplicate users to overwrite existing users on the NAS Click Browse and select the file txt csv bin which contains the users information and click Next to import the users Import Export Users Import Export Users 9 Import user and user group settings You can import multiple users and their settings to the WAS from a TT CSV or BIN file settings fram another WAS For detailed instructions please refer to the online help Overwrite duplicate users MASCOS1IFF 20130515 bin Browse O Export user and user group settings 3 Click Finish after the users have been created 320 Import Export Users Import Export Users 12 User accounts and 3 groups have been imported Finish 4 The imported user accounts will be shown amp uu GG m User Groups Shared Quota Domain Fo
123. switch to the detail list or cover flow browsing mode and click the star s under rating e Recently Added Songs recently added to the Media Library are listed here e Frequently Played Songs most frequently played are listed here e My Favorite Radio User s favorite Internet radio stations can be added by entering the radio URL or by searching TuneIn Radio A maximum of 1024 items are supported Please note that the type of files the radio station URL points to must be MP3 e TuneIn Users can browse and play Internet radio stations streamed by TunelIn e Trash Can All deleted music files can be found in here and permanently deleted or restored Trash Can is always enabled Note e Characters not allowed for My Playlist and Public Playlist include 641 gt and e Entries under Recently Added are listed based on the time they are scanned by the Media Library e The Music Station only supports the following file formats MP3 OGG WAV AIFF AU FLAC M4A and APE Right Paneland Music Sharing Management Lyrics Add lyrics to a song and browse them here Info 0 Edit and browse music details here Sharing 2 h Drag music files to the area under Songs to share them as a link There are three methods links can be shared 1 Email Share the link via email Specify the subject and message body of the message and click Send to send the email Make sure your email acc
124. the OS lanquage in order to view the files and directories on the NAS properly Apply Note All the files and directories on the NAS will be created using Unicode encoding If the FTP clients or the PC OS does not support Unicode select the language which is the same as the OS language in order to view the files and directories on the NAS properly 92 Password Strength Specify the password rules After applying the setting the NAS will automatically check the validity of the password BH o8 X 48 9 e 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Daylight Saving Time Codepage assword Strength Login Screen System Administration Time The following criteria could be applied to strengthen password security O A new password has to contain characters from at least three of the following classes lowercase letters uppercase letters digits and special characters EO No character in the new password may be repeated more than three times consecutively The new password must not be the same as the associated username or the username reversed Apply 93 Login Screen Set the login screen style First click the desired template and then click Preview to preview the chosen template or Apply to apply the chosen login screen d 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update System
125. the SSID of the Wi Fi network is not broadcast B Manually connect to a Wi Fi network To manually connect to a Wi Fi network that does not broadcast its SSID network name click Connect to a Wi Fi network Wi Fi Network Connection 218 You can choose to connect to an ad hoc network in which you can connect to any wireless devices without the need for an access point Connect to a Wi Fi network Connect to a Wi Fi network I want to connect to a Wi Fi network I want to connect to a Wi Fi ad hoc network Step 1 4 Enter the network name SSID of the wireless network and select the security type e No authentication Open No security key required e WEP Enter up to 4 WEP keys and choose 1 key to be used for authentication e WPA Personal Choose either the AES or TKIP encryption type and enter the encryption key e WPA2 Personal Enter a security key 219 F a Connect to a Wi Fi network Wi Fi Network Property Network name QNAPHQ Security type Mo authentication Open w No authentication Open E Connect automatically wh WPA Personal WPA2 Personal Step 2 4 i Cancel Note e The WEP key must be exactly 5 or 13 ASCII characters or exactly 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 and A F If you have trouble connecting to an encrypted wireless network check the wireless router AP settings and change the transfer rate from N only mode to B G N mixed or similar s
126. the data on MySQL database 489 Ss cC gt 9 MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server MySQL Server You can enable MySQL server as the website database Enable MySQL Server Enable this option to allow remote connection of MySQL server v Enable TCP IP networking Port number 3306 Note You can install the phpMyAdmin package to manage your MySQL server To install the phpMyAdmin please click here Database Maintenance You can reset the database password or re initialize the database Reset Root Password Re Initialize Database 490 7 9 Syslog Server Server Settings To configure the NAS as a Syslog server and allow it to receive Syslog messages from the clients enable Syslog Server Select the protocols TCP and or UDP the NAS uses to receive Syslog messages Specify the port numbers if necessary or use the default port number 514 Click Apply to save the settings After enabling the NAS as a Syslog server enter the NAS IP as the Syslog server IP on the Syslog clients to receive the Syslog messages from them Log Settings Specify the maximum log size 1 100 MB of the Syslog messages the location NAS shared folder to which the logs will be saved and the file name Once the logs have reached the maximum size the log file will be automatically archived and renamed with the archive date as MyLogFile yyyy mm dd for example MyLogFile 2011 12 31 If multiple log file
127. to back up data to NAS Username rsync RTRR Cloud Backup Password PEETA Amazon 53 Apply ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy 517 RTRR Server To allow real time or schedule data replication from a remote server to the local NAS select Enable Real time Remote Replication Server You can specify the port number for remote replication The default port number is 8899 Specify the maximum upload and download rate for bandwidth control O0 means unlimited To allow only authenticated access to back up data to the local NAS specify the access password The client server will be prompted to enter the password to back up data to the NAS via RTRR ae iil Backup Server Rsync Server Time Machine am Remote Replication You can specify the IP addresses or host names which are allowed to access the NAS for remote replication Up to 10 rules can be configured To allow all connections select NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy Backup Station Real time Remote Replication RTRR Server allows you to perform one way synchronization from the local NAS to a remote server or other way round 4 Enable Real time Remote Replication Server Port number 8899 Maximum upload rate KB s Maximum download rate KB s Password Password ETETETT Verify password TT N
128. to publish the files to and enter the login information of the website Note that the album must be set to public Control Panel Set Folder Public before it can be published and the Multimedia Station must be accessible from the Internet It is suggested to set up the DDNS for the NAS before using this feature m 000 umm 00 Maximum number of characters 256 Link the IP address or host Support alphanumeric characters dot and slash name of the NAS only Maximum number of characters 256 Description Maximum number of characters 1024 659 ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION rau x E aA gt Pim Pi un T b E bed n ir i T E En rz r 1 Po B U w g l fs 660 Emailing image files To email the image files make sure SMTP server settings have been correctly configured on the NAS Click B Enter the information and click Send aa INN Subject Maximum number of characters 128 My Name The name only supports alphabets A Z and a z numbers 0 9 dash and underscore _ My Email Maximum number of characters 128 Maximum number of characters 128 Friend s Email Maximum number of characters 128 Maximum number of characters 1024 661 ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION Selected Images 662 Playing video The NAS supports playing video files on the web browser Simply click a video file on the web page the NAS will start playing it If you click a video file in a folder
129. ultimate in digital home theater enjoyment Applying the settings This process may take a few minutes depending on the system hardware and hard drive capacity C Formatting the hard drives mn m Copyright QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 11 Click Connect and Login QTS cy myQNAPcloud English Installation complete Your QNAP NAS has been installed Please click the following link to enter the administration page of the NAS Before accessing the administration page you are recommended to check the verification email in the mailbox you used to register myQNAPcloud account in order to enable the remote access services You can also click the following links to get the QNAP utilities for easy management of the QNAP NAS Get more utilines Boas Copyright QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 12 Key in the user ID and password to login your Turbo NAS 42 Remember me Secure login 43 2 2 3 CD Installation Follow the steps in this section to complete CD installation for your NAS 1 Install the QNAP Qfinder from the product CD ROM Quick Installation Guide Install QNAP Finder Install MyCloudNAS Connect Install NetBak Replicator TS 269L install QGet Network Attached Storage User Manual and Application Notes gt 2 Run the QNAP Ofinder If the QNAP Ofinder is blocked by your firewall unblock the utility 3 Follow the steps outlined in the Online Insta
130. users on Microsoft Networking Samba 1 a third party software to synchronize the password between LDAP and Samba in the LDAP server 2 importing the Samba schema to the LDAP directory A Third party software Some software applications are available and allow management of the LDAP users including Samba password For example e LDAP Account Manager LAM with a Web based interface available at http www ldap account manager org e smbldap tools command line tool e webmin ldap useradmin LDAP user administration module for Webmin B Samba schema To import the samba schema to the LDAP server please refer to the documentation or 382 FAQ of the LDAP server The samba schema file is required and can be found in the directory examples LDAP in the Samba source distribution Example for open ldap in the Linux server where the LDAP server is running it can be different depending on the Linux distribution Copy the samba schema zcat usr share doc samba doc examples LDAP samba schema gz gt etc Idap schema samba schema Edit etc Idap slapd conf openldap server configuration file and make sure the following lines are present in the file include etc Idap schema samba schema include etc ldap schema cosine schema include etc ldap schema inetorgperson schema include etc ldap schema nis schema Configuration examples The following are some configuration examples They are not mandato
131. version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used that proxy s public statement of acceptance of a 748 version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions However no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version 15 Disclaimer of Warranty THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 16 Limitation of Liability IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO
132. without logging in the Multimedia Station 670 Set Folder Public The folder must be made public before it can be published Note that if the folder haz become public others can see rt without logging in Inaccessible Folder Accessible Folder MUSIC photos video Save Cancel 671 8 7 Download Station The Download Station supports BT HTTP FTP RapidShare and Magnet download without a PC Im portant Please be warned against illegal downloading of copyrighted materials The Download Station functionality is provided for downloading authorized files only Downloading or distribution of unauthorized materials may result in severe civil and criminal penalty Users are subject to the restrictions of the copyright laws and should accept all the consequences Go to Control Panel Applications Station Manager Download Station Enable the service a E B amp o x Station Backup Tunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server Manager Station Server Su Fhoto Station Music Statian Multimedia Station File Station __ Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Enable Download Station After enabling this service you may click the following link to enter the Download Station Regular login http 182 168 0 17 8080 cqi bin Qdownlaad qdawnlaadindes cai Download Station Login Connect to the Download Station from the NAS Desktop or Main Menu 672 Download Station
133. www qnap co o notes html FAQ http www qnap comyfag UPnP router compatibility list http www qnap com UPnP Router Compatibility List 593 DDNS Cloud Portal With the Cloud Portal web based NAS services such as web administration Web Server Multimedia Server and File Station can be published to http www mygnapcloud com By enabling the NAS services in this step they are opened for remote access even if they are not published Enable the My DDNS service in Remote Access Service and the NAS will notify the myQNAPcloud server automatically if the WAN IP address of the NAS has changed To use the myQNAPcloud service make sure the NAS has been connected to an UPnP router and the Internet myQNAPcloud myQNAPcloud My DDNS Cloud Portal P Remote Access Services Auto Router Configuration M Enable myQNAPcloud DDNS service VPN Enable myQNAPcloud DDNS service and complete the settings to connect to your NAS by a web browser with the following URL My DDNS Cloud Portal likeqnap myqnapcloud com CloudLink Beta To change myQNAPcloud DDNS domain name please click here amp Cloud Services Symform ElephantDrive Amazon S3 Note e The myQNAPcloud name of each QNAP NAS is unique One myQNAPcloud name can only be used with one NAS A registered myQNAPcloud name will expire in 120 days if your NAS remains offline within the period Once the name is expired it will be released for new registration by o
134. x gt gt Dial directly Connect directly to a phone number without going through the Internet 4 Enter the MyQNAPcloud name or the WAN IP of the NAS and enter a name of the connection Then click Next 478 ar Connect to a Workplace Type the Internet address to connect to Your netwcrk administrator can gre you this address Internet address Destination name VPH Connection Use a smart card ae Allow other people to use this connection pecp This ception allows anyone with access to this computer te use this connecten 5 Enter your username and password which is added from the NAS for VPN access Click Connect e lg Connect to a Workplace Type your user name and password User name Password She A charact rs Remember this pass Domain teptional Cancel 479 PPTP on Mac OS X 10 7 1 Choose Apple menu gt System Preferences and click Network eoo System Preferences aj Show AIL Q Personal 2 au o Q General Desktop amp j Mirri Language Security Spotlight Screen Saver Control amp Text amp Privacy Hardware F E E a A CDs amp DVDs Displays Trackpad Print amp Scan Internet amp Wireless es iCloud Mail Contacts Bluetooth Sharing amp Calendars System 2 s C 9 i Users amp Parental Dare amp Time Software Speech Time Machine Startup Disk Groups Controls Update 2 Click Add at the b
135. your NAS via WebDAV on Mac OS X Client Operating System Mac OS X Snow Leopard 10 6 1 1 Open Finder Connect to Server and enter the URL of the folder Format http NAS IP or HOST NAME SHARE FOLDER NAME mmc Connect to Server Server Address http 10 8 12 11 1 MyWebDAV Lt LO Favorite Servers 2 Enter the username and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this folder ES Enter your name and password for the server PUPA 10 8 12 111 Connect as Guest 9 Registered User Name James Password Remember this password in my keychain f Cancel p 3 You can connect to the folder through this link via HTTP WebDAV 460 7 Testing Feed xml Today 2 00 PM 4 You can also find the mount point in the SHARED category in Finder and make it one of the login items B james 119 ER CSD 209 5AMBA B CSD 509 AFP E Dale 239 SAMBA Ell David 239 5AMBA y 1 Note that the instructions above are based on Mac OS X 10 6 and can be applied to 10 4 or later 461 Ubuntu Follow the steps below to connect to your NAS via WebDAV on Ubuntu Client Operating System Ubuntu 9 10 Desktop 1 Open Places Connect to Server Applications ESSE system Gig jo Mon Nov 2 925 PM 5 james jii Home Folder dl Gesktop up Music ia Videos __ Floppy Drive Connect to Server Connect to a remate computer
136. 0 4 0 1 20 3 8 3 20 3 6 1 03 4 0 1 20 4 0 0 20 4 0 0 20 4 0 1 20 3 8 3 20 3 8 3 ZO 4 0 1 20 3 8 3 20 C 3 30 Configure Connect 22 Start the Web Installation step T5 509 TS 469 G TS 269 Pro TS 509 T5 1079 TS 469 Pro TS 879 Pro T5 469 Pro TS 220 Q802 TS 459 P 15 569 Pro T5 469L TS 659 P T5 670 Pro T5 509 TS 259 P TS 509 TS 1079 Te RECO D Details 33 00 08 9B CC Server Type MAC Address Firmware Status 00 08 9B BD af Up to date Not supported 00 08 9B D2 f Up to date 00 08 9B BA 00 18 9B BD 00 08 9B LCF 00 00 08 79 00 08 9B CF D0 08 9B D1 Update available af Up to date Up to date Update available Update available af Up to date 00 08 9B D1 Mot supported 00 08 9B C5 D0 08 9B LCF 00 08 9B D3 DO0 08 9B 00 00 08 9B D4 DOO it OD rr M3 Update available af Up to date af Up to date af Up to date E Not supported 00 08 9B B5 00 08 9B C4 00 08 9B BA 00 08 9B C9 af Up to date af Up to date P Up to date af Up to date filla ta Aare Refresh C myaNAPcloud rax ee 1 Sign in and register 2 Installing your NAS Start Quick Setup Congratulations You have completed the myQNAPcloud Settings Click Start to set up your QNAP NAS now Copy
137. 0 8 12 8 localhost FTP Login OK v 2013 05 09 17 01 40 admin 10 8 12 8 localhost FTP Logout wu 2013 05 09 17 01 35 admin 10 8 12 8 localhost FTP Login OK v 2013 05 09 17 01 35 admin 10 8 12 8 localhost FTP Logout i 2013 05 09 17 01 30 admin 10 8 12 8 localhost FTP Login OK v 2013 05 09 17 01 30 admin 10 8 12 8 localhost FTP Logout v 2013 05 09 17 01 06 admin 10 8 12 8 localhost FTP Login OK Page 1 fi g Display item 1 8 Total 8 Show 10 vw Items Start Logging Turn on this option to archive the connection logs The NAS generates a CSV file automatically and saves it to a specified folder when the number of logs reaches the upper limit Select the connection type to be logged V HTTP V FTP Telnet V 55H 7 AFP Mac 7 SMB Windows fl iscsi 7 RADIUS 7 VPN v When the number of logs reaches 10 000 archive the connection logs and save the file in the folder Download w Cancel 303 The file level access logs are available on this page The NAS will record the logs when users access create delete move or rename any files or folders via the connection type specified in Options To disable this feature click Stop logging All events is Stop Logging C Type Date Time wv 2013 05 10 17 31 v 2013 05 10 17 31 v 2013 05 10 17 31 i 2013 05 10 17 31 vw 2013 05 10 17 wv 2013 05 10 17 31 vu 2013 05 10 17 31 wv 2013 05 10 17 31 v 2013 05 10 17 31 U 2013
138. 00 00 Step 6 15 Cancel 8 Click Finish to exit 179 Back up an iSCSI LUN Setup complete Congratulations The settings have been completed Click Finish to exit the wizard Step 15 15 Finish 9 The backup job is shown on the list a e Start the job immediately Stop the running job Edit the job settings A View the job status and logs 180 Sw x a General Storage Network Security Settings Manager l Q Hardware Notification Firmware Update Power RAID Management Volume Management Portal Management Current Jobs Create a Job n Action v Target Management Job Name Advanced ACL Backup myLUNO1 backup myL Encrypted File System Type Backup Schedule Daily 00 00 181 Restore an iSCSI LUN 1 To restore an iSCSI LUN to the NAS go to Storage Manager gt iSCSI LUN Backup Click Create a job m a e 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System mr7c9w Virtual Disk Portal Management Current Jobs Create aJob Target Management Advanced ACL Status 2 Select Restore an iSCSI LUN and click Next 182 Create a Job LUN Backup Restore Snapshot This wizard helps you back up or restore an iSCSI LUN or create a LUN snapshot Please select the acti
139. 0GB to 3TB of RAID 5 You can refer to the previous step for the operation procedure 109 Add a hard drive Follow the steps below to add a hard drive member to a RAID 5 or RAID 6 disk configuration 1 2 Make sure the status of the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration is Ready Install a hard drive on the NAS If you have a hard drive which has already been formatted as single disk volume on the NAS you can add this hard drive to the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration You are recommended to use hard disk drives of the same storage capacity for the RAID configuration Select the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration on the RAID Management page and click Add Hard Drive Select the new hard drive member The total drive capacity after adding the drive will be shown Click Add Hard Drive All the data on the new hard drive member will be deleted during this process The data on the original RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration will be retained Click OK The NAS will beep twice To add hard drives member to a RAID 10 disk volume repeat the above steps Note that you need to add an even number of hard disk drives to a RAID 10 volume The storage capacity of the RAID 10 volume will increase upon successful configuration This process may take a few hours to tens of hours to complete depending on the number and the size of the hard drive Please wait patiently for the process to finish Do NOT turn off the NAS during this process You ca
140. 1 to connect to the shared folder public under the mnt pub directory use the following command mount t nfs 192 168 0 1 public mnt pub 58 Note You must login as the root user to initiate the above command Login the NAS with the specified user ID use the mounted directory to connect to the shared folders 59 2 5 Connecting to NAS by Web Browser To connect to the NAS by a web browser follow the steps below 1 Enter http NAS IP 8080 or use the QNAP Qfinder to find the NAS Double click the NAS name and the NAS login page will open v Remember me Secure login Note The default NAS IP is 169 254 100 100 8080 If the NAS has been configured to use DHCP you can use the QNAP Qfinder to check the IP address of the NAS Make sure the NAS and the computer that runs the QNAP Ofinder are connected to the Same subnet If the NAS cannot be found connect the NAS to the computer directly and run the QNAP Ofinder again 2 Enter the administrator name and password Turn on the option Secure login Secure Sockets Layer login to allow secure connection to the NAS If a user without administration right login the NAS the user can only change the login password Note If the NAS is behind an NAT gateway to connect to the NAS by secure login on the Internet the port 443 must be opened on the NAT router and forwarded to the LAN IP of the NAS 60 3 The NAS Desktop will show up OG a dmn Qe EH C
141. 133 ow X a 9 B8 General Storage Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware P Settings Manager Update GS Unlock this device Disk Volume Total Size Status Single Disk Drive 1 229 57 GB Unlocked 134 4 2 5 iSCSI Portal Management 138 Target Managementh4 Advanced ACLI170 LUN Backuph73 135 4 2 5 1 Portal Management The NAS supports built in iSCSI Internet Small Computer System Interface service for server clustering and virtualized environments ISCSI Configuration The NAS supports built in iSCSI service To use this function follow the steps below 1 Install an iSCSI initiator on the computer Windows PC Mac or Linux 2 Enable iSCSI Target Service on the NAS and create an iSCSI target 3 Run the iSCSI initiator and connect to the iSCSI target NAS 4 After successful logon format the iSCSI target disk volume You can start to use the disk volume on the NAS as a virtual drive on the computer In between the relationship of your computer and the storage device the computer is called an initiator because it initiates the connection to the device which is called a target Note It is suggested NOT to connect to the same iSCSI target with two different clients iSCSI initiators at the same time because this may lead to data damage or disk damage 136 ISCSI Quick Configuration Wizard A maximum of 256 iSCSI targets and LUNs can be created For example if you cr
142. 2200dse HP Laser Jet 2200 Series hpijs 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200dt HP LaserJet 2200 CUPS Gutenprint v5 2 6 Simpli LaserJet 2200dtn HP LaserJet 2200 CUPS Gutenprint v5 2 6 en LaserJet 2300 HP Laser Jet 2200 Foomatic Postscript en LaserJet 2300d HP Laser Jet 2200 Foomatic lj dith en Laser Jet 2300dn HP Laser Jet 2200 Foomatic lj5gray e n Laser Jet 2300dtn HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic ljet4 en Laser Jet 23001 LaserJet 2300n LaserJet 2410 LaserJet 2420 LaserJet 2420d LaserJet 2420dn HP Laser Jet 2200 Foomatic pxlmono en Cancel Forward 8 You can rename this printer or enter additional information Click Apply to exit and finish New Printer Describe Printer Printer Name Short name for this printer such as laserjet HP LaserJet 2200 Description optional Human readable description such as HP LaserJet with Duplexer NASPR3 Location optional Human readable location such as Lab 1 9 The network printer is now available for printing 287 Server Printer Group View Help MP Add QC Filter Q HP Laser Jet 2200 Connected to localhost 288 4 10 3 UPS By enabling the UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply support you can protect your NAS from abnormal system shutdown caused by power disruption In the event of a power failure the NAS will shut down automatically or enter auto protection mode by probing the power status of the connected UPS unit Standalone mode USB To o
143. 305 Syslog Cllent Management Syslog is a standard for forwarding the log messages on an IP network Turn on this option to save the event logs and connection logs to a remote Syslog server System Event Logs System Connection Logs Online Users __Syslog Client Management 4 Enable Syslog You can enable this option to save the event logs and connection logs to a remote syslog server Syslog server IP UDP port 514 Select the logs to record 4 System Event Logs When converting the connection logs into a CSV file the connection type and action will be number coded Please refer to the table below for the code meaning 0 UNKNOWN 0 UNKNOWN 1 SAMBA 1 DEL 2 FIP 2 READ 3 HTTP 3 WRITE 4 NFS 4 OPEN 5 AFP 5 MKDIR 6 TELNET 6 NFSMOUNT_SUCC 7 SSH 7 NFSMOUNT FAIL 8 ISCSI 8 RENAME 9 LOGIN FAIL 10 LOGIN SUCC 11 LOGOUT 12 NFSUMOUNT 13 COPY 14 MOVE 15 ADD 306 Advanced Log Search Advanced log search is provided to search for system event logs system connection logs and online users based on user preferences First specify the log type users computer name date range and source IP and click Search to search for the desired logs or reset to list all logs System Logs OAA System Event Logs _ System Connection Logs Online Users Syslog Client Management All events Y Clear Save ntent Search Log type All events v Date 2013 05 03
144. 4 10 2 1 Setting up Printer Connection in Windows 7 sssseeen nennen nnne nnn 265 4 10 2 2 Setting up Printer Connection in Windows XP cccccsececccesccceeevenstenvunssenens 270 4 10 2 3 Setting up Printer Connection in Mac OS 10 6 sssseeee nennen nnn nnn 272 4 10 2 4 Setting up Printer Connection in Mac OS 10 5 isses eene 275 4 10 2 5 Setting up Printer Connection in Mac OS 10 4 sseeseeenn nme nnne nnn 280 4 10 2 6 Setting up Printer Connection in Linux Ubuntu 10 10 enne nnn 284 Gb DOD IPS HM E E AT E A ATAA A I 289 a a E SECIS acl S E E A E DPI T E E E DIE 295 d 2 ONGC LOGS ouien a AE a aie a a aaa 302 Privilege SettingS s usssnunnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 308 DI GET piae ra a atem a a E E E I RN Faber ados 309 Diz USES GlOUDS mrane pa cama E 325 5 5 Shared Folders eraran aren acetone N A RDUM centu dnt teeta ARA 327 By OU Ay Sus 363 omsdBestzisier eUd5 ctt T 365 5 5 1 Joining NAS to Active Directory Windows Server 2003 20068 eren 367 5 5 2 Connecting NAS toan LDAP DIFeCtOEy ooo stata ce eode vox pe DotA oo R uta oc edoie poke 378 Network ServICes iis ta cians trea CROCO CR RC VOR CREER ROCCO ER ECCO CER emus 384 Ob WiD Mac ANE Sie iitut kiii ia ERU Rd dd Pasa it ena eae wide Esp REP VA dd pO EUM EE KE 385 S AN Lb P 393
145. 50 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List Capacity Advanced ACL 1GB LUN Backup 1 GB 1 GB iSCSI Target List Modify L Delete 3 Select the target to map the LUN to and click Apply Map LUN to Target 6 Target Alias Target ION target iqn 2004 O04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi btargeto1 cfdbci a iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 5 69pro iscsi a0 1 cfdbci allena1i iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi allen cfdbci davidO1 iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi david cfdbci Apply Cancel 4 The LUN is mapped to the target 151 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iScs Virtual Disk Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Target List Status 4 a a01 Ready Advanced ACL t O alleno1 allen Ready LUN Backup 46 davidO1 david Ready J id 0 005 1 00 GB Enabled Jid 1 003 t 1 00 GB Enabled gt 2 target targetO01 Ready Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 2 Action After creating the iSCSI targets and LUN on the NAS you can use the iSCSI initiator installed on your computer Windows PC Mac or Linux to connect to the iSCSI targets and
146. 6 118 RAID 5 7 RAID 5 8 RAID 5 8 RAID 6 5 RAID 6 6 RAID 6 7 RAID 6 8 RAID 6 6 RAID 6 7 RAID 6 8 RAID 6 7 RAID 6 8 RAID 6 8 RAID 10 6 RAID 10 8 RAID 10 8 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 10 4 RAID 10 6 RAID 10 8 Single 1 m Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID level migration 19 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 m Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RAID level
147. 65 76 GB Notification and Alert Click to check for recent system error and warning notifications Click Clear All to clear all entries from the list To review all historical event notifications click the Event Notifications header to open the System Logs For details on System Logs please refer to the chapter on System Logs02 74 Event Notifications Show All Error Warning Warning Download Station Sy stem Login Fail HTTP 2013 05 14 18 51 56 Warning Download Station Sy stem Login Fail HTTP 2013 05 14 18 51 56 Warning admin Login Fail 85 H 2013 05 13 14 21 11 Personal Setting Admin Control Click Es to customize your user specific settings change your user password restart shut down the NAS or log out your user account Last login time 2013 05 13 20 21 Options Change Password Restart Shutdown 1 Options i Profile Specify your user email address and change your profile picture 75 Options Wallpaper Change Password Miscellaneous Username admin E mail E mail ii Wallpaper Change the default wallpaper or upload your own wallpaper Options Profile Change Password Miscellaneous Select the default wallpaper Or upload my own photo Stretch ii Change Password Change your login password 76 Options Profle Wallpaper Change Password Miscellaneous To change your password please fill out the form below Old password N
148. 8000 after applying the settings Then login the network settings page of the IP cameras Change the HTTP port of IP camera 1 from 80 to 81 Then change the port of IP camera 2 from 80 to 82 Next login the Surveillance Station Pro Go to Camera Settings Camera Configuration Enter the port numbers of IP camera 1 and IP camera 2 as 192 168 1 10 port 81 and 192 168 1 20 port 82 respectively Enter the login name and the password for both IP cameras Besides enter the WAN IP address or your domain address on the public network for example MyNAS dyndns org and the port on the WAN for the connection from the Internet After finishing the settings click Test to verify the connection Surveillance Station Pro EJ Ed Monitor gt Playback 4 Camera Settings Camera Status Channel No Camera Name Brand Axi Camera Configuration 1 Camera 1 S Recording Settings Camera 2 Sony Q Schedule Settings 3 H Alarm Settings 4 4 System Settings A Advanced Settings Camera Brand Axis we AA Privilege Settings Camera Model Axis M1011 W M EA Protocol Management Camera Name Camera 1 Surveillance Logs p sides 192 168 1 10 License Management Port 81 WAN IP Address myNAS dyndns org Port 81 User Name root Test Password essss V Enable recording on this camera Go to the configuration page of your router and configure the port forwarding as below e Forward port 8000
149. A d 454 GB free of 455 GB 51 Note Alternatively you can use the Storage Plug amp Connect Wizard to connect NAS shared folders The steps 1 Launch the QNAP OQOfinder 2 Select Storage Plug amp Connect under Connect 3 Check Login with username and password and enter username and password 4 Click a NAS shared folder and 5 Click Map the Network Drive on top of the screen B Connect to the shared folders of the NAS by using My Network Places or Run 1a Open My Network Places and find the workgroup of the NAS If the NAS cannot be found browse the whole network to search for the NAS Double click the name of the NAS for connection 1b Use the Run function in Windows Enter WNNAS name or NNAS IP Run Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you AAMASSBS 7E7 v Cancel Browse Run Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open 169 254 100 100 v E Cancel Browse 2 Enter the default administrator name and password Default username admin 52 3 You can upload files to the shared folders 53 2 4 2 Connecting to NAS shared folders in Mac or Linux Mac Users There are two methods to connect shared folders on a NAS A Using QNAP Qfinderls4 B Connect to Serverls A Using QNAP Qfinder 1 Launch the QNAP Qfinder select the NAS you would like to c
150. ASC2E7AD VM ITZCORNIAC On line 46 QNAP Qfinder 4 0 0 Restart Server Shut down Server Remote Wake Up Wake On LAN Search Network Camera Bookmark the NAS SMTP Settings Refresh Update Firmware Resource Monitor TS 219P II TS 269 Pro TS 670 Pro TS 409 TS 879 Pro TS 219P II TS 509 TS 121 TS 670 Pro TS 659 Pro II TS 269 Pro TS 509 NetBak Replicator QBack QGet VioGate Player VioGate Master 10 8 12 130 10 8 12 132 10 8 12 133 10 8 12 143 10 8 12 145 10 8 12 147 10 8 12 149 10 8 12 153 10 8 12 156 10 8 12 157 10 8 12 160 004374177 TS 469 Pro TS 469 Pro TS 410 TEL vis S Se 4 3 8 2 20130301 v 3 8 2 20130301 4 0 0 20130430 Q 3 3 2 0918T 3 8 3 20130417 3 8 3 20130423 3 8 3 20130419 v 4 0 0 20130412 4 0 0 20130513 v 3 8 2 20130301 4 0 0 20130507 v 3 8 2 20130301 4 0 0 20130411 3 8 1 20121205 V 4 0 0 20130429 4 4 0 0 20130408 4 7 0 n10n n4 amp English 00 08 9B C3 0B 89 00 08 9B D1 EC 0A 00 08 9B D4 C5 BC 00 08 9B 8C C4 EC 00 00 08 79 00 27 00 08 9B C3 0B 01 00 08 9B BD DB 10 00 08 9B C9 41 EB 00 08 9B D4 C6 04 00 08 9B C7 77 BF 00 08 9B D2 0A 10 00 08 9B BA 84 A5 00 08 9B CF 05 9E 00 08 9B CF AE BE 00 08 9B CF AC 4C 00 08 9B C2 E7 AD Fw DOO AN 7 PI 3430 m 2 Select a shared folder on the NAS to be mapped as a network drive and click Map Network Drive 49 Map Network
151. ASCFOSSEPR Cancel Stop printer sharing and clear print spool Select this option to temporarily disable the selected printer for print sharing All the data in the printer spool will also be cleared Bonjour printer support Select this option to broadcast printing service to Mac users via Bonjour Enter a service name which allows the printer to be found by Bonjour The name can only contain a z A Z 0 9 dot comma and dash Maximum Printer Jobs and Blacklist Maximum number of jobs per printer 500 Enter the IP addresses or domain names which are allowed or denied to use the printer service Allow printing Deny printing Maximum printer jobs per printer Specify the maximum number of printer jobs for a printer A printer supports maximum 1 000 printer jobs The oldest printer job will be overwritten by the newest one if the 263 printer has reached the maximum number of printer jobs Enter IP addresses or domain names to allow or deny printing access To allow or deny particular IP addresses or domain names to use the printing service of the NAS select Allow printing or Deny printing and enter the IP address es or domain name s An asterisk denotes all connections To allow all users to use the printer select No limit Click Apply to save the settings Note This feature only works for printing service configured via IPP and Bonjour but not Samba 264 4 10 2 1 Sett
152. Apps DJ Station Entertainment e Make sure the NAS is connected to the Internet e QNAP is not responsible for troubleshooting any issues caused by the open source software add ons Users are recommended to participate in the discussion in the QNAP community forum or contact the original creators of the open source software for the solutions 727 When installing an add on which requires a prerequisite app the prerequisite add on will be added to the installation queue automatically prior to the dependent add on If the app update process is canceled before it is finished please install the app from the App Center again To update an app click Update and click OK to confirm Squid Business 3 1 15 3 Alternatively you may click Update All on top right side of the screen to install all updates and Refresh to refresh for the latest updates The button will turn to Launch to signify that the update has been complete for an app To remove an app first click an installed app to open its introduction page click Remove on the page to uninstall it from the NAS and click OK to confirm 728 DJ Station v1 2 267 2013 04 25 Entertainment Total Installs 741 DY Station IT ree Z DJ Bom Note e Click to enable or disable an app e For more apps please visit the QNAP official site Resources gt App Center 729 Developer ONAP Systems Inc Resource
153. Back up an iSCSI LUN 5s Select Destination Linux Share NFS Vindows Share CIFS SMB Local gt IP Address Host Name 10 8 12 79 Examples 192 168 0 100 nas com nas Username admin Password MEME Folder or Path Download Remote Host Testing a Test Step 3 15 Cancel 5 Enter a name of the backup LUN image or use the one generated by the NAS Select the subfolder where the image file will be stored Select to use compression or not Click Next Use Compression When this option is enabled more CPU resources of the NAS will be consumed but the size of the backup LUN can be reduced The backup time may vary depending on the size of the iSCSI LUN 176 Back up an iSCSI LUN Select Location LUN Image Name backup myLUNO1 LUN Image Path Download Cancel Select Location dJ Download Use Compression Step 4 15 6 Specify the backup schedule The options available are e NOW e Hourly e Daily e Weekly e Monthly Click Next 177 Back up an iSCSI LUN Backup Schedule Select schedule Time Step 5 15 7 The settings will be shown Enter a name for the job or use the one generated by the NAS Click Next 178 Back up an iSCSI LUN Confirm Settings Job Name Backup myLUNO1 backup myL UNO 1 Source LUN myLUNO1 1 00 GB Protocal Windows Share CIFS SMB Select Destination 10 8 12 79 Download LUN Image Mame backup myLUNO1 Schedule Daily
154. CSI target before increasing the Capacity 154 Optimize iSCSI performance In the environments that require high performance storage such as virtualization users are recommended to do the following to optimize the iSCSI and NAS hard disks performance e Use instant allocation When creating an iSCSI LUN select Instant Allocation to achieve slightly higher iSCSI performance However the benefits of thin provisioning will be lost Quick Configuration Wizard Create an iSCSI LUN LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning amp Instant Allocation LUN Name myLUN LUN Location RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 453 82 GB Capacity 200 GB Step 5 10 e Create multiple LUNs Create multiple LUNs according to the processor number of the NAS The information can be checked in System Status gt Resource Monitor If the NAS has four processors it is advised to create four or more LUNs to optimize the iSCSI performance e Use different LUNs for heavy load applications Spread the applications such as database and virtual machines that need high Read Write performance on different LUNs For example if there are two virtual machines which read and write data intensively on the LUNs it is recommended to create two LUNs on the NAS so that the VM workloads can be efficiently distributed 155 System Status System Information Network Status System Service Hardware Information CPU Hyper Threading Me
155. Canterbury Tales txt 2001 08 20 18 37 52 TXT File 39 52 KB 4 gt a Usb gt 3 USBDisk1 gt 3 USBDisk2 gt USBDisk3 gt C3 Web kj your D6b82fed5f G Qsync Recycle Bin 008 Don Quixote txt 2001 08 20 18 37 58 TXT File 31 54 KB S E F 001 The Iliad txt 2001 08 20 18 36 54 TXT File 39 06 KB s 005 The Divine Comedy t t 2001 08 20 18 37 38 TXT File 37 4 KB 006 The Travels of Marco Polo txt 2001 08 20 18 37 44 TXT File 38 02 KB z A 007 Canterbury Tales t t 2001 08 20 18 37 52 TXT File 39 52 KB 4 008 Don Quixote txt 2001 08 20 18 37 58 TXT File 31 54 KB click the down arrow in the search box to reveal additional options Check Music Video Photo to list corresponding files within the folder or specify detailed criteria in the advanced search such as file size or type ADUTNCSOOTCHEEENENC EDS r3 Search m MASCOZJIFF k Dept k C Download k C home 610 Mount ISO Shares To mount an ISO file on the NAS as a shared folder follow the steps below Locate the ISO file on the NAS Right click the file and select Mount ISO SpaceMadician Images 1so Create folder B copy et share FS Open Download D Rename E Move W Celete M CHE 8 Compress Zip oO Mount Iso amp P Properties Enter the share name and click OK Mount ISO Share folder name SpaceMagician Images Cancel Click OK to confirm
156. D configuration If an array has a bitmap the member hard drive can be removed and re added and only blocks changes since the removal as recorded in the bitmap will be re synchronized To use this feature select a RAID volume and click Enable Bitmap a S a W 0 e B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Action Expand Capacity Total Size Bitmap Status 459 13 GB no Ready Enable Bitmap Note Bitmap support is only available for RAID 1 5 6 and 10 112 Recover RAID Recovery RAID Recovery When the NAS is configured as RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 and any number of hard drives is unplugged from the NAS accidentally you can plug in the same hard drives into the same drive slots and click Recover to recover the volume status from Not active to Degraded mode If the disk volume is configured as RAID O or JBOD and one or more of the hard drive members are disconnected or unplugged you can plug in the same hard drives into the same drive slots and use this function to recover the volume status from Not active to Normal The disk volume can be used normally after successful recovery Supports RAID Maximum number of disk removal recovery allowed a After recovering a RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 disk volume from not active to degraded mode by the
157. D configuration and set a global spare on this page volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Virtual Disk Expand Capacity Total Size Bitmap Add Hard Drive 227 76 GB Migrate Configure Spare Drive 455 52 GB Enable Bitmap To expand the storage capacity of a RAID 10 volume you can perform online RAID capacity expansion or add an even number of hard disk drives to the volume Expand Capacity Online RAID Capacity Expansion Scenario You bought three 250GB hard drives for initial setup of a TS 509 Pro NAS and configured RAID 5 disk configuration with the three hard drives A half year later the data size of the department has largely increased to 1 5TB In other words the storage capacity of the NAS is running out of use At the same time the price of 1TB hard drives has dropped to a large extent Operation procedure In Storage Manager RAID Management select the disk volume for expansion and click Expand Capacity 100 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Action Expand Capacity Total Size Bitmap Status 459 13 GB no Ready Enable Bitmap Click Change for the first hard drive to be replaced Follow the instructions to proceed General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings
158. DAV feature supports NAS user accounts only and AD and LDAP user accounts are not supported To map a shared folder on the NAS as a network drive of your PC turn on WebDAV and follow the steps below Go to Privilege Settings Shared Folders Click the Access Permission button for the designated folder under the Action column a a pi User Groups Shared Quota Domain Falders Security Shared Folder Advanced Permissions Folder Aggregation Create Restore Default Shared Folders Dp Folder Name Size Folders Hidden Volume Action Dept 36 KB 6 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 ppg Download 53 62 GB 13 183 No Single Disk Drive 1 ZIBB Multimedia 18 42 MB 21 235 No Single Disk Drive 1 ZIBB NAS 587 25 MB 891 No ISO ZIBB Public 251 1 MB 88 No Single Disk Drive 1 Ces 5 Recordings 32 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 opg TedHome 20 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 fgg USBDisk1 694 6 GB 30966 339270 No USB 1 ABHA al DDV 5 Page il Display item 1 24 Total 24 Show 50 v Items Select WebDAV access from the dropdown menu on top of the page and specify the access right Choose the authentication level or scroll down to search for the account to grant its access rights Click Apply and all settings are complete 446 Shared Folder Select permission type WebDAV access Edit the user and group permissions far WeboAy access Shares J Dept Network share name Public amp ccess right Download
159. Deny access Deny all access to the shared folder Select permission type MFS hast access Edit the NFS permissions Shares jDept Al You can set the NFS access right of the network share Download Network share name Dept Multimedia C Public Recordings J TedHome Snes access right Num Te i 3USBDisk1 JUSBDisk2 3USBDisk3 Usb G web homas test testo pers ote Please make sure the format you enter is correct amp n incorrect format can lead test 2 tn access error tocn M Clase Connect to the NAS by NFS On Linux run the following command mount t nfs lt NAS IP Shared Folder Name Directory to Mount For example if the IP address of your NAS is 192 168 0 1 and you want to link the shared folder public under the mnt pub directory use the following command mount t nfs 192 168 0 1 public mnt pub Note You must login as the root user to initiate the above command Login as the user ID you define you can use the mounted directory to connect to your shared files 392 6 2 FTP FTP Service When you turn on FTP service you can specify the port number and the maximum number of users that are allowed to connect to the NAS by FTP at the same time 4 E mE kh uH Win Mac NFS FTP Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin mS erecta Advanced General Enable FTP Service Protocol type FTP Standard FTP with SSL T
160. Disk2 Q RAID 1 Storejet BI 288 Tatal 688 63 GB NTFS Total 465 76 GB NTFS n X ee Used 694 64 GB D Used 70 25 GB I Free 3 99 GB gg Free 395 51 GB Ready Ready After Q RAID 1 has been executed once the NAS data will be automatically copied to the external storage device whenever it is connected to the NAS Note e Only one external hard disk can be set as Q RAID 1 at one time e It is recommended to use an external storage device of the same capacity as the internal hard drive of the NAS If the storage capacity of the external storage device is too small to synchronize with the internal hard drive the device can only be used for data sharing 260 4 10 2 USB Printer The NAS supports network printing sharing service over local network and the Internet in Windows Mac and Linux Ubuntu environments Up to 3 USB printers are supported To share a USB printer by NAS connect the printer to a USB port of the NAS The printer will be detected automatically and the printer s information will be shown Firmware Backup External System System Logs Update Restore Device Status External Storage USB Printer _ UPS Printer Info Printer Log Clean Up Spool Space Settings T HP Deskjet D1500 series Ready Maximum number of Jobs per printer 500 Enter the IP addresses or domain names which are allowed or denied to use the printer service amp Access right No limit vl Printer
161. Display item 1 3 Total 3 Show 10 Items 497 7 10 Antivirus Overview Use the antivirus feature to scan the NAS manually or on recurring schedule and delete quarantine or report files infected by viruses malware Trojans and other malicious threats To use this feature select Enable antivirus and click Apply Update Select Check and update automatically and specify the interval in days to update the antivirus definitions automatically Click Update Now next to online update to update the antivirus definitions immediately Users can also download the update files from http www clamav net and update the antivirus definitions manually The NAS must be connected to the Internet to use this feature Quarantine View the quarantine information of the disk volumes on the NAS For the details go to Applications Antivirus Quarantine 498 v P MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server ScanJobs Reports Quarantine Antivirus Enable antivirus Virus definitions 2013 05 20 10 17 Last virus scan 2013 05 15 19 44 29 Last infected file found Status Scanning Update Check and update automatically Frequency in days 1 Online update Update now Manual update cvd Browse Import Update file available at http www clamav net Quarantine Single Disk Drive 1 Apply Apply to All 499 Scan Jobs The NAS supports manual
162. Documents 380 A Desktop HD Downloads XSL et Home tr 38H E Computer THC AirDrop 2ER Network lt P 6K A Applications DHA Utilities HU Forward 3 L E k L T i TUO S fna ib i pane T j amp rm p it OT o m FW Recent Folders b Go to Folder Connect to Serwer 2 Enter the NAS IP address 56 Connect to Server Server Address smb 10 8 12 151 EJ Lor Favorite Servers Browse Enter your name and password for the server 10 8 12 151 Connect as C Guest Registered User Name admin Remember this password in my keychain Cancel 4 Select the folder you want to mount and click OK 57 Select the volumes you want to mount on 10 8 12 151 Cancel ok 5 The folder is mounted O Download uz mEg s e Le View Action Arrange Share Search FAVORITES ES All My Files e AirDrop f Applications Desktop i Documents 3 Downloads 130418 QNAP_Turbo_NAS_Hardware_Manual zip ni Movies J4 Music Bi 130418 QNAP Tur rdware Manual zip Jun 18 2013 7 29 PM 2792 8 MB ZIP arck Pictures Name Date Modified Size Kind SHARED al 20 8 1 4 L AA AFP AA SMB Alfienas S LAJ ANASBDO Linux Users On Linux run the following command mount t nfs lt NAS IP Shared Folder Name Directory to Mount For example if the IP address of the NAS is 192 168 0
163. Drive Select a network share to be mapped as a network drive Download Map Network Drive 3 Enter the username and password to connect to the NAS and click OK Connect Please enter the user name and password to connect to the NAS server MAS Server 10 8 12 153 Share Folder Public User Name admin Maotice Please make sure that the same username has been created on the NAS server with proper access rights and identical password 4 Select a drive in the OS to map the folder chosen in Step 2 and click Finish 50 Map Network Drive What network folder would you like to map Specify the drive letter for the connection and the folder that you want to connect to Drive Folder 1410 8 12 153XPublic Example server share Reconnect at sign in Connect using different credentials Connect to a Web site that vou can use to store your documents and pictures 5 The mapped folder will appear when opening the File Explorer m1 Ds T jE Computer gt Tr Favorites BE Desktop d Downloads T E Recent places caw Libraries ES Documents al Music Pictures BE Videos jE Computer th Network Computer View QC Search Computer 4 Hard Disk Drives 2 Q5 C Data D 55 5 i 160 GE free of 186 GB 258 GB free of 258 GB 4 Devices with Removable Storage 1 i e DVD RW Drive E 4 Network Location 1 Public 410 8 12 153 Z
164. Home Folders Local Users Create a User Description Quota Action I rt E rtu icu SERRE sii User E F Z ASlES Display item 1 2 Total 2 Show 10 Items Follow the instructions of the wizard to complete the details 311 Create a User This wizard guides you through the following settings e Set User Information e 4ssign User Group e Personal Shared Folder e Set Shared Folder Privilege e Set Application Privilege Step 1 9 Cancel 312 Create Multiple Users 1 To create multiple users on the NAS click Create Multiple Users 3 a uu User Groups Shared Folders Create Delete Home Folders Create a User Create Multiple Users Import Export Users Description administrator User 2 Click Next al Domain Security Local Users Quota Action a2 e 363 3 E383 Display item 1 2 Total 2 Show 10 Items Multiple Users Creation Wizard Create Multiple Users This wizard helps you create multiple users Click NEXT ta proceed Step 1 5 Cancel 3 Enter the name prefix e g test Enter the start number for the username e g 313 0001 and the number of users to be created e g 10 The NAS creates ten users named test0001 test0002 test0003 test0010 The password entered here is the same for all the new users Multiple Users Creation Wizard Create Multiple Users User Name Pretix User Name Start
165. IP for the domain resolution It must be the DNS server of your Active Directory E Obtain DNS server address automatically by DHCP server Domain DNS Server 10 8 J13 230 Step 2 4 Je Cancel 4 Select a domain controller from the drop down menu The domain controller is responsible for time synchronization between the NAS and the domain server and user authentication Enter the domain administrator name and password Click Join E Active Directory Wizard Authentication Information The selected Domain Controller will be used for the time synchronization and the user authentication Select the Domain Controller ad5 dc2 dqv adtests5 local Domain Administrator Username Domain Administrator Password Step 3 4 Cancel 371 5 Upon successful login to the domain server the NAS has joined to the domain Click Finish to exit the wizard Active Directory Wizard Summary Domain information DNS Server 10 8 13 230 DNS name adtest5 local MetBIOS Mame ADTESTS Domain controller ad5 dc2 dqv adtest5 local Time Server ads5 dcz dqv adtest5 local The NAS has joined the domain successfully Step 4 4 Finish 6 Go to Privilege Settings Users or User Groups to load the domain users or user groups to the NAS a a O th User Groups Shared Domain Folders Security Create Home Folder Domain Users Username Description Quota Action ADTESTS Administrator RS e az s
166. Info click a connected USB printer and then Printer Info to review printer details Printer Info Service Mame NASCFO0SSEPR Manufacturer HP Model Deskjet D1500 series Status Ready 261 Note Please connect a USB printer to the NAS after the software configuration is completed The NAS does not support multifunction printer The file name display on the printer job table is only available for printer jobs sent via IPP Internet Printing Protocol connection For the information of the supported USB printer models please visit http www gnap com Printer Log click a connected USB printer and then Printer Log to view its print job history You can pause or cancel ongoing or pending jobs resume paused jobs or delete completed or pending jobs here To clear the history click Clear Printer Log Clear Users Source IP File name Status tate 10 8 12 12 printing Display item 1 1 Total 1 Show 10 Items Note Do NOT restart the NAS or update the system firmware when printing is in process or there are queued jobs Otherwise all the queued jobs will be cancelled and removed Clean Up Spool Space click Clean Up Spool Space to clean up the data saved in the printer spool 262 Settings click Settings to configure basic settings of the printer Settings Basic Settings 7 Stop printer sharing and clear print spool W Bonjour printer support Service Name NW
167. Initiator on Ubuntu to add the iSCSI target QNAP NAS as an extra partition Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS About Linux Open iSCSI Initiator The Linux Open iSCSI Initiator is a built in package in Ubuntu 8 04 LTS or later You can connect to an iSCSI volume at a shell prompt with just a few commands More information about Ubuntu is available at http www ubuntu com and for information and download location of Open iSCSI please visit http www open iscsi org Before you start Install the open iscsi package The package is also known as the Linux Open iSCSI Initiator sudo apt get install open iscsi Now follow the steps below to connect to an iSCSI target QNAP NAS with Linux Open ISCST Initiator You may need to modify the iscsid conf for CHAP logon information such as node session auth username amp node session auth password X vi etc iscsi iscsid conf Save and close the file then restart the open iscsi service etc init d open iscsi restart Discover the iSCSI targets on a specific host the QNAP NAS in this example for example 10 8 12 31 with default port 3260 iscsiadm m discovery t sendtargets p 10 8 12 31 3260 Check the available iSCSI node s to connect iscsiadm m node You can delete the node s you do not want to connect to when the service is
168. LS Explicit Port number 21 Unicode support ves O No Enable anonymous Yes 9 No Note If your FTP client does not support Unicode please select No for Unicode Support and select a supported filename encoding from Filename Encoding under General Settings gt Language so that the folders and files on FTP can be properly shown To use the FTP service of the NAS enable this function Open an IE browser and enter ftp NAS IP Enter the username and the password to login the FTP service Protocol Type Select to use standard FTP connection or SSL TLS encrypted FTP Select the correct protocol type in your client FTP software to ensure successful connection Unicode Support Turn on or off the Unicode support The default setting is No If your FTP client does not support Unicode you are recommended to turn off this option and select the language you specify in General Settings Codepage so that the file and folder names can be correctly shown If your FTP client supports Unicode enable Unicode support for both your client and the NAS Anonymous Login You can turn on this option to allow anonymous access to the NAS by FTP The users can connect to the files and folders which are open for public access If this option is turned off the users must enter an authorized username and password to connect to 393 the server 394 Advanced K E i bs 2 4 E mM z FTP Win Mac NFS Telnet SSH Service Ne
169. LUN and use the disk volumes as the virtual drives on your computer 152 ISCSI LUN capacity expansion The NAS supports expanding the capacity of an iSCSI LUN To do so follow the steps below 1 Locate an iSCSI LUN on the iSCSI target list in iSCSI gt Target Management Click Modify ese S VY General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System _iscsl Virtual Disk Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Target List Status 4 Cy a a01 Ready Advanced ACL 9 allen01 allen Ready LUN Backu j 4 3 david01 david Ready zjid o 005 1 00 GB Enabled Blid 1 003 1 00 GB Enabled gt J target targetO1 Ready Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 2 Action Modi y b 2 Specify the capacity of the LUN Note that the LUN capacity can be increased many times up to the maximum limit but cannot be decreased Type of LUN allocation Maximum LUN capacity Thin Provisioning 32TB Instant Allocation Free size available on the disk volume 153 Modify an iSCSI LUN 65 LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning LUN Name 005 LUN Location RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 453 82 GB LUN serial number 7 5f9d07b bec 4850 84e1 ce1619fdleae Capacity 100 GB Cancel 3 Click Apply to save the settings Note An iSCSI LUN must be mapped to an iS
170. Left Panel e Songs Artist Album Genre and Folder All authorized music files are listed here for users by the following categories all songs artist album genre and folder Click next to Songs to upload songs from your PC All imported contents are saved in the Multimedia shared folder named with date e Now Playing Songs in the Now Playing list can be reordered by drag and drop or removing songs from the list e Private Collection Personal music files in the home folder are listed here The music files belong only to the user that is currently logged in e My Playlist Playlists can be created managed and deleted here Up to 200 playlists can be created and up to 600 items can be included in each playlist To create a D playlist click E To add items to a playlist simply drag and drop music files to the list Right click a playlist to rename or delete it or add it to Now Playing and click next to the playlist e Public playlist All users can view public playlists and play music from them Authorized users can create manage and delete public playlists A maximum of 200 public playlists can be created and up to 600 items can be included in each public playlist e Sharing management All shared music files on the right column are listed here Users can edit or re share them e My Favorites All songs rated at least 1 star are listed here All un starred songs will be removed from here To rate a song
171. Mac users Build your private cloud on Mac Follow the steps to set up and enjoy your Turbo NAS on Mac GetGfinder Qfinder is a tool for Mac to locate and configure the Turbo NAS on the LAN Click Get Qfinder to download Execute Ofinder Execute Qfinder to configure the Turbo NAS Default username and password Username admin Password admin Get Utilities QNAP provides many useful tools to increase your productivity After completing Get utilities system setup don t forget to get utilities to explore the various uses of your Turbo NAS If you have encountered any problems during the setup please fill in the online support form to get more information Back Close 3 20 Install the QNAP Ofinder 31 L QNAPQFinderMac 1 0 17 1101 OFinder Applications 21 Execute the QNAP Ofinder and connect to the NAS 32 Mame IP Add Fess Fan 509 NAS 4690 SalesALEX ONAP FTP Ken879 NAS12345 QNAP NASDIFESB FW NAS NASCFABCI QNAPMarke HA1 NASD4C604 jauss509 ANASCAEF38 AS jauss1079 rom Fen 10 8 12 132 10 8 12 57 10 8 12 54 10 8 12 199 10 8 12 32 10 8 12 146 10 8 12 122 10 8 12 156 10 8 12 28 10 8 12 79 10 8 13 60 10 8 12 151 10 8 12 40 10 8 13 240 10 8 12 116 10 8 13 54 10 8 13 56 10 8 12 88 10 8 13 46 17 8 13 136 Version 4 0 1 20 3 8 2 ZO 4 0 0 20 3 8 0 20 4 0 0 20 4 0 0 20 3 8 3 Z0 3 8 1 2
172. Manager me cH NI Wi Fi IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address Port Trunking Edit Link Interface IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC addre OQ Etherneti z 10 8 12 153 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 00 08 9B Q Ethernet 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 08 98 29 DNS Server Default Gateway Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the settings from WLAN 1 Use the following DNS server address Primary DNS server 10 I8 J13 230 Secondary DNS server 0 IO 0 IO Apply 222 IPv6 The NAS supports IPv6 connectivity with stateless address configurations and RADVD Router Advertisement Daemon for IPv6 RFC 2461 to allow the hosts on the same Subnet to acquire IPv6 addresses from the NAS automatically The NAS services which support IPv6 include e Remote replication e Web Server e FTP e iSCSI Virtual disk drives e SSH putty E Sz T T E ge General Storage Network Security Hardware Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update TCP IP Wi Fi RCM Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address W Enable IPv6 Edit Link Interface Auto Configu IPv Address Prefix Gateway Q Etherneti Yes fe80 208 9bffifeco 4 64 DNS Server To use this function select the option Enable IPv6 and click Apply The NAS will restart After the system restarts login the IPv6 page again The settings of the IPv6 interface will be shown Click to edi
173. Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management _ HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Expand Capacity Change Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Ready You can replace this drive Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Ready You can replace this drive Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Ready You can replace this drive Source Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB and under Tip After replacing the hard drive the description field shows You can replace this drive This means you can replace the hard drive to a larger one or skip this step if the hard drives have been replaced already E Caution When the hard drive synchronization is in process do NOT turn off the NAS or plug in or unplug the hard disk drives 101 When the description displays Please remove this drive remove the hard drive from the NAS Wait for the NAS to beep twice after removing the hard drive E S a 7 e B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Expand Capacity Cancel Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Ready Please remove this drive E Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB
174. NAS Rsync RTRR 4 amp Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform 2 External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy 2 Specify the server type NAS or Rsync server of the remote server Enter a job name Click Next Create a Replication Job Remote Replication Job backup Mame Remote site Settings Local site NASCOSIFF 3 Enter the IP address port number username and password to login the remote server The default port number is 873 Note that the login username must have read write access to the remote server and sufficient quota limit on the server Click Test to verify the connection Then click Apply 526 Mame ar IP address of the remote 182 158 0 17 server User Name Password Port number Remote Host Testing 4 Specify the local folder by clicking the Source folder box After expanding and locating the folder double click the folder to set it as the directory where the data will be replicated from Create a Replication Job Remote Replication Job backup Mame Remote site imscktingsu Local site MASCOZ1FF Source folder Destination folder iBDisk 1 5006 temp ESLPOD m g E film r atemp Destination folder Comic J EBook ESLPOD di Exercise 9 InDesign uu yu Total Folder s 0 LJTomas Dvorak ney Schedule Replicate Now mky NTER 4 psychology 4 1 sotware lll Up immediately x Cancel 527 5
175. NAS The NAS still keeps copies of the deleted files 418 Oise P4 a General Advanced Selective Synchronization Select the folder s to synchronize to this computer Select Qsync will keep files fully synchronized among the NAS and local computer s Da not remove any file on the NAS during synchronization To save your storage space on this computer you may remove some files fram the local Qsync folder Files deleted from your local computer will not be synchronized with the NAS and their copies will still be kept on the NAS c Policy i Conflict Policies The policies for handling the name conflicts between the Qsync server NAS and clients after it is back online from its disconnection 1 Rename the local file s 2 Rename the remote NAS file s 3 Replace local files with remote NAS file s 4 or Replace remote NAS files with local file s li Sharing Policies The policies of the team folders when other Qsync users share them to this local computer 1 Always reject sharing 2 Automatically accept sharing or 3 Send a notification message once sharing occurs ii Filter Settings During file synchronization Qsync will not synchronize the types of files specified in filter settings 419 Advanced Conflict Policies Set up policies to handle name conflicts during file synchronization Rename local file s Sharing Policies Set up policies for team folders when other Qsync users
176. NAS to NAS Username TimeMachine Rsync Password TTT RTRR Cloud Backup Volume Single Disk Drive 1 Free Size 283GB Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Capacity 0 GB 0 means unlimited Symform Note When using the Time Machine function AFP service will be enabled automatically Note that all the Time Machine users share the same network share for External Backup this function External Drive Apply USB One Touch Copy 2 Enter the Time Machine password The password is empty by default 3 Select a volume on the NAS as the backup destination 4 Enter the storage capacity that Time Machine backup is allowed to use The maximum value is 4095GB To specify a larger capacity please enter O unlimited 5 Click Apply to save the settings All the Time Machine users share the same shared folder for this function Configure the backup settings on Mac 1 Open Time Machine on your Mac and click Select Backup Disk 522 Time Machine D Select Backup Disk Time Machine Time Machine keeps copies of everything on your Mac including system files applications and settings as well as your music pictures and other important files Since Time rors Machine keeps daily backups you can revisit your Mac as it OFF mm ON appeared in the past i Show Time Machine status in the menu bar fi id Click the lock to prevent further changes 2 Select the TMBackup on your NAS from the list and click Use for Bac
177. Network Qsvync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin UPnP Discovery Service Bonjour Before broadcasting the following services through Bonjour please DO NOT forget to enable these services first Service Type Service Name Web Administration NASCO41FF SAMBA Server Message Block over TCP IP NASCO41FF SMB AFP Apple File Protocol over TCP IP NASCO41FF AFP SSH NASCO41FF SSH FTP File Transfer Protocol NASCO41FF FTP HTTPS Secure web server NASCO41FF HTTPS DLNA Media Server NASCO41FF DLNA Apps for iPhone iPad iPod touch NASCO41FF Apps v v v Iv Apply Note You have to activate the services on their setup pages and then turn them on in this section so that the NAS will advertise this service with Bonjour 400 6 6 Network Recycle Bin The Network Recycle Bin keeps the deleted files on the NAS Within each shared folder a dedicated folder by the name Recycle is created after this feature is enabled Specify the number of days 1 180 to keep the deleted files and older files deleted will be deleted first You may also specify the file extensions to be excluded from the bin Click Apply and the NAS will create a shared folder Network Recycle Bin automatically Note that this feature only supports file deletion via Samba AFP and QNAP File Station Empty Network Recycle Bin To delete all the files in the bin click Empty All Network Recycle Bin 4 amp S amp S ks g Win M
178. Ofile APP to access Qsync files computers 2 Launch Qfile 3 Click Settings on the bottom right side of the screen 4 Scroll down and look for Auto upload from photo gallery and click Set up now 5 Select a NAS to upload photos and videos to 6 Select the folder 7 Select Use default setting Osync Camera Uploads or select Set up manually to set the path 8 Select if you want to upload all photos from the photo gallery immediately 9 You can check the checkbox Limit to Wi Fi to upload files through Wi Fi and avoid possible expenses associated with the 3G usage 10 The uploaded files will be synchronized to the Camera Uploads folder under the Qsync folder on Qsync client devices 414 Note If files uploaded before are deleted from the Camera Uploads folder the Qfile will not upload those copies in the photo library again 415 Click the Qsync icon on the taskbar to see the management functions 05 19 2013 53 14 gt call il Open Qsync folder View files by the web browser Sharing amp File Update Center Recently changed files My NASO3 24 4 MB used 145 GB free Pause syncing Sync with NAS now All files are up to date Preferences Exit IE eee A 2013 53 13 1 Add files and view the synchronization result on the NAS a Open the Qsync folder Open the Qsync folder to add files b View files by the web browser Open the File Station web
179. P Finder Install MyCloudNAS Connect Install NetBak Replicator TS 269L Network Attached Storage Install QGet User Manual and Application Notes Browse the CD ROM and access the following contents e Quick Installation Guide View the hardware installation instructions of the NAS e Install QNAP Ofinder The setup program of the QNAP Qfinder for Windows OS e Install myQNAPcloud Connect The setup program of the myQNAPcloud Connect for Windows OS e Install NetBak Replicator The setup program of NetBak Replicator Windows utility for data backup from Windows OS to the QNAP NAS e Install QGet The setup program of the QGet download utility for Windows OS e User Manual and Application Notes Software user manuals and hardware manual of the Turbo NAS 46 47 2 4 Connecting to NAS Shared Folders Connecting to NAS shared folders in Windowsl 4 Connecting to NAS shared folders in Mac or Linux 54 48 2 4 1 Connecting to NAS shared folders in Windows For Windows operating systems there are two methods to connect to shared folders of the NAS A QNAP Qfinderl42 B My Network Places or Run s2 A Connect to the shared folders of the NAS by using the QNAP Qfinder 1 Launch the QNAP Qfinder Select the NAS detected and then click Map Network Drive jauss2190offit csd 269 TS 670Pro NAS8CC4EC Ken879 Fan 219PII Fan 509 Kencheah NASD4C604 CSD 659 NASD20A10 A4 NASCFOS9E NAS12345 My NASO3 N
180. Photo Booth Kind Application amp Preview Size 1 9 MB on disk EA DOOD SAMBA 2 Q QuickTime Player Created 5 31 10 12 24 PM E 259327O0K AFP Safari Modified 5 31 10 12 24 PM A All E screenFlow Last apes Today 3 10 PM i Version 3 25 F PLACES Skype E Desktop slickies More info ew ux Stuffit E3 System Preferences j Applications 2 TeamViewer Documents 7 TextEdit E Dropbox Time Machine Y SEARCH FOR pel Utilities i T Today 4 ij VMware Fusion z cM T Xtend SAN b i l of 3 selected 362 88 GB available Click the Discover Targets tab you can either choose Discover by DNS IP or Discover by iSNS according to the network topology In this example we will use the IP address to discover the iSCSI targets 161 ATTO iSCSI Mac Initiator Xtend SAN Initiator EU WV Mackook Pro loca Discover by DNS IP Discover by iSNS Discovered Targets Follow the screen instructions and enter the server address iSCSI target port number default 3260 and CHAP information if applicable Click Finish to retrieve the target list after all the data have been entered correctly 162 Discover Targets pe Configure the static discovery Address 10 8 12 111 Port 3260 r CHAP Target User Name Target Secret Mutual Authentication Initiator User Name Initiator Secret All the available iSCSI targets on the NAS will be shown Se
181. Please enter a name to register your QNAP NAS This name will be used to access your NAS remotely This will allow remote access to your QNAP NAS and help you to connect to your NAS more easily after finishing the installation process myQNAPcloud Device Name 970140962 After finishing the installation you will be able to access your QNAP NAS remotely using the following Internet address Q70140962 myqnapcloud com Copyright amp QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 6 Install a hard drive on your Turbo NAS if you have not already done so cy myQNAPcloud English 1 Sign in and register 2 Installing your NAS Hard Drive Missing Install and format at least one hard drive before using the NAS A hard drive can be inserted to an empty disk bay without turning off the NAS For the hard disk compatibility list please visit http www qnap com go compatibility hdd35 html Note All the drive data will be cleared upon hard drive initialization Please make sure the hard drive s are installed correctly and the hard drive cable s are securely connected Copyright QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 7 Click Begin to install firmware on your Turbo NAS 39 cy myQNAPcloud English 1 Sign in and register 2 Installing your NAS Install Firmware All the drive data will be cleared upon firmware installation Copyright QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 8 Click Start to start the qu
182. QNAP Turbo NAS Software User Manual Version 4 0 This manual is applicable to the following Turbo NAS models TS 110 TS 112 TS 119P II TS 120 TS 121 TS 210 TS 212 TS 219P II TS 220 TS 221 TS 259 Pro TS 269L TS 410 TS 410U TS 412 TS 412U TS 419P II TS 419U II TS 420 TS 420U TS 421 TS 421U TS 459 Pro II TS 459 Pro TS 469 Pro TS 469L TS 509 Pro TS 569L TS 669L TS 809 Pro TS 869L SS 439 Pro and SS 839 Pro For user manuals of other Turbo NAS models and firmware versions please visit http docs qnap com 2013 QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved Table of Contents 1 NOUICGQ i vict DO RC OCR ARR QOR 8 ERR RC RR RC RICERCA TRA HR CE RARI ENEA HAE RRRP RID D E ERR n 5 1 1 Legal Notice and DISC lIall Ties sssoscereoPe sireni ei EU IA EUN ET iE S PEPI ERE PII RP URS 6 TZ Regulatory NOCO que koci udo op eu pia aO e tonto dune vec pr See eu DM TUE codo fu oou aee s 8 1 5 SY MOIS Ih CNIS DOCUMEN saisie viola ieu dp abonos P ra Ru RR adi LE dio ta d ER dew aad 12 1 4 Safety Information and Precautions esses nnns 13 2 Getting Started eeeueereeenneennnennnnnnnnuuHRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR RANA RR NA 14 271 Tarawate Installatl figssesoi ac eivict Eoo oa dui in vehe ioa otv aa Kcu nV PW co a add d Dot Oed uA 15 2 1 1 Hara DISK DAVE COMPatiDINEVY LISU cios oae a aor FA ERR SV XE KRRRRNEE NOATE ETTET 16 2 1 2 CHECKING System Stats ui vo ue ir era eem c Maa duc pa mt eoe ieee
183. Read only mode when migration is in process during 11 49 to assure the data of the RAID configuration will be consistent after RAID migration completes After migration completes the new drive configuration RAID 5 is shown and the status is Ready You can start to use the new drive configuration The process may take from hours to tens of hours to finish depending on the hard drive size You can connect to the web page of the NAS to check the status later 108 Use Online RAID Capacity Expansion and Online RAID Level Migration Scenario You had a tight schedule to set up a file server and an FTP server However you had only one 250GB hard drive Therefore you set up the TS 509 Pro with the single disk configuration The original plan was to set up a 3TB RAID 5 network data center with the TS 509 Pro You now plan to upgrade the disk configuration of the TS 509 Pro to RAID 5 and expand the total storage capacity to 3TB with all the original data retained after the hard drives are purchased Execute online RAID level migration to migrate the system from single disk to RAID 5 The total storage capacity will be 750GB RAID 5 with one 250GB hard drive and three 1TB hard drives the disk usage will be 250GB 4 for RAID 5 You can refer to the previous step for the operation procedure Execute online RAID capacity expansion to replace the 250GB hard drive with a new 1TB hard drive and then expand the logical volume from 75
184. Ready No operation can be executed on this d Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Ready No operation can be executed on this d Source Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 12 3 The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB and under When the description displays Please insert the new drive plug in the new hard drive to the drive slot a E vU 9 gg General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management _ HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Expand Capacity Disk Capacity Status Description Drive 1 No Disk Please insert the new drive Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Ready No operation can be executed on this d Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ER 232 89 GB Ready No operation can be executed on this d Source Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 The system can only support expanding the volume size up to 16TB and under After plugging in the hard drive wait for the NAS to beep The system will start rebuilding 102 a e 8H General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management F i HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Expand Capacity Disk Model Capacity Status Description Drive 1 Seagate ST31000528AS 931 51 GB Rebuilding 0 No operation can be executed
185. Recardings gt Public V Local source folder Remate destination folder Download Blander Fou gt Usb Step 5 11 Cancel 7 Choose between real time and scheduled synchronization Real time synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed from the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made after the first time backup Note RTRR does not support bi directional synchronization in the current version The folder pair cannot be synchronized between two NAS servers in real time mode To synchronize the data between the folder pair of two NAS servers please use scheduled backup Scheduled synchronization copies files from the source folder to the target folder according to the pre configured schedule The options are e Replicate Now Replicate data immediately e Periodically Enter the time interval in hour and minute that the backup should be executed The minimum time interval is 5 minutes e Hourly Specify the minute when an hourly backup should be executed e g enter 01 to execute backup each first minute of every hour 1 01 2 01 3 01 539 e Daily Specify the time when a daily backup should be executed e g 02 02 every day e Weekly Select a day of the week and the time when a weekly backup should be executed e Monthly Select a day of the month and the time when a monthly backup should be executed Create a Replication Job Replication Opti
186. S to obtain a DNS server address automatically or specify the IP address of a DNS server 209 E 4 0 E 9 ws 8 9 e Nm P Ve SZ LE W 9 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Backup External Settings Manager Update Restore Device GP LIP Wi Fi IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address Edit Link Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Speed MTU z 9 Etherneti Yes 192 168 0 17 255 255 255 0 192 168 0 1 00 08 9B C9 41 FF 100Mbps 1500 n DNS Server Default Gateway Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the settings from Ethernet 1 v Use the following DNS server address Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server Primary DNS Server Enter the IP address of the primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS server Note e Please contact the ISP or network administrator for the IP address of the primary and the secondary DNS servers When the NAS plays the role as a terminal and needs to perform independent connection for example BT download enter at least one DNS server IP for proper URL connection Otherwise the function may not work properly If you select to obtain the IP address by DHCP there is no need to configure the primary and the secondary DNS servers In this case enter 0 0 0 0 iii Default Gateway Select the gateway settings to use if both LAN ports have bee
187. Sed LX p A NASGCFO59E Download Station File Station Video Station Photo Station Music Station Gontrol Panel eae om x 7 nS on gt Sea App Genter m Antivirus Backup Station myQNAPcloud Qsync Beta Surveillance Station Pro 61 2 6 Migrating from Old NAS Users can migrate their QNAP NAS to another Turbo NAS model with all the data and configuration retained by simply installing the hard drives of the original source NAS on the new destination NAS according to its original hard drive order and restart the NAS Due to different hardware design the NAS will automatically check if a firmware update is required before system migration After the migration has finished all the settings and data will be kept and applied to the new NAS However the system settings of the source NAS cannot be imported to the destination NAS via System Administration gt Backup Restore Settings Configure the NAS again if the settings were lost The NAS models which support system migration are listed below TS x10 TS x12 TS x19 TS x10 TS x12 TS x19 Firmware update required qsssc T5 X21 15 x39 TS x20 TS x21 TS x39 T9 509 1 S 809 55 X39 TS 509 TS 809 SS x39 SS 469 TS x59 TS x69 TS x70 TS x79 TS x10 TS x12 TS x19 TS x59 TS x69 TS x70 Firmware update not TS x20 TS x21 TS x39 TS x79 SS 469 Pro required 1S 509 TS 809 SS x39 TS x59 TS x69 TS x70 T97X79 Note
188. To exit click Cancel Step 1 7 Cancel 3 Enter the folder settings e Folder name Enter the share name The share name does not support 4 lt gt e Disk Volume Select which disk volume on which to create the folder e Description Enter an optional description of the shared folder e Hide Folder Select to hide the shared folder or not in Microsoft Networking When a Shared folder is hidden you have to enter the complete directory NAS_IP share_name to access the share e Lock file oplocks Opportunistic locking is a Windows mechanism for the client to place an opportunistic lock oplock on a file residing on a server in order to cache the data locally for improved performance Oplocks is enabled by default for everyday usage For networks that require multiple users concurrently accessing the same file such as a database oplocks should be disabled e Recycle Bin Enable the Network Recycle Bin for created shared folders The option 329 Restrict the access of Recycle Bin to administrators only for now once enabled will ensure that files deleted and moved to the Network Recycle Bin can only be recovered by administrators e Path Specify the path of the shared folder or select to let the NAS specify the path automatically Create A Shared Folder Shared Folder Settings Folder Name test Disk Volume Single Disk Drive 1 Description Advanced Settings Hidden Folder Q Yes No Lo
189. Utility ColorSync Show Info Name Status Kind myprinter Generic PostScript Note The network printer service of the NAS supports Postscript printer on Mac OS only 283 4 10 2 6 Setting up Printer Connection in Linux Ubuntu 10 10 If you are using Linux Ubuntu 10 10 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 Click the System tab choose Administration Then select Printing System Preferences Administration of Additional Drivers Help and Support Computer Janitor About GNOME EE Disk Utility About Ubuntu amp Language Support Log File Viewer mq Login Screen 7 Network Tools B Printing 2 Click Add to add a printer Group View Help Filter Q Connected to localhost 3 Click Network Printer and then select Internet Printing Protocol ipp Enter the NAS IP address in Host printers is already present Enter the printer name after printers in the field Queue 284 New Printer Select Device Devices IPP Printer Other Host 10 8 13 59 Y Network Printer Epson AL C1100 10 8 12 180 Brother MFC 7440N BRNOO1 URI ipp 10 8 13 59 printers NASPR3 CanoniR3235 iR3245 10 8 1 Verify HP LaserJet M1120n NPI1DE HP Laserjet 2200 NAS 10 8 Brother MFC 7440N BRNOO1 Find Network Printer ppSocket HP JetDirect Internet Printing Protocol ip LPD LPR Host or Printer Windo
190. VPN Service VPN Server Settings OpenVPN Settings 5 Edit openvpn ovpn and replace OPENVPN SERVER IP with the OpenVPN server IP 6 Put ca crt and openvpn ovpn into the configuration folder under OpenVPN configuration subdirectory C Program FilesNOpenVPNNconfig Note If the OpenVPN client is running on Windows 7 add the firewall rules in the advanced settings of OpenVPN OpenVPN on Linux 1 Download OpenVPN from http openvpn net index php open source downloads htm 2 Install OpenVPN client on Linux 3 Download OpenVPN configuration file and certificate from the NAS Applications gt VPN Service VPN Server Settings OpenVPN Settings 4 Edit openvpn ovpn and replace OPENVPN SERVER IP with OpenVPN server IP 5 Put ca crt and openvpn ovpn into the configuration folder under OpenVPN configuration subdirectory 487 6 Run OpenVPN OpenVPN on Mac 1 Download the disk image of OpenVPN client from http code google com p tunnelblic k 2 Launch Tunnelblick 3 Download OpenVPN configuration file and certificate from the NAS Applications gt VPN Service VPN Server Settings OpenVPN Settings 4 Edit openvpn ovpn and replace OPENVPN SERVER IP alfred myqnapnas com with OpenVPN server IP 5 Put ca crt and openvpn ovpn into the configuration folder under OpenVPN configuration subdirectory 6 Run OpenVPN 488 7 8 MySQL Server Note T
191. With You Content Dear Friend s Ive shared the following file s with you using the QMAP Turbo NAS Domain name IP 61 62 2207 m Qsync share files with others E Create the SSL link s https W Expiration Date 2013 6 14 jv Password Random For the NAS right click the file that you would like to share in the Qsync folder within the File Station and click Share For mobile devices launch the Qfile to share the file in the Qsync folder by clicking the icon to the right and click Share The file recipients can click the link or copy and paste it to a web browser to download the file Share folders with a group You can share a folder with a user group If any member from the group shares the files 410 in the folder other members can receive the file Steps 1 Create user accounts in the NAS for each group member 2 Have the Qsync utility installed on each member s device 3 Right click the folder that you would like to share in the local Qsync folder and click Share this folder as a team folder g3 gt lo gt Administrator gt Qsync gt NAR Oo Organize 4 Open Include in library v Share with Bum My Pictures Name Date modified B My Videos Bo Camera Uploads 5 13 2013 5 33 PM File folder sync Photo 1 5 13 2013 5 33 PM File folder Camera Uploads E Photo 1 E o Sharel Open folder oto Sharel 9 Video Open
192. YouTube om Disable your TV Remote Note e Keeping staying at XBMC Chrome or other applications could affect the hard drive hibernation of the NAS Please always exit the application and return to the HD Station portal Press the power button on the remote control for 6 seconds anytime to exit an application Press the one touch copy button on the NAS for 6 seconds to restart the HD Station For the best HD Station experience QNAP recommends upgrading your Turbo NAS memory to 2GB or more To use the AirPlay function provided by XBMC please upgrade your Turbo NAS memory to 2GB or more The HD Station will restart when formatting an USB external device The first time XBMC is launched it will index the Multimedia shared folder and it may consume a lot of system resources if the folder contains a lot of multimedia files After installation please choose your preferred language on the TV screen 693 After selecting the language you will see the HD Station portal as shown below 4 Enjoying the HD Station At the HD Station portal simply choose the application you want to use to start enjoying the service 694 YouTube Enjoy the comfort of your living room and play movies photos and music directly on your TV by XBMC or other applications 695 Take a picture with your smart phone and watch on your TV The first part is done by Qfile on your phone a Use Qfile to browse your NAS
193. ac NFS Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin Network Recycle Bin After enabling the Network Recycle Bin each deleted file or folder will be moved to the network recycle bin of the shared folder it belongs to a folder named Recycle V Enable Network Recycle Bin 4 File retention time 180 day s 4 Exclude these file extensions case insensitive separated by comma tmp temp wtmp blk dat qold qtmp Empty Network Recycle Bin Clicking Empty All Network Recycle Bin will delete the files in all network recycle bins Empty All Network Recycle Bin Apply Please note that this feature does not support virtual disks or external storage devices external devices connected to the USB or eSATA port of the NAS To recover deleted files from the Network Recycle Bin right click the files in the Recycle folder and select RECOVER 401 File Station eee 3 Search Qv ea az A More Action v LO Sb iij f NASCFOS9E Multimedia gt Recycle gt Samples gt 3 Download 7 Name 4 Modified Date Type gt home gt homes F f Transcode 2013 05 14 17 07 15 Folder x a EJ sample002 jpa 2013 05 13 19 57 53 JPG File Samples X Del from recycle gt Transcode gt C3 Samples Empty Recycle Bin gt 3 Public gt 73 Recordings gt C3 Usb gt C3 web kj tatehuang nb gt M55 gt p Exe gt amp eMachines C gt Data D EA
194. ack one level up or click 626 4 Photo 5 Media Library Folder Multimedia Photo Title Type mE Media Library Fol o MARE Li Bu Fol Note The folders Multimedia and Home Folder are set as the media folder for photos pictures and videos by default Please note that the Multimedia and Download folders are public folders accessible to all users while Home Folder can only be accessed by its owner users for whom the Home folder is created and NAS administrators For your private photos and videos reserved only to yourself please consider storing them only in the Home Folder For configuration on media folders please refer to the chapter on Media Library l38l For user setup and configuration please refer to the User section in the chapter on Privilege Settings 308 If the photos or videos uploaded do not show up in the Photo Station please scan the Media Library and wait until the scan is finished For details on the scan please refer to the chapter on Media Library 439 Album List all virtual albums Click to add an album Note that all entries listed under an album are only links to the physical files This can effectively conserve your NAS storage space Right click an album to rename or to download that album Click 4 to delete an album Private Collection the Photo under Private Collection lists all photos in the on Home folder while the Video lists all videos in t
195. ackup Amazon 53 Crate ElephantDrive Key Features Symform Military grade encryption a Automatic backups External Backup Easy to use file sharing a Access files from anywhere External Drive If you do not have an ElephantDrive account enter the above information and click Create to create an account USB One Touch Copy s j i Get a business account with 50 GB of storage free 30 day trial or a basic account with 2 GB of free storage Stoel Stee For account management and data backup please go to ElephantDrive website httos www elephantdrive com qnap Disclaimer The cloud storage services are provided by the third party vendors on an as is basis QNAP is not liable for the data security or any loss or damage of data that may have been caused by using these services Apply v H Ww n H Click OK to confirm LI LI N Wy LI After creating an account click Apply The NAS will help you login the ElephantDrive service After you have logged in ElephantDrive service on the NAS you can go to ElephantDrive website http www elephantdrive co nap and manage the backup Backup Station OAA Cc 2 j amp Backup Server Rsync Server elephant RTRR Server 7 DIL Enable ElephantDrive service Be Remote Replication ElephantDrive service i9 RASISTE E mail tatehuang qnap cor Rsync E Password TTTTITI RTRR Verify password ETETETT amp amp Cloud Backup Amazon S3 Giaate ElephantDrive Key Features Symform Military gr
196. ackup Station 8 myQNAPcloud_Servicels7a File Stationbod Photo _Stationle23 Music Stations Multimedia Stationbsh Download Stationle73 HD_Stationko Surveillance Station Proj713 _ App Centerb23 515 8 1 Backup Station Backup Serverb1 Remote Replicationb2 Cloud Backupl5s External Backupb5 516 8 1 1 Backup Server Rsync Server Enable Rsync server to configure the NAS as a backup server for data backup from a remote Rsync server or NAS server The default port number for remote replication via Rsync is 873 Specify the maximum download rate for bandwidth control 0 means unlimited Enable backup from a remote server to the local host Select this option to allow data backup from a remote server NAS to the local server NAS Allow remote Rsync server to back up data to the NAS Select this option to allow data backup from an Rsync server to the local server NAS Enter the username and password to authenticate the Rsync server which attempts to back up data to the NAS Backup Station E Backup Server By using this function you can back up the data on the local server to a remote Rsync Server server of the same NAS series and also allow backup from remote server to the local server RTRA Server Port number 873 Time Machine me Maximum download rate KB s Remote Replication NAS to NAS Enable backup from a remote server to the local host neue Allow remote Rsync server
197. ade encryption s Automatic backups 2 External Backup a Easy to use file sharing i a Access files from anywhere External Drive If you do not have an ElephantDrive account enter the above information and click Create to create an account USB One Touch Copy Get a business account with 50 GB of storage free 30 day trial or a basic account with 2 GB of free storage Status Logged in For account management and data backup please go to ElephantDrive website https www elephantdrive com gnap Disclaimer The cloud storage services are provided by the third party vendors on an as is basis QNAP is not liable for the data security or any loss or damage of data that may have been caused by using these services Apply 552 Login your ElephantDrive account You can manage the backup and restore jobs on the website https www elephantdrive co nap m Tour Plans Features Beyond Backup Your files and folders Everywhere 553 Symform To use Symform cloud backup go to Backup Station Cloud Backup Symform Click Get Started Now to install Symform The NAS will download verify and install the package automatically 7 Click Configure amp Backup Server Rsync Server RTRR Server Time Machine ae Remote Replication NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR 4 amp amp Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Sy mform 2 External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy amp Backup Server Rsync Serv
198. ae Active 0 Bn ds Inactive 0 Marck Jai amp marck jai GCF Marck Jal marck_jal Lets Get It RSS amp The Sane Vol 11 a All Feeds FNet048 Azotic Compounds Laboratory Island Mininova Scrotal Tear Self Castration Manual Volume One The NAS will start to download the file automatically You can view the download status in the Downloading list To manage the RSS feeds subscription right click an RSS feed label You can open the RSS Download Manager add update edit or delete an RSS feed Y RSS a All Feeds E Mininova R55 Download Manager Add RSS Feed Update RSS Feed Edit RSS Feed Delete RSS Feed The common reasons for slow BT download rate or download error are as below 689 The torrent file has expired the peers have stopped sharing this file or there is error in the file The NAS has configured to use fixed IP but DNS server is not configured or DNS server fails Set the maximum number of simultaneous downloads as 3 5 for the best download rate The NAS is located behind NAT router The port settings have led to slow BT download rate or no response You may try the following means to solve the problem a Open the BT port range on NAT router manually Forward these ports to the LAN IP of the NAS b The new NAS firmware supports UPnP NAT port forwarding If your NAT router supports UPnP enable this function on the NAT Then enable UPnP NAT port forwarding of the NAS The BT down
199. alling apps onto the NAS Users can search for install remove and update apps through the App Center App Center AAA 3 Q Update All Refresh Install Manually Search My Apps My Apps Update A Surveillance Video Station Download Station Multimedia All Apps i Station Pro 4 Station Surveillance Entertainment Download Entertainment QNAP Select 1 0 2 3 0 3 0 Recommended XT emo emo vos Beta Lab Business Partner 3 Backup Sync EI Business 9 Content Management 48 Communications Music Station Photo Station Squid Developer Tools Entertainment Entertainment 3 Business 4 0 3 0 3 1 16 4 e Entertainment wv Launch em w Launch v Launch Download B surveillance 737 r 55 m ana D s n Utilities K Ei 83 B Education as Lp a E ga EA 412 The App Center can be launched from the Main Menu or the App Center icon the NAS Desktop 723 Surveillance Station Pra SYSTEMS Ju TH Control Panel ss storage Manager ic oe 724 Browsing and searching for apps Apps are classified into categories listed in the left panel My Apps Update FJ All Apps QNAP Select Recommended Beta Lab Business Partner B Backup Sync EX Business 2 Content Management Communications Developer Tools Download Entertainment B Surveillance A Utilities f Education e My Apps List apps that have been installed on t
200. anagermierE ioa eoo ao Eres eu Hone gua np a eu House Eun RE Ku NER canes debe uS cu NE Ru Re EE RERUM 100 22 3 Hard DISK SMAR is iot Deiode ix enu osi tala dod iude tes idera 123 do dT ENG Ded Fle SV SUCIN siia ei tad davai Seba Pasa see anaes an HUE 124 22 5 I9 COT RA T tace eot tei dics ndum latuit d ies Pe Mu sic E deep lc dix EM pieUT Lk 135 q4 2 9 1 Portal Manageltnie lE bonu aeo ren tat ecd cuoc unes nU vied meme Can Roc diusdio apa RD MES aeuD MU 136 4 2 9 2 Target Manageme Nicos ono enera ara ico OR Pee SRI EET cu pin RE CORN FEM ETRUTE 144 42 0 3 Adyanceg AC Li ras cea bi sais a adips da ees Rara aa FORCE TR Edison Ma data QE dara RD 170 42 ONIN rie dij 173 2 2 0 VIFCUdI DISK dbasveosetest ie bolas Sad ae Aue RAE A ee ac oe 200 205 NECWOTK saith oles hone dott Osea eer LM EM cU LM NU ML EC PME PLE 205 dep Sec Ub oconceomeiubat Erde toc PEE E E pu Ud ou ILI IEEE PUER es T EU ME 229 Aa HapcdWale s coot x a mIwRIRAPNM IRE NAMUR LLL DRIN DII C EN E rre M Et EE ME Dude 232 a Mog i TOIT tare acct cum rns teeta ate uae at acct het ne 238 AT INOUIMCAUION a thes nme 243 2 OUFIEM Update sc 2ancncsenrenentecianiasenssneiacane Kusda mu ea EXE eu UE EINE us NESSUN C d 246 AO packUub ReSEO O esses ro anne PELLI fotPV OTI YES RET Erb DPI PIE DK HI OREP 250 Ae LO 2 u luprlM Pec P PD 252 4 10 1 External StOraGe smesso pria quio MEER AERARE IRAM ETIANI CREAR A T AO ADI EUR DU 253 S LOZ OSD ac M M 261
201. anced ACL EJid 0 001 1 00 GB LUN Backup Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 0 Virtual Disk Status Ready Enabled 143 4 2 5 2 Target Management Create iSCSI targets The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only You can create multiple LUNs for an iSCSI target Follow the steps below to create more LUNs for an iSCSI target 1 Click Quick Configuration Wizard under Target Management General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System o iSCSI Virtual Disk Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard ISCSI Target List Status 4 3j target target01 Ready Advanced ACL zjid O 001 1 00 GB Enabled LUM Backup Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 0 2 Select iSCSI LUN only and click Next 144 Quick Configuration Wizard Create a Job I want to create ISCSI Target with a mapped LUN ISCSI Target only SCSI LUN only Step 1 10 Cancel 3 Select the allocation method Enter the name of the LUN select the LUN directory and specify the capacity for the LUN Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard Create an iSCSI LUN LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning Instant Allocation LUN Name 002 LUN Location RAID 5 Di
202. and blocks in all the RAID component devices are ready the NAS will execute RAID synchronization and the progress will be shown on Storage Manager gt Volume Management page The synchronization rate is around 30 60 MB s varies depending on the hard drive models system resource usage etc Note If a member drive of the RAID configuration was lost during the synchronization the RAID device will enter degraded mode The volume data is still accessible If you add a member drive to the device it will start to rebuild You can check the status on the Volume Management page To encrypt the disk volume select Yes when the LCD panel shows lt Encrypt Volume gt The default encryption password is admin To change the password login the NAS with an administrator account and change the settings in Storage Manager gt Encrypted File System Ede de fey fe fe Pw fe fe fm fe I ee When the configuration is finished the NAS name and IP address will be shown If the NAS fails to create the disk volume the following message will be shown This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U The data encryption functions may not be available in accordance to the legislative restrictions of some countries 732 View system information by the LCD pane
203. and scheduled scanning of all or specific shared folders Up to 64 schedules can be created and maximum 5 scan jobs can run concurrently To create a scan job follow the steps below 1 Goto Applications Antivirus Scan Jobs Click Add a Scan Job 72 fame E D amp MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server Overview Scan Jobs Reports Quarantine L Add a Scan Job Job Name Last Scan Duration Infected Files No data to display Show 10 vy Items 2 Enter the job name and select the shared folders to scan To scan a specific shared folder select the share and click Add 500 Scan Job Creation Select Folders Job Name 01 All folders Specific folders Pono w add Folders Step 1 5 axt Cancel 3 Multiple shared folders can be selected To remove a shared folder click X next to the share name Click Next Select Folders Job Name Ol All folders Specific folders Folders Download Step 1 5 Je Cancel 501 4 Define the schedule for the scan job Click Next Scan Job Creation Schedule Select the scan frequency for the previously selected folders Scan now Scan frequency Scan daily Start time Scan weekly Start time day Step 2 5 5 Select to scan all the files in the shared folder s or quick scan to scan only potentially dangerous files Select Exclude files or folders and sp
204. ar mo ES ran File info info La LL menu Control Resume E INA NOW gen o i E uU Lo en E ee menu 25 ra E C NA ew mw me mem em p im ee mee e 711 eT REED D Video Move 30 OK Move Play backward backward Move 31 OK Move forward forward w e MEMMEM S O ssi wa MEME oc me wx me mme 36 Audio List Language EN track e Subtitle 38 OK Subtitle E em a d mE e Cu de mmm Confirm i 712 8 9 Surveillance Station Pro The Surveillance Station Pro offers live video monitoring and recording of IP cameras on the local network or the Internet Enable this feature in Control Panel Applications gt Station Manager a GG E o E Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server S Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Enable Surveillance Station License Management Enable Surveillance Station Regular login http 192 168 0 17 8080 surveillance Apply Please visit http www qnap com en index php lang en amp sn 4056 for the IP cameras compatibility list The application is compatible with more than 1400 IP cameras supports adding extra number of recording channels by license management user access control advanced alarm settings etc The Sur
205. are version is available for download from the Internet If a new firmware is found you will be notified after logging in the NAS as an administrator Click Check for Update to check if any firmware update is available Note that the NAS must be connected to the Internet for these features to work General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Live Update Firmware Update Model T5 221 Current firmware version 4 0 0 Date 2013 05 03 Check for update Status W Automatically check if a newer version is available when logging into the NAS web administration interface Apply 246 Firmware Update SZ AX Q wm T a General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Live Update Modal Current firmware version 4 0 0 Date 2013 05 03 Before updating system firmware please make sure the product model and firmware version are correct Follow the steps below to update firmware Download the release notes of the same version as the firmware from QNAP website http www gnap com Read the release notes carefully to make sure you need to update the firmware Before updating system firmware back up all disk data on the server to avoid any potential data loss during system update Click the Browse button to select the correct firmware image for system update Click the Update System button to update the
206. ared Folders You can mount the ISO image files on the NAS as ISO shares and access the contents without disc burning The NAS supports mounting up to 256 ISO shares TS 110 TS 119 TS 120 TS 121 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 220 TS 221 TS 410 TS 119P TS 219P TS 112 TS 212 support maximum 256 network shares only including 6 default network shares The maximum number of ISO image files supported by these models is less than 256 256 minus 6 default shares minus number of network recycle bin folders Follow the steps below to mount an ISO file on the NAS by the web interface 1 Login the NAS as an administrator Go to Share Folders Create Click Create an ISO Share d a G m User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Shared Folder Advanced Permissions Create Remove Restore Default Shared Folders Shared Folder Size Folders Folder Aggregation Hidden Volume Action 280 Single Disk Drive 1 Create an ISO Share 4 KB 0 No Download Multimedia Public Recordings F TedHome USBDisk1 USBDisk2 Usb Web 93 29 GB 18 42 MB 290 87 MB 32 KB 20 KB 694 02 GB 70 04 GB 12 KB 16 15 KB 10 21 9 6 3 30959 183 235 88 T Jl 338379 13879 1 7 351 No No 2 Select an ISO image file on the NAS Click Next Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk USB 1 USB 2
207. assword Step 1 4 Cancel 4 Enter a name to register your NAS and click Next 580 Welcome to my QNAPcloud Register your myQNAPcloud device name Please enter a name to register your QNAP NAS This name will be used to access your NAS remotely NASQTS After finishing the wizard you can access your QNAP NAS remotely with the following Internet address NASOTS mygqnapcloud com Step 2 4 5 The wizard will configure your router automatically 581 Welcome to my QNAPcloud Configuring your router Please wait patiently The router configuration will be completed in a minute N gt Configuring network environment and applying my OQNAPcloud services Step 3 4 6 Review the summary page and click Finish to complete the wizard 582 Welcome to my QNAPcloud Summary Congratulations You have completed the following settings You can now access your QNAP NAS remotely on the Internet v Auto router configuration UPnP port forwarding Setup successfully myQNAPcloud device name likeqnap Connect to the QNAP NAS from the myQNAPcloud website http www mygqnapcloud com by entering the device name or use the following Internet address name likeqnap mygnapcloud com Publish NAS services on the cloud portal OTS Photo Station Music Station Enable VPN server ONAP provides the Windows utility myQNAPcloud connect that allows you to establish VPN connect
208. ated will be cleared To retrieve the old data after advanced system reset create the same shared folders on the NAS and the data will be accessible again Enable hard disk standby mode This option allows the hard drives on the NAS to enter standby mode if there is no disk access within the specified period Enable light signal alert when the free size of SATA disk is less than the value The status LED flashes red and green when this option is turned on and the free space of the SATA hard drive is less than the value The valid range of the value is 1 51200 MB Enable write cache EXTA only If the disk volume of the NAS is formatted as EXT4 turn on this option for higher write performance Note that an unexpected system shutdown may lead to incomplete data transfer when data write is in process This option will be turned off when any of the following services is enabled Download Station MySQL service user quota and Surveilance Station You are recommended to turn this option off if the NAS is set as a shared storage in a virtualized or clustered environment Enable warning alert for redundant power supply on the web based interface If two power supply units PSU are installed on the NAS and connected to the power 233 sockets both PSU will supply the power to the NAS applied to 1U and 2U models Turn on the redundant power supply mode in System Settings Hardware to receive warning alert for the redundant power sup
209. b Choose the multimedia shared folder C Select the upload function d Take a picture and upload it to the NAS The second part is performed by the HD Station on your TV e Turn on your TV and choose XBMC f Choose Pictures like below g Select the Multimedia folder 696 697 Viewing photos on your USB device or camera a Connect your USB device or camera to the USB port of your NAS b Choose Pictures c Choose USBDisk e soa nm A tT 2 d Select the photo you want to view 698 Importing media contents to your NAS Use one of the several types of network protocols Samba AFP FTP and NFS to save the media content files in the Multimedia or Qmultimedia shared folder or copy them from an external USB or eSATA device To browse the media contents in different folders other than the default Multimedia shared folder perform the following steps a Choose Files under Videos b Choose Add Videos C Click Browse 699 d Choose Root filesystem HDHamerun Devices None Horm tolde Network f T3riCInELL ReplayTV Devices Rot filesystem SAF Streami LPP Devices e Choose share 700 like below Otherwise just choose the shared folder you would like to add as a video source None g Click OK to add this source Download ex tema HOA DATA HOE DATA HDC DATA HDD
210. backup job Backup Station amp Backup Server The backup function allows you to replicate the data between the local disk volume and an external storage device You can create Rsync Server a backup job and map it to a specific disk volume The external storage device with backup job assigned can always be recognized Hone by the NAS whichever the USB or eSATA interface it is connected to erver Time Machi i ime Machine Create aJob Options B8 Remote Replication NAS to NAS Target Device Job Name Status Action 4 StoreJet Transcend NTFS 698 63 GB Rsync Roms 7 Sales gt USBDisk1 Schedule Monthly 01 00 00 ej 4 amp Cloud Backup Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Symform 2 External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy 3 Go to Job Logs and click Download Logs The log file can be opened by Microsoft Excel or any other text editor software Note that this button is only available after you have enabled Download Detailed Logs in Options gt Event Logs and executed the backup job once 571 Job Status and Logs Job status diab Date Time Content 2013 05 28 16 19 27 Job Web gt USBDisk1 started E 3 2013 05 28 10 27 Synchronize files between a local folder and an external drive with volume ID 380C EAOI 2013 05 28 19 27 The number of folder pairs 1 2013 05 28 18 27 Pairi Web USBDisk1 2013 05 28 19 27 Schedule type Realtime
211. c Off All the hard disk drives on the NAS are in standby mode The disk data is being accessed from the network and a read write error occurs during the process Orange Orange Flashes orange The NAS is connected to the network The 10GbE network expansion card is Green 10 installed Green GbE Off No 10GbE network expansion card is installed The NAS is being accessed from the Flashes red network HDD iud A hard drive read write error occurs Green Flashes green The disk data is being accessed Green The hard drive can be accessed 1 A USB device connected to front USB Z port is being detected 2 A USB device connected to front USB Flashes blue every port is being removed from the NAS 0 5 sec 3 The USB device connected to the front USB port is being accessed 4 The data is being copied to or from the external USB or eSATA device B A front USB device is detected after the ue device is mounted 1 No USB device is detected 2 The NAS has finished copying the data to or from the USB device connected to the front USB port of the NAS eSATA T The eSATA device is being accessed range LEN No eSATA device can be detected The 10 GbE network expansion function is only supported by the TS 470 Pro TS 670 USB Blue 18 Pro TS 870 Pro TS 870U RP TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS 1270U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC879U RP and TS EC1279U RP TS 210 TS 212 TS 219 TS 439U
212. c iK 4 Page i 1l Hle Display item 1 3 Total 3 Show 10 v Items 326 5 3 Shared Folders Shared Folders You can create multiple shared folders on the NAS and specify the access rights of the users and user groups to the shares The number of shared folders you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of NAS models shared folders T5 110 TS 210 TS 112 TS 119 TS 119P TS 212 TS 219P TS x20 TS x21 TS 410 TS 239 Pro II TS 259 Proc TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Pro TS 459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro II TS 659 Pro TS 659 Pro II TS 859 Proc TS 859U RP TS 859U RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP TS x70 TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP On the folder list you can view the current data size number of sub folders and files created in the shared folder and the folder status hidden or not 327 Users User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Shared Folder _ Advanced Permissions Folder Aggregation Create Remove Restore Default Shared Folders p C Folder Name Size Folders Hidden volume Action Download 53 29 GB 10 Ma Single Disk Drive 1 Zilles Multimedia 18 42 MB 21 No Single Disk Drive 1 oae
213. c MFS FTP Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Discovery Recycle Bin Apple Metworking NFS Service W Enable file service for Microsoft networking Server description Optional NAS Server Workgroup Workgrop Standalone server AD domain member To enable Domain Security please click here LDAP domain authentication To enable Domain Security please click here Current Samba ID Advanced Options Apply 2 Goto Print amp Fax on your Mac eoo System Preferences Personal E o Appearance Desktop amp Expos amp International Security Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Hardware Q 4 Bluetooth CDs amp DVDs Displays Keyboard amp Trackpad Print amp Fax Mouse 3 Click to add a printer 275 Click to add a printer or fax No Printer Selected elf Default Printer Last Printer Used Default Paper Size in Page Setup A4 y Hj id Click the lock to prevent further changes 4 Select the NAS workgroup and find the printer name 276 alanhuang mshome nas nvr i pm 509 A qadmin Taptop qnap pc qnap peace test qatest reipc qnap stevehuang qnapcluster Wy that gt ubuntu EY vicky pe Y YY Y YX Y Y P F p f P H Name No Selection Location No Selection Print Using 5 Enter the username and password to login the printer server on the NAS Enter your user name and password to access the print
214. c service for administrators only Qsync Beta OARA A users B Devices Ey Event Logs Team Folder g Getting started with Qsync utilities Q Access files on mobile devices Manage Qsync files from browser J Shared File Links ii 1 Computer k i E Favorites E O nm Windows Mac Recycle Bin To start synchronizing files install Qsync utilities on your Install Qfile APP to access Qsync files Manage Qsync files or restore deleted files from computers browser cy Synchronizing over internet 2 Users List information of online users and you can manage the Qsync service for users for administrators only Qsync Beta Overview EH Users Select users and enable their Qsync access right Devices agnlnglissiaw cr Search P Ewent Logs Team Folder Users Login Date Login Time Source IP Enable admin 2013 05 14 19 18 37 10 8 12 68 Shared File Links Useri 2013 05 13 17 50 31 10 8 12 6 User 2013 05 14 11 27 13 127 0 0 1 3 Devices List the status of connected devices and you can choose to allow or terminate connection of the devices 423 i If users login from their PC the name of the device will be shown as their computer name ii If users login from Qfile the name of the device will be shown as Ofile Android or Qfile iPhone ii If users move or copy files to the Osync folder in the File Station the name of the devic
215. can also be a domain name address if you want to print remotely For example http 10 8 13 59 631 printers NASPR3 e Add Printer Find a printer by name or TCP IP address Browse for a printer Select a shared printer by name http 10 8 13 59 631 pnnters NASPR3 Example computemame printemame or httpi computemame printers printername printer Add a printer using a TCP IP address or hostname Cancel 267 6 The wizard will prompt you for the correct printer driver You may also download the latest printer driver from the manufacturer s website if it is not built into Windows operating system Select the manufacturer and model of pour printer Il your pnniber came wally an installaion disk chek Have Disk IF your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible painter Mars acturel Gestetner HF nfotec KONICA MINOLTA 7 After installing the correct printer driver the wizard shows the address and driver of the new network printer You ve successfully added NASPR3 on http 10 8 13 59 631 Printer name NASPRS on http 10 9 13 53 5031 This printer has been installed with the HP LaserJet 2300 Series PS driver 8 You may also set the network printer as the default printer or print a test page 268 Click Finish to exit the wizard You ve successfully added NASPR3 on http 10 8 13 59 631 To check if your printer is working properly
216. ce However nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or propagating a covered work you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so 10 Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients Each time you convey a covered work the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors to run modify and propagate that work subject to this License You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License An entity transaction is a transaction transferring control of an organization or substantially all assets of one or subdividing an organization or merging organizations If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party s predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License For example you may not impose a license fee royalty or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License and you may not initiate lit
217. cense is discriminatory if it does not include within the scope of its coverage prohibits the exercise of or is conditioned on the non exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work and under which the third party grants to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you a discriminatory patent license a in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you or copies made from those copies or b primarily for and in connection with specific products or 747 compilations that contain the covered work unless you entered into that arrangement or that patent license was granted prior to 28 March 2007 Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law 12 No Surrender of Others Freedom If conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other
218. cess for a user on the root folder the user will not be allowed to access the folder and subfolders even if you select read write access to the subfolders If you have specified read only access for a user on the root folder the user will have read only access to all the subfolders even if you select read write access to the subfolders To specify read only permission on the root folder and read write permission on the subfolders you must set read write permission on the root folder and use the option Only admin can create files and folders to be explained later If an unidentified account ID such as 500 is shown for a subfolder on the permission assignment page after you click the Access Permissions button next to a shared folder in Control Panel Privilege Settings Shared Folders Shared Folder it is likely that the permission of that subfolder has been granted to a user account that no longer exists In this case please select this unidentified account ID and click Remove to delete this account ID Click Add when you have finished the settings 342 Select users and groups Local Users rs ju Mame Preview Employeedy4 Deny Access 3 Employeed s Read Only E Rm o Ey p m Employveen765 Read Only Employee Deny Access Employeed s Deny Access Employees Deny ACCESS Emplaoyeenau Deny Access Employeaenai Deny Access Deny Access Eq pm rm rm pm m Ey pm p orm p n Ew Fw p
219. cess errors e The DHCP server option is available to Ethernet 1 only when both LAN ports of a dual LAN NAS are connected to the network and configured as standalone IP settings Start IP End IP Lease Time Set the range of IP addresses allocated by the NAS to the DHCP clients and the lease time The lease time refers to the time that an IP address is leased to the clients During that time the IP will be reserved to the assigned client When the lease time expires the IP can be assigned to another client 208 WINS Server optional WINS Windows Internet Naming Service resolves Windows network computer names NetBIOS names to IP addresses allowing Windows computers on a network to easily find and communicate with each other Enter the IP address of the WINS server on the network if available DNS Suffix optional The DNS suffix is used for resolution of unqualified or incomplete host names TFTP Server amp Boot File optional The NAS supports PXE booting of network devices Enter the IP address of the TFTP server and the boot file including directory on the TFTP server and file name For remote booting of the devices enter the public IP address of the TFTP server TCP IP Property Network Parameters Advanced Options DHCP server Cancel ii DNS Server A DNS Domain Name Service server translates between a domain name such as google com and an IP address 74 125 31 105 Configure the NA
220. ch LUN mapping The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only Follow the steps below to switch the mapping of an iSCSI LUN 1 Select an iSCSI LUN to unmap from an iSCSI target and click Disable General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Target List Status 4i j a a01 Ready Advanced ACL zjid O 003 1 00 GB Enabled LUN Backu P gt O allenoi allen Ready p davidO1 david Ready gt 9 target target01 Ready un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 2 Action Disable 2 Next click Unmap to unmap the LUN The LUN will appear on the Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List Click Map to map the LUN to another target S 5 a B F General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCs Virtual Disk Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Target List Status 4C3 a a01 Ready Advanced ACL id 0 003 1 00 GB Disabled LUN Backup p allena1 allen Ready p davidO1 david Ready p target target01 Ready un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 2 Adion Enabled Madify ss 1
221. ck A1 Block A2 of parity information is stored across Block B1 Parity Bp Block B2 the member drives in the array It Parity Cg Parity Cp Block C1 Block C2 tolerates failure of two hard drives Block D1 Block D2 Parity Dc Disk 1 Disk 2 Disk 3 Disk 4 To create a RAID 6 disk volume a minimum of 4 hard drives are required The storage capacity of a RAID 6 array is equal to N 2 size of smallest hard drive N is the number of hard drives in the array RAID 10 Disk Volume RAID 10 combines four or more disks in RAID 10 a way that protects data against loss of non adjacent disks It provides security by mirroring all data on a secondary set of disks while using striping across each set of disks to speed up data transfers RAID 10 requires an even number of hard drives minimum 4 hard drives The storage capacity of RAID 10 disk volume is equal to size of the smallest capacity disk in the array N 2 N is the number of hard drives in the volume 99 4 2 2 RAID Management Online RAID capacity expansion online RAID level migration and RAID recovery are not supported by one bay NAS models TS 210 and TS 212 You can perform online RAID capacity expansion RAID 1 5 6 10 and online RAID level migration single disk RAID 1 5 10 add a hard drive member to a RAID 5 6 or 10 configuration configure a spare hard drive RAID 5 6 10 with the data retained enable Bitmap recover a RAI
222. ck File Oplacks 9 Yes No Recycle Bin 9 Enable Disable Restrict the access of Recycle Bin to administrators only for now Path 9 Specify path automatically Enter path manually Step 2 7 Cancel 4 Select the way you want to specify the access right to the folder and specify the guest access right 330 Create A Shared Folder Privilege You can select one of the following methods to configure the user access right to the network shared folder Full access Grant full access right for everyone By User By User Group Only the system administrator admin has full access General users have Read Only access Guest access right 9 Deny Access O Read only Q Read Write Step 3 7 Cancel 5 If you select to specify the access right by user or user group you can select to grant read only read write or deny access to the users or user groups 331 Create A Shared Folder Access Control By User E User name Preview admin Read Write 3 3 Ted Read Only EX E Oo test 1l Deny ACCESS testo Deny ACCESS E A E testi3 Deny Access Ex Page 1 f1 k ba Display item 1 5 Total 5 Note 1 The permission settings of user and group will effect the result of preview Step 4 7 Back Next Cancel 6 Confirm the settings and click Next 332 Create A Shared Folder Gonfirm Settings Folder Name Hidden Folder Ma Lack File Oplacks Tes Path Sin
223. ck the link http NAS IP 9000 Go to TwonkyMedia Settings gt Basic Setup to configure the basic server settings The contents on the Qmultimedia or Multimedia folder of the NAS will be shared to the digital media players by default You can go to Basic Setup gt Sharing gt Content Locations to change the folder or add more folders 437 After configuring the settings you can upload MP3 photos or video files to the specified folders on the NAS Note If you upload multimedia files to the default folder but the files are not shown on Media Player click Rescan content directories or Restart server on the Media Server configuration page 438 7 4 Media Library The Media Library service can scan multimedia files such as photos music and videos from designated media folders and index them into the media library for their display in multimedia applications Thumbnails of photos music and videos will be automatically generated to enhance your user experience as you browse through multimedia files in their corresponding applications Settings a amp E SB amp 00 HSH amp Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server Settings Media folder Transcode Setting Transcode Records Enable Media library t Media library service can scan multimedia files such as photos music and videos from media folder and index t
224. content sharing Tons of photos music videos and documents are often scattered across multiple computers in modern homes QNAP Turbo NAS lineup of home network storage servers feature plenty of handy applications to let you smartly connect and manage these assets and enjoy a truly digital life in a well secured home network No boundaries for multimedia sharing at home and no boundaries for sharing content with family and friends Learn more about the exciting features that QNAP Turbo NAS offers to you e Intuitive GUI with Multi Windows Multi Tasking Multi Application Multi Device access support e Cross platform data storage backup and sharing center e Revolutionary music photo and home video center e Personal cloud storage e Free and large capacity for Dropbox style data sync e Over 90 Install on demand applications via the App Center e Energy efficient amp eco friendly 68 Turbo NAS for Business Optimize business IT infrastructure with ease and efficiency IT efficiency coupled with low total cost of ownership TCO is an essential factor for business competitiveness QNAP Turbo NAS features high performance business critical applications and affordability helping businesses achieve seamless file sharing easy integration into existing networks flexible virtualized IT environments and many other advanced capabilities for keeping businesses running at maximum efficiency Learn more about the compell
225. ct Network security LAN Manager Li authentication leve 375 3 Local Security Policy File Action View Help Af p a Security Settings Policy Security Setting lt a Network security Configure encryption types allowed for Ke Mot Defined S Network security Do not store LAN Manager hash value on Enabled 22 Network security Force logoff when logon hours expire Disabled 1 Metwork security LAN Manager authentication level Not Defined 5i Th Advanced Seci Network security LDAP client signing requirements Negotiate signing Network List Manager Policies 25 Network security Minimum session security for NTLM SSP Require 128 bit encrypt Public Key Policies 1 Network security Minimum session security for NTLM SSP Require 128 bit encrypti b D Software Restriction Policies oo Network security Restrict NTLM Add remote server excepti Mot Defined 7 Application Control Policies oa Network security Restrict NTLM Add server exceptions int Mot Defined A 3 IF Security Policies on Local Compute 2a Network security Restrict HTLM Audit Incoming NTLM Tra Mot Defined D Advanced Audit Policy Configuration 2 Network security Restrict NTLM Audit NTLM authenticatio Not Defined 4 Select the Local Security Setting tab and select Send LM amp NTLMv2 use NTLMv2 session security if negotiated from the list Then click OK Network security LAN Ma
226. ctions For New NAS Users Hardware Installation 19 Software Installation 21 Getting Utilities 45 Connecting to the Shared Foldersl48 Connecting to the NAS by Web Browser For Existing NAS Users Migrating from Old NAS e21 14 2 1 Hardware Installation After unpacking the NAS from the package please first follow the instructions below to install your hardware 1 Install the hard drives Please also make sure that the hard drives HDDs that you use are compatible with the NAS Go to the Hard Disk Drive Compatibility List 16 section for more details 2 Connect the QNAP NAS to the same network as your PC and power it on During your installation process please pay attention to LEDs and alarm buzzers to make sure that the NAS functions properly Go to the Checking System Status 17 section for details Note The steps above are also illustrated in the Quick Installation Guide QIG that can be found in the product package or QNAP website http start qnap com 15 2 1 1 Hard Disk Drive Compatibility List Hard Disk Drive Compatibility List This product works with 2 5 inch and 3 5 inch SATA hard disk drives and or solid state drives SSD from major hard drive brands For the compatible hard disks please check the compatibility list on QNAP website http www qnap com compatibility Important QNAP disclaims any responsibility for product damage malfunction or data loss recovery due to misuse or
227. ctive aggregator according to the 802 3ad specification Dynamic Link Aggregation mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance but requires a switch that supports IEEE 802 3ad with LACP mode properly configured Balance tlb uses channel bonding that does not General switches require any special switch The outgoing traffic is distributed according to the current load on each Ethernet interface computed relative to the speed Incoming traffic is received by the current Ethernet interface If the receiving Ethernet interface fails the other slave takes over the MAC address of the failed receiving Slave Balance tlb mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance Balance alb is similar to balance tlb but also General switches attempts to redistribute incoming receive load balancing for IPV4 traffic This setup does not require any special switch support or configuration The receive load balancing is achieved by ARP negotiation sent by the local system on their way out and overwrites the source hardware address with the unique hardware address of one of the Ethernet interfaces in the bond such that different peers use different hardware address for the server This mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance 215 Wi Fi To connect the NAS to a Wi Fi network plug in a wireless dongle into a USB port of the NAS The NAS will detect a list of wireless access points You can connect the NAS to the Wi Fi n
228. ctory authentication Domain member LDAP authentication Select the type of LDAP server LDAP server of the local NAS Apply to use the LDAP server users and group fram the local NAS The NAS is now a client of the LDAP server To view the domain users or groups go to Privilege Settings gt Users or User Groups then select Domain Users or Domain 470 Groups You can also set the folder permission for the domain users or groups 4 Join a Second NAS to LDAP Domain You can join multiple NAS servers to the same LDAP domain and allow the LDAP users to connect to the NAS servers using the same login credentials To join another NAS to the LDAP domain login the NAS and go to Privilege Settings Domain Security Select LDAP authentication and then LDAP server of a remote NAS as the server type Enter the DNS name or IP address of the remote NAS the name of the LDAP domain that you created previously and enter the LDAP server password Click Apply 2 8 B CO Users User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security No domain security Local users only C Active Directory authentication Domain member 9 LDAP authentication e Select the type of LDAP server LDAP server of the remote NAS V Status IP address or NAS name 10 8 13 59 LDAP domain my domain local Example mydomain local Password gt fessesso 471 Back up Restore LDAP Database To back up the LDAP da
229. d File added File added a m m iml D EI Tr mo 1 ml tu Sharing Center File Update Center Actions Copy link Delete Copy link Delete Copy link Delete Food1 Description User2 shared with you A Status Left Edit Unshare Shared team folders or files Food 1 jpa Description Share the link M Status Sharing IMAGU251 jpg Description Share the link Status Sharing Photo 2012 11 19 D1 21 46 8jpq Description Share the link gH Status Sharing Sharel Description You shared with User2 and 1 users Status Sharing 4 Preference a General i Link Status Show the current status Click Logout to change users ii Network Recycle Bin Browse or recover files deleted from the Qsync folder 417 Advanced Link Status NAS Address My NASOS 10 8 12 157 Username admin Computer name test Connection status Connected LAN Data path C Users lucytest syne Sharing Center Visit the Sharing Center and view your shared team folders or files File Update Center Visit the File Update Center to view the logs of updated files and folders View files by the web browser Network Recycle Bin b Sync i Selective Synchronization Select the folder to synchronize to the computers li Do not remove any files on the NAS when synchronizing You can remove files within the local Qsync folder and files deleted from your computer will not be synchronized with the
230. d hard disk drives Please install hard disks or re install the hard disk drives properly and click Detect Again 15 Confirm the setup details and click Next QNAP Turbo NAS Setup V Confirm the setup information Please check the setup information Server name Administrator s user name admin Administrator s password sssas Default admin Confirm password 2222 E Show password Network Settings Obtain an IP address automaticaly 2012 2013 QMAP Systems Inc All rights reserved 16 The wizard will proceed to finish the installation process 29 Set up the QNAP Turbo NAS Please wait while the setup wizard is configuring your QMAP Turbo NAS _ Preparing to set up the QNAP Turbo NAS Configuring the settings Initializing the hard drives Restart the ONAP Turbo MAS Estimated time remaining 21 35 c Eo a Gm ELE GE umm E S E oS yy HM Set up the QNAP Turbo NAS Please wait while the setup wizard is configuring your QNAP Turbo NAS Preparing to set up the QNAP Turbo NAS Configuring the settings Initializing the hard drive s Restart the QNAP Turbo NAS Estimated time remaining 0 00 2012 2013 QNAP Systems Inc All rights reserved 30 18 Key in the user ID and password entered in the Confirm the setup information page v Remember me Secure login 19 Click Get Qfinder to download the QNAP Ofinder utility Steps 19 to 23 are for
231. d what the individual works permit Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate 6 Conveying Non Source Forms You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5 provided that you also convey the machine readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License in one of these ways a Convey the object code in or embodied in a physical product including a physical distribution medium accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange b Convey the object code in or embodied in a physical product including a physical distribution medium accompanied by a written offer valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model to give anyone who possesses the object code either 1 a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source or 2 access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge C Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source This alternative is allowed only occasionally and no
232. dard AES is an encryption standard adopted by the U S government The standard comprises three block ciphers AES 128 AES 192 and AES 256 Each AES cipher has a 128 bit block size with key sizes of 128 192 and 256 bits respectively The AES ciphers have been analyzed extensively and are now used worldwide Source http en wikipedia org wiki Advanced Encryption Standard The AES volume based encryption is applicable only to specific QNAP NAS models Please refer to the comparison table at http www qnap conyimages products comparison Comparison NAS html Before you start Please beware of the following before using the data encryption feature of the NAS e The encryption feature of the NAS is volume based A volume can be a single disk a JBOD configuration or a RAID array e Select whether or not to encrypt a disk volume before it is created on the NAS In other words you will not be able to encrypt a volume after it has been created unless the disk volume is initialized Note that initializing a disk volume will clear all the disk data e The encryption on the disk volume cannot be removed without initialization To remove the encryption on the disk volume you have to initialize the disk volume and all the data will be cleared e Keep the encryption password or key safe If you forgot the password or lost the encryption key the data cannot be accessed anymore e Before you start read the instructions carefully and st
233. ded e SE Network and Intemet Network and Sharing Center m 6g Search Control Panel Ou Z d o 1 Control Panel Home View your basic network information and set up connections Change adapter settings A T edi See full map Change advanced sharing Pie pc crea This computer View your actroe networks Connect or disconnect Network Access type Internet Public network Connections B Local Area Connection Change your networking settings Setup anew connection or network Set up wireless broadband dial up ad hoc or VPN connection or set up a router or access pent Connect to a network Connect or reconnect to a wireless wired dial up or VPN network connection Cheese homegroup and shanng options Access files and printers located on other network computers or change sharing settings Troubleshoot problems Diagnose and repair network problems or get treubleshocting information 2 Select Connect to a workplace and click Next 477 Choose a connection option Connect to the Internet Set up wireless broadband or dial up connection to the Internet gy setup a new network Configure a new router or access point jem Setup a dial up connection Connect to the Internet using a dial up connection How do you want to connect gt Use my Internet connection VPN Connect using a virtual private network VPN connection through the Internet s
234. derstand the messages sent fromthe agent NAS within the network You can download the MIB and view it with any word processor or text editor 397 Community SNMP V1 V2 SNMP V3 An SNMP community string is a text string that acts as a password It is used to authenticate messages that are sent between the management station and the NAS The community string is included in every packet that is transmitted between the SNMP manager and the SNMP agent The NAS supports SNMP version 3 Specify the authentication and privacy settings if available 398 6 5 Service Discovery UPnP Discovery Service When an UPnP device is added to the network the UPnP discovery protocol allows the device to advertise its services to the control points on the network By enabling UPnP Discovery Service the NAS can be discovered by any operating systems that support UPnP Fe EI 5 aS F a Win Mac NFS Telnet SSH Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin UPnP Discovery Service Bonjour After enabling this service your NAS can be discovered by any operating systems that support UPnP Enable UPnP Discovery Service Apply 399 Bonjour By broadcasting the network service s with Bonjour your Mac will automatically discover the network services such as FTP running on the NAS without the need to enter the IP addresses or configure the DNS servers L g Win Mac NFS Telnet SSH Service
235. e Enable customized daylight saving time table Add Daylight Saving Time Data Start Time End Time Action Note that if your region does not adopt DST the options on this page will not be available To enter the daylight saving time table manually select the option Enable customized daylight saving time table Click Add Daylight Saving Time Data and enter the daylight saving time schedule Then click Apply to save the settings 90 g General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update A f System Administration Time Jaylight Savin ne Codepage Password Strength Login Screen Recent daylight saving time Offset minutes v IL system clock automatically for daylight saving time Add Add Daylight Saving Time Data Saving Time Data jelet B Start Time End Time 91 Codepage Select the language the NAS uses to display the files and directories i lt a E o0 B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update x System Administration Time Daylight Saving Time Codepage Password Strength Login Screen Select the filename encoding for non Unicode filename conversion Filename encoding English ae Note All the files and directories on the NAS will be created using Unicode encoding If the FTP clients or the PC OS does not support Unicode select the language which is the same as
236. e Trunking Group 1 Interface Standalone Active Backup Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2 Cancel 4 Click here to connect to the login page B B ox aa B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update The TCP IP settings are being configured Please wait and use the following link to connect to the server If you cannot connect to the server please use the Finder to find the new IP of the server Configuration completed Click ere o connect to the login page 5 Click the Edit button under IP Address to edit the network settings aisen IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address Port Trunking Edit Link Interface IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Speed MTU OQ Ethernet 1 2 s 10 8 12 153 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 00 08 9B CF 05 9E 100Mbps 1500 Note Make sure the Ethernet interfaces are connected to the correct switch and the switch has been configured to support the port trunking mode selected on the NAS The port trunking options available on the NAS 213 Round Robin mode is good for general purpose Balance rr Round Robin Active Backup Balance XOR load balancing between two Ethernet interfaces This mode transmits packets in sequential order from the first available slave through the last Balance rr provides load balancing and fault tolerance Active Backup uses only one Ethernet interface It s
237. e filter 494 Add a Filter Facility equals Add Severity equals Remove if f syslogseverity text emerg Manual Edit then Public messages Cancel 3 The filters will be shown on the list The NAS will only receive the Syslog messages that match the filters which are in use mem mem 0 00 Enable a filter oO Disable a filter Edit the filter settings Delete one or more filters 495 g c F F MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server Server Settings Iter Settings Syslog Viewer Add a Filter 7 Filter Status syslogseverity text emerg Disable syslogseverity text emerg and syslogfacility text auth Enable 496 Syslog Viewer Use the web based Syslog viewer to view the available Syslog messages on the NAS Select to view the latest logs or the logs in a particular archived file The log files can be accessed on the directory configured in Syslog Server Server Settings Log Settings P qi wor a2 J MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus ADIUS TFTP Server Server Server Settings Filter Settings Syslog Viewer Latest Log V Date Time Facility Severity Hostname Application s Message 2013 05 22 10 24 14 0 auth Info NASCFOS59E qlogd glogd 7 531 2013 05 22 10 24 10 0 auth Info NASCFO59E qlogd glogd 7 531 2013 05 22 10 23 46 0 daemon Info NASCFO59E qlogd qlogd 7531
238. e license terms before installing Qfinder Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement Ofinder Software License Agreement Important Notice Please read carefully This Software License Agreement hereafter referred to as license Agreement is a legal agreement jointly agreed by the user individual or corporate body and QNAP Systems Inc for the use of the software product of QMAP Systems Inc including relevant intermediaries documentation electronic documents and services referred to as the software product or the software below When you install copy or use the software product in other ways you agree to accept this License Agreement If you do not agree with this License Agreement you are not authorized to use the software product If you accept the terms of the agreement cick the check box below You must accept the agreement to install Qfinder Click Next to continue I accept the terms of the License Agreement 25 8 Click Next E Choose which features of Qfinder you want to install Check the components you want to install and uncheck the components you don t want to install Click Mext to continue Select components to install Ofinder required Desktop Shortcuts Quick Launch Shortcuts Space required 112 8MB 9 Click Install Choose Install Location Choose the folder in which to install Qfinder Setup will install Qfinder in the following folder To ins
239. e note that if all files within a folder are selected they will be compressed and downloaded as a zip file O02 The Odyssey txt lt Jani E 003 The Aeneid tet lt EJ ll E ES 9 Create folder B Copy es share E ae oa q Move W Celete A cut 8 compressizip amp P Properties Creating folders 1 Select a shared folder or folder in which you want to create a new folder o Create folder 2 Click 3 Enter the name of the new folder and click OK 602 Renaming files or folders 1 Select a file or folder to rename 2 Right click the mouse and select Rename to rename the file apple jog FStest zip Create folder Lily 1 jpg B Copy Metal Saara E T Share rase pg 6 open SpaceMagici Download Rename E Moye Wl Delete A cut Compress Zip gf Properties 3 Enter the new file or folder name and click OK Copying files or folders 1 Select the files or folders to copy 2 Click UIB Copy 3 Click the destination folder Paste 4 Click and confirm to copy the files or folders 603 Moving files or folders 1 Select the files or folders to move 2 Right click the mouse and select Move apple ipg FStest zip Create folder Lily 1 jpg B Copy MetalGear Sol et share rase jog FS Open SpaceMaulcia Download Rename Delete J ctr M Compress Zip P Properties 3 Select the des
240. e will be shown as Qsync File Station Qsync Beta EZ Overview Devices Users T You can check the connection status of devices from the list below Devices 000 Select User Local Users admin m Search Device Content Search EJ Event Logs Devices IP Latest Event Event Time Connection Team Folder Ld ALEX 10 8 12 53 Logged out 2013 05 08 20 13 07 Disconnect Shared File Link zs P3 Shared File Links E JO VAIO 192 168 68 34 Logged out 2013 05 09 20 10 14 Disconnect a Qfile iPad 10 8 12 18 Logged in 2013 05 13 18 36 27 Disconnect Qsync File Station 10 8 12 68 Logged in 2013 05 13 16 51 46 Disconnect TEST1225 10 8 12 76 Finished synci 2013 05 13 17 56 10 Connect USER PC 127 0 0 1 Finished synci 2013 05 14 17 58 02 Connect L test 10 8 12 68 Finished synci 2013 05 14 19 18 46 Connect 4 Event Logs List the activity details by each user Qsync Beta Z5 Overview EH Event Logs Users E Check the activities of Qsync P EB Devices Select User Local Users admin Start Time Device Action Details IP Team Folder 2013 05 14 19 test Finished syncing Synced 0 files 10 8 12 6 Shared File Links 2013 05 14 19 test Started syncing Started sync 10 8 12 6 2013 05 14 19 test Logged in Logged in 10 8 12 6 2013 05 14 19 test Logged out Logged out 10 8 12 6 2013 05 14 19 test Finished syncing Synced O files 10 8 12 6 2013 05 14 19 test Started sy
241. ead only access right for administrators only Access Userfllser group Step 6 7 Cancel 6 Click Finish 355 Create an ISO Share Create A Shared Folder The new shared folder has been created successfully Click FINISH to exit Step 7 7 Finish 7 After mounting the image file you can specify the access rights of the users over different network protocols such as SMB AFP NFS and WebDAV by clicking the Access Permission icon in the Action column 356 a O Ga User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Shared Folder _ Advanced Permissions Folder Aggregation Create Restore Default Shared Folders Dp Folder Name Size Folders Files Hidden YVolume Action F Dept 4 KB 0 No Single Disk Drive 1 opg Download 53 29 GB Single Disk Drive 1 opg Multimedia 18 42 MB Single Disk Drive 1 opg NAS 587 25 MB 6 ISO ZB Public 250 87 MB 9 Single Disk Drive 1 Fille Recordings 32 KB 6 if Single Disk Drive 1 og E TedHome 20 KB 3 i Single Disk Drive 1 ogg USBDisk1 694 02 GB 30959 338379 USB 1 oB USBDisk2 70 04 GB 868 13879 USB 2 oB Usb 12 KB 1 1 Single Disk Drive 1 oag Display item 1 10 Total 23 Show 50 v Items The NAS supports mounting ISO image files by the File Station Please refer to the chapter on File Station for details 357 Folder Aggregation You can aggregate the shared folders on Microsoft network as a portal folder on the NAS and
242. ease the button If the alarm buzzer is enabled you will hear a short beep meaning backup has started The USB LED light blinks when data backup is in process Please wait for the backup to finish and the USB LED to become steady light Unmount the front USB drive Press the Copy button for about 8 10 seconds till the USB LED light turns off If the alarm buzzer is enabled you will hear two short beeps meaning unmount has started After the backup task has completed or failed the Copy button will become invalid To use the one touch copy function again remove the front USB drive and connect it to the NAS again Apply Backup direction From the front USB drive to the NAS or vice versa Backup method A Create directory A new directory will be created on the destination and the source data will be copied to this directory The new directory will be named as 573 the backup date YYYYMMDD If there are two or more backups on the same day the directory will be named with YYYYMMDD 1 YYYYMMDD 2 and so on B Copy Back up data to the destination share If the same file exists the destination file will be overwritten C Synchronize Back up data to the destination share and clear the redundant files If the same file exists the destination file will be overwritten Note If there are multiple partitions on the source storage device a new folder will be created for each partition on the destination as the back
243. eate 100 targets on the NAS the maximum number of LUNs you can create is 156 Multiple LUNS can be created for each target However the maximum number of concurrent connections to the iSCSI targets supported by the NAS varies depending on the network infrastructure and the application performance Too many concurrent connections may slow down the performance of the NAS Follow the steps below to configure the iSCSI target service on the NAS 1 Under the Portal Management tab enable iSCSI target service Apply the settings General Storage Network Security Hardware ower Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART iSCSI Virtual Disk Target Management V Enable iSCSI target service iSCSI service port 3260 Advanced ACL Enable iSNS LUN Backup 2 Goto the Target Management tab and create iSCSI targets on the NAS If you have not created any iSCSI targets the Quick Installation Wizard will automatically be launched and prompt users to create iSCSI targets and LUNs Logical unit number Click OK 137 E v x Q P f e BB General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Update Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART iSCSI Virtual Disk Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Target List Status Advanced ACL LUN Backup Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 0 3 Select to
244. eature click Add a Policy under Advanced ACL e 8H General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART iSCSI Virtual Disk Portal Management A connected iSCSI initiator is authenticated by Target ACL and LUN Masking in order to access the iSCSI Target Management LUNs mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS LUN Backup Policy Name IQN Default Policy Enter the policy name the initiator IQN and assign the access right for each LUN created on the NAS e Read only The connected initiator can only read the data from the LUN e Read Write The connected initiator has read and write access right to the LUN e Deny Access The LUN is invisible to the connected initiator 170 T Add a Policy 5s Define the LUN Masking palicy for the initiator you input below Policy Name reinb Initiator IQN iqn 1991 05 com micre Name Read Only Read Write Deny Access O01 No Ma Yes Cancel If no LUN masking policy is specified for a connected iSCSI initiator the default policy will be applied The system default policy allows read and write access from all the connected iSCSI initiators You can click Edit to edit the default policy f e ez x LB I a General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART mw Vir
245. ecify a file a folder or a file extension to be excluded from the virus scan Separate each entry by a space in the same line or enter one entry per line For example Public testfile txt Download log exe com Xt Click Next 502 Scan Job Creation File Filter Scan all files Quick scan Only potentially dangerous file types listed below 386 bat bin biIt bll bmp bmw boo chm ch da da ss cmd cnm com cpl exq cyw dbd dev dlb dib dil g dilx drv eml exe ezt gif hlp hsg hta ani va 1w s 3p eg Jpg s Ink lok mxg oar 0cx 0sa ozd pcx pdf p gm php phpz php3 php4 php5 pid pd plc png pr q L8 it scr scr shs ska smm 85y 8wf 5y5 tif tps vb vba vbe vbs vbx vexe vad vxd wmf ws wsc wst wsh Exclude files or folders Step 3 5 Cancel 6 Enable other scan options e Specify the maximum file size 1 4096 MB allowed for scanning e To scan compressed files in the shared folder s enable Scan compressed files Specify the maximum amount of data 1 4096 MB in an archive file for scanning if applicable e Toscan MS Office and Mac Office files RTF PDF and HTML files select Deep scan for document files Click Next 503 Scan Job Creation Scan Options Maximum file
246. ect special incidental or consequential damages resulting from the use of the product its accompanying software or its documentation QNAP makes no warranty or representation expressed implied or statutory with respect to its products or the contents or use of this documentation and all accompanying software and specifically disclaims its quality performance merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose QNAP reserves the right to revise or update its products software or documentation without obligation to notify any individual or entity Back up the system periodically to avoid any potential data loss QNAP disclaims any responsibility of all sorts of data loss or recovery Should you return any components of the NAS package for refund or maintenance make sure they are carefully packed for shipping Any form of damages due to improper packaging will not be compensated QNAP QNAP logo QTS myQNAPcloud and VioStor are trademarks or registered trademarks of QNAP Systems Inc or its subsidiaries Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others 1 2 Regulatory Notice FCC Notice QNAP NAS comply with different FCC compliance classes Please refer the Appendix for details Once the class of the device is determined refer to the following corresponding statement FCC Class A Notice This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions
247. ed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling In determining whether a product is a consumer product doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage For a particular product received by a particular user normally used refers to a typical or common use of that class of product regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses or expects or is expected to use the product A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial industrial or non consumer uses unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product Installation Information for a User Product means any methods procedures authorization keys or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made If you convey an object code work under this section in or with or specifically for use in a User Product and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term regardless of how the transaction is characterized the Corresponding Source conveyed under this
248. eed them Offline editing You can browse and edit your files offline and once your device is online Qsync will synchronize the files you edited offline for you automatically 408 Sharing Share files by download links You can share files by sending file download links to those who haven t installed Qsync For Windows 1 Right click the file that you would like to share in the local Qsync folder and click Share the link Open with arem Share the link co maccuxcUHX moroa S D NUM e y F dg EHI T GE Oe i Delete this folder file but keep its copy on the NAS em Share with Organize i Preview v Share with nii D WinZip E AE BEJ Restore previous versions amp My Pictures e Name P i Send to B My Videos il Food Lipg ga Qsync amp Food 2jpg pn E o amp Camera Uploads amp IMAGO251 jpg py Photo 1 Z IMG 6167JPG Create shortcut Sharel amp P1000520JPG Delete Rename Video amp P5060057JPG F Saved Games l amp Photo 2012 11 P oPerties ID Searches ve T 2 Select to send the link via email or copy the link to others 3 Click Advanced to check more options for the link such as creating a SSL link the expiration date or password 409 Er OAE EAE the ME ath ere Send Advanced Please make sure you have configured your email server settings first Go to Preference gt Mail to check the details To Subject To Share
249. ege Settings Shared Folders Advanced Permissions tab Select Enable Advanced Folder Permissions and click Apply User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Shared Folder Advanced Permissions _ Folder Aggregation When this option is enabled you can assign the folder and subfolder permission to individual users and user groups Enable Advanced Folder Permissions Enable Windows ACL support Note You can create maximum 230 permission entries for each folder when Advanced Folder Permission is enabled Go to Privilege Settings Shared Folders Shared Folders tab Select a root folder for example Dept and click 2 340 Q CI Shared Folder Advanced Permissions Create v Folder Name Dept Download Multimedia Public Recordings TedHome USBDisk1 USBDisk2 Usb Web a O9 Shared Quota Folders User Groups Folder Aggregation Ww NW Domain Security Restore Default Shared Folders Size Folders 4 KB 0 23 29 GB 10 18 42 MB 21 250 87 MB 9 32 KB 6 20 KB 3 694 02 GB 70 04 GB 12 KB 16 15 KB 1 2 3383 138 0 83 35 88 1 ib 79 79 1 7 Hidden No No No No No No No No No No Volume Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk USB 1 USB 2 Single Disk Single Disk Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Dri
250. em Total Size Free Size Status Note Create a shared folder for the virtual disks Note e The maximum size of a virtual disk the NAS supports is 16TB e When the virtual disk iSCSI target was disconnected the virtual disk will disappear on the NAS interface and the NAS will try to connect to the target in two minutes If the target cannot be connected after two minutes the status of the virtual disk will become Disconnected To add a virtual disk to the NAS make sure an iSCSI target has been created Click Add Virtual Disk 200 a E VY e g General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Add Virtual Disk Target Name Virtual Disk Name File System Total Size Free Size Status Note Create a shared folder for the virtual disks Enter the target server IP and port number default 3260 Click Get Remote Disk Select a target from the target list If authentication is required enter the username and the password You may select the options Data Digest and or Header Digest optional These are the parameters that the iSCSI initiator will be verified when it attempts to connect to the iSCSI target Then click Next Add Virtual Disk Target Server IP Name 10 8 12 86 Port 53260 GetRemote Dis
251. empty all connections to the server will be allowed Apply 520 Time Machine You can enable Time Machine support to use the NAS as a backup destination of multiple Mac by the Time Machine feature on OS X Backup Station Ei recom ceres udine Machine Support Manage Sackup Rsync Server RTRR Server After enabling the Time Machine function you can use the NAS as one of the Mac OS X Time Machine backup destinations Time Machme sum Enable Time Machine support Remote Replication Display name TMBackup NAS to NAS Username TimeMachine Rsync Password TTT RTRR Cloud Backup Volume Single Disk Drive 1 Free Size 283GB Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Capacity g GB 0 means unlimited Symform Note When using the Time Machine function AFP service will be enabled automatically Note that all the Time Machine users share the same network share for External Backup this function External Drive Apply USB One Touch Copy To use this function follow the steps below Configure the settings on the NAS 1 Enable Time Machine support 521 Backup Station amp Backup Server lime Machine Support Manage Backup Rsync Server RTRR Server After enabling the Time Machine function you can use the NAS as one of the Mac OS X Time Machine backup destinations Time Machme m Enable Time Machine support Remote Replication Display name TMBackup
252. enied all the protocols of that server are not allowed to connect to the NAS After changing the settings click Apply to save the changes The network services will be restarted and current connections to the NAS will be terminated E S A Ga a o0 e B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update _ Security Level Network Access Protection Certificate amp Private Key Allow all connections Deny connections from the list Allow connections from the list only Enter the IP address or network from which the connections to this server will be allowed or rejected IP Address or Network Domain Time Left for IP Blocking 229 Network Access Protection The network access protection enhances system security and prevents unwanted intrusion You can block an IP for a certain period of time or forever if the IP fails to login the NAS from a particular connection method 4 amp a e 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Security Level Certificate amp Private Key Enable Metwork Access Protection The network access protection enhances system security and prevents unwanted intrusion You can block an IP for a certain ped of time or forever if the IP fails to login the MAS from a particular connection method check the blocked s IP at Security evel SSH In 1 minute after unsuccessful attempts for 5
253. er RTRR Server Time Machine Remote Replication NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy Backup Station powered by symferm Back up your folders to the Symform Cloud Storage Network for FREE when you contribute excess local drive space Key Features Patented RAID 96 technology for safe distributed cloud backup a Extending QNAP device to the Symform cloud for secondary backup and disaster recovery a Fast data seeding and instant restore a File sharing across multiple devices and locations Click here for pricing and offers Already a user Get Started Now The free cloud storage is earned by contributing your excess local storage from your QNAP device Disclaimer The cloud storage services are provided by the third party vendors on an as is basis QNAP is not liable for the data security or any loss or damage of data that may have been caused by using these services Backup Station powered by symferm Back up your folders to the Symform Cloud Storage Network for FREE when you contribute excess local drive space Key Features Patented RAID 96 technology for safe distributed cloud backup Extending QNAP device to the Symform cloud for secondary backup and disaster recovery Fast data seeding and instant restore File sharing across multiple devices and locations Click here for pricing and offers Enable Symform
254. er files and subtolders You can also define the file and folder owner by clicking 2 Select a user from the list or search a username Then click Set Local Users Search to select the user admin Employeed 2 Employeed 3 Employeed 4 Employeed s Employeed Employeed E anin imime a Cancel The following options are available for folder permission settings You are recommended 617 to configure folder permissions and subfolder permissions in Privilege Settings gt Shared Folders e Only the owner can delete the contents When you apply this option to a folder the first level subfolders and files can be deleted only by their owner e Only admin can create files and folders When you apply this option to a folder only administrators can create files or folders e Apply changes to files and subfolders Apply changed permissions settings except owner protection to all the files and subfolders within the selected folder The option Only the owner can delete the contents will not be applied to subfolders e Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Select this option to override all previously configured permissions of the selected folder and its files and subfolders except owner protection The option Only the owner can delete the contents will not be applied to subfolders Properties Permission Permission Name Preview Ted Read Only admin Read Write t
255. er Tunes Web Server configuration page Username admin Password Note iTunes Server may be disabled or hidden on the following business models TS x70U TS x79 Pro and TS x79U To enable iTunes server please refer to System Administration in the General Settingsls section To configure the iTunes server settings and add smart playlists login the web page of iTunes server http NAS IP 3689 index html 435 Show advanced config Config File Location fmnt HDA ROOT config mt daapd conf Server Name KenTest659 iTunes The name iTunes and other daap clients should see Logfile Admin password admin The password for this administration interface Music Password The password clients need to access this server Music Folder fshare Multimedia Remove Music Folder fshare Public Remove Add music folder Extensions mp3 oma mip aif wav Playlist File How often should Firefly look for new files In seconds Connect the PC and the NAS to the same LAN and run iTunes on the PC Find the NAS name under SHARED and start to play the music files or playlists iM Depots Do Natal E Let It Snow Let Tt Snow Let TE S Caroling Carding Inge Bell Rock White Christmas Nate de Natal Paz Azul Erahms Lullaby E Ave Paria gl The Christmas Song ig Bons Pestas ig Um Anjo Do Ciu i In the Wee Small Hours of the Mo O5 1 Wi Gee You Everything mp3 ll
256. er and subfolder permissions on the NAS To edit basic folder permissions locate a folder name in Privilege Settings Shared Folders and click 2 uefiharad folded Advanced Permissions i Create Folder Name Dept Download Multimedia Public Recordings TedHome USBDisk1 USBDisk2 Usb Web homes test test 1 test02 testO3 test04 tecti a O9 User Groups Shared Quota Folders Folder amp ggregation A Domain Security Restore Default Shared Folders Size Folders 4KB 0 33 29 GB 10 18 42 MB 21 290 87 MB 9 32 KB 6 20 KB 3 694 02 GB 70 04 GB 12 KB 16 15 KB 836 03 KB 4 KB 4 KB 4 KB 4 KB 4 KB 4 KR 183 235 88 I 1 338379 13879 1 y Hidden Mo volume Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk USB 1 USB 2 Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Single Disk Sinale nisl Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 Nrive 1 Display item 1 22 Total 22 Show 50 v Items The folder name will be shown on the left and the users with configured access rights are shown in the panel You can also specify the guest access right at the bottom of the panel 336 Shared Folder Select
257. er of local NAS users supported See http docs qnap com nas en index html users htm for details Click Create a User g c v mw ub MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server Server Settings RADIUS Clients RADIUS Users Create a User p Username Status Action useri Enabled Hi Display item 1 1 Total 1 Show 10 w Items 6 Enter the username and password The username supports alphabets a z and A Z and numbers 0 9 only The password must be 8 32 characters a z A Z and 0 9 only Click Apply 511 F Create a User Mame Password Verity Password Cancel 7 Specify to grant dial in access to local NAS users Enable this option to allow the local NAS users to access the network services through the RADIUS clients using their NAS login name and password Click Apply m p a J MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server Server Settings RADIUS Clients RADIUS Users Enable RADIUS Server Grant dial in access to system user accounts Note RADIUS server only supports PAP EAP TLS PAP and EAP TTLS PAP authentication schemes for system user accounts Apply Note The RADIUS server only supports PAP EAP TLS PAP and EAP TTLS PAP authentication for local NAS user accounts 512 7 12 TFTP Server Configure the NAS as a TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol server for configuration manage
258. ermission 3 Download 3 7 Multimedia A testo3 Read Only a Public 00 Recordings 3 TedHome iL Employeed 3 Read Only 53 USBDiski 3 JUSBDIsk2 A admin Read sO Usb a EJ Web J Ted Read W 3 homes Guest access right Deny access v Add Remove 4 test 4 testo 4 testo Only admin can create files and folders Jtest03 Apply changes to files and subfolders a J testo4 nS a E m T J Employee072 Read Only Owner admin E7 IL Only the owner can delete the contents v Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Apply Clase 346 Applying the permissions to files and subfalders may take some time depending on the number of files and folders to be processed Do you want to apply the permissions now Are vou sure you want to continue 347 Microsoft Networking Host Access Control The NAS folders can be accessed via Samba connection Windows by default You can specify the IP addresses and hosts which are allowed to access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Click 2 2 amp m Users User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Shared Folder Advanced Permissions Folder Aggregation Create Restore Default Shared Folders p Folder Name Size Folders Hidden volume Action Dept 36 KB 6 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 E EJ63 Download 53 62 GB 13 183 No Single Disk Drive 1 ABB Multimedia 18 42 MB 21 235 No Single Disk Drive
259. esto Deny Access test z Deny Access testu 3 Deny Access Create User cip Guest access right Deny access Owner admin liz Only the owner can delete the contents Only admin can create files and folders Apply changes to files and subfolders Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders 618 Sharing Files To share the files on the NAS by the File Station right click the file s and select Share A Lily 1 jpq 7 MetalGea Create folder ESI rose jpg B Copy e SpaceMagil F5 Open Download Rename Move W Delete ax cut compressizip amp P Properties Note This feature can only be used by admin Select the IP or domain name of the NAS Select to create the link s in SSL optional and specify the expiration settings and enter a password optional 619 Create Download Links Domain name IP antest mvanapclaud cam v Create the link s in SSL https Expiration Expire in n Day s gg Hour s Valid until Always valid Password protection raptianal Share the download links through email Create Cancel To share the links by emails select Share the download links through email and enter the contents Click Create 620 Create Download Links Domain name IP 10 8 12 148 Create the link s in SSL https 2 Valid until O Always valid Password protection
260. et the administrator password and the system settings to default The disk data will be retained Basic system reset Advanced system reset 1 beep 2 beeps All NAS models Press the reset button for 3 sec Press the reset button for 10 sec Basic system reset 3 sec After pressing the reset button for 3 seconds a beep sound will be heard The following settings will be reset to default e System administration password admin e TCP IP configuration Obtain IP address settings automatically via DHCP e TCP IP configuration Disable Jumbo Frame e TCP IP configuration If port trunking is enabled dual LAN models only the port 232 trunking mode will be reset to Active Backup Failover e System port 8080 system service port e Security level Low Allow all connections e CD panel password blank e VLAN will be disabled e Service binding All NAS services run on all available network interfaces This feature is only provided by the NAS models with LCD panels Please visit http www gnap com for details Advanced system reset 10 sec After pressing the reset button for 10 seconds you will hear two beeps at the third and the tenth seconds The NAS will reset all the system settings to default as it does by the web based system reset in Administration Restore to Factory Default except all the data are reserved The settings such as the users user groups and the shared folders previously cre
261. ettings Users of Windows 7 with WPA2 encryption cannot establish ad hoc connection with the NAS Please change to use WEP encryption on Windows 7 e A fixed IP address is required for the wireless interface in order to establish an ad hoc connection Type in the security key 220 Connect to a Wi Fi network Wi Fi Network Property Network name QNAPHQ Security type WPA2 Personal Encryption type AES E Connect automatically when the Wi Fi network is in range Step 2 4 Cancel Click Finish after the NAS has added the Wi Fi network Connect to a Wi Fi network Wi Fi Network Property The system is trying to connect to a Wi Fi network Click FINISH to exit Step 4 4 Finish To edit the IP address settings click You can select to obtain the IP address automatically by DHCP or configure a fixed IP address 221 TCP IP um Co E IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address Edit Link Interface IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Q WLAN 1 10 8 14 6 255 255 254 0 0 0 0 0 00 14 D1 60 D If the Wi Fi connection is the only connection between the NAS and the router AP you must select WLAN1 as the default gateway in Network gt TCP IP page Otherwise the NAS will not be able to connect to the Internet or communicate with another network e a x amp E FY General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings
262. ettings gt Users and select Domain Users from the drop down menu The LDAP users list will be shown e Go to Privilege Settings gt User Groups and select Domain Groups from the drop down menu The LDAP groups will be shown e Specify the folder permissions of the LDAP domain users or groups in Privilege Settings Shared Folders Access Permissions 2 a a O th User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Shared Folder Advanced Permissions Folder 4ggregation Create Restore Default Shared Folders p Folder Name Size Folders Hidden Volume Action Dept 36 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 opg Download 53 62 GB No Single Disk Drive 1 ZIBB i Multimedia 18 42 MB No Single Disk Drive 1 ZB NAS 587 25 MB No ISO GAS Public 251 1 MB No Single Disk Drive 1 ces 381 Private Network Share Username LDAPuserl Folder Name Preview 5 2 E Download Read Only 3 3 Multimedia Read Write 3 Public Deny Access Recordings Deny Access Ew wj Ex Deny Access S Read Write e 3 Page i k bl a Display item 1 5 Total 6 Note 1 The permission settings of user and group will effect the result of preview 2 The privilege priority is Deny Access Deny gt Read Write RW gt Read Only RO Apply Cancel Technical requirements of LDAP authentication with Microsoft Networking Required items to authenticate the LDAP
263. etwork Access Protection Allow all connections Allow connections from the list only Add Genre IP Address or Net Access right Action Note If the list is empty all connections to the server will be allowed Apply Allow all connections To specify the IP addresses or host names select Allow connections from the list only and click Add 518 Network Access Protection Allow all connections IP Address or Net Access right Action Note If the list is empty all connections to the server will be allowed Apply Enter an IP address or specify a range of IP addresses by entering the IP and subnet mask Select the access right Read Only or Read Write By selecting Read Write the client server is allowed to delete the files on the local NAS Click Finish to exit Add IP Address Enter the IP addresses that are allowed to connect to the server IP Address Format IPvd Single IP address IP address Specify IP addresses of certain network by setting IP address and netmask IP address 10 8 10 Subnet Mask 255 0 w iO w 0 w Access right Read Write Mw Read Only Finish After saving the access rule click Apply and the NAS will restart to apply the settings 519 Network Access Protection Allow all connections amp Allow connections from the list only E Genre IP Address or Met Access right Network 10 8 0 0 8 Read Write Note If the list is
264. etwork in two ways Note e The wireless connection performance depends on many factors such as the adapter model the USB adapter s performance and the network environment For higher connection performance you are recommended to use wired connection The system supports only one USB Wi Fi dongle at a time A Connect to an existing Wi Fi network A list of Wi Fi access points with signal strength are displayed on the Wi Fi Network Connection panel Wi Fi Network Connection Connect to a Wi Fi network Rescan W Show all Network name SSID Signal qua Protocol Status Actions EY QNAP2F Room4 BASSRRRRRR 502 11b g n Connected m iz X QNAP2F 2 4G BOSHSAS808 802 11b 9 n zx ADSLDO1 BEER 802 115 g n DE oe AXIMCam2 BERE 802 11b g n P 52 BAARARARAR 802 115 g n m m mi mam aal Fo Doe Iil rean To search for the Wi Fi networks in range ry Secured This icon shows that the Wi Fi network requires a network network key enter the key to connect to the network D To connect to Wi Fi network If a security key is required you ML will be prompted to enter the key 216 To edit the connection information You may also select to connect to the Wi Fi network automatically when it is in range m Disconnect To disconnect from the Wi Fi network Remove To delete the Wi Fi network profile from the panel Select this option to display all the available Wi Fi networks Show all Unselect this opti
265. ew password Verity new password iv Miscellaneous Options Profle Wallpaper Change Password Ex Warn me when leaving QTS 3 Reopen windows when logging back into OTS I Show the desktop switching button Show the QNAP Utility tab IS Show the Dashboard button IS Show the MAS time on the desktop 77 e Warn me when leaving QTS Check this option and users will be prompted for confirmation each time they leave the QTS Desktop such as clicking the back icon QNAPMarketing x this option Q 5 qnapmarketi in the browser or close the browser Tt is advised to check e Reopen windows when logging back into QTS Check this option and all the current desktop settings such as the windows opened before your logout will be kept after you login the NAS the next time e Show the desktop switching button Check this option to hide the next desktop M and last desktop button B and only display them when you move your mouse cursor close to the buttons e Show the QNAP Utility tab Check this option to show the QNAP Mobile App QNAP Utility and Feedback tabs at the bottom of the Desktop e Show the Dashboard button If you would like to hide the Dashboard button f at the bottom right side of the NAS Desktop uncheck this option e Show the NAS time on the desktop If you prefer not to show the NAS time at bottom left side of the desktop uncheck this op
266. ews in the product package to lock the hard disk drives in the NAS when installing the hard drives for proper operation Do not place the NAS near any liquid Do not place the NAS on any uneven surface to avoid falling off and damage Make sure the voltage is correct in your location when using the NAS If unsure please contact the distributor or the local power supply company Do not place any object on the power cord Do not attempt to repair the NAS in any occasions Improper disassembly of the product may expose you to electric shock or other risks For any enquiries please contact the distributor The chassis also known as rack mount NAS models should only be installed in the server room and maintained by the authorized server manager or IT administrator The server room is locked by key or keycard access and only certified staff is allowed to enter the server room Warning A e Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the Same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions e Do NOT touch the fan inside the system to avoid serious injuries 13 2 Getting Started New NAS users are advised to follow the steps below one by one to complete their NAS installation For users who already own a QNAP NAS and would like to move the data to a new QNAP NAS please refer to Migrating from Old NASI621 for detailed instru
267. exceed 512 characters You can also submit your comments on the image file and view the comments from other users on All comments Each comment cannot exceed 128 characters Edit Caption Comment All comments Hame admin Comment Submit 649 Setting background music To set the background music of an image file or a folder of image files make sure you have created a playlist in Control Panel Playlist Editor to be introduced later in the Multimedia Station Open an image file in Media Center and click t Photo Frame Select the playlist and click Save To remove the background music you can select No music 650 Ho music 001 651 Creating album To create an album folder by the web based interface of the Multimedia Station locate the directory in Media Center Click S Create Album Hume music Sort Hame E Az Select Create New Album and enter the album name Click Next The album name must be 1 to 64 characters long and cannot contain lt gt Manage Album rae SS a we m Ld LT 2 LI mm TE a pe cm a Oe ET Create Mew Album al d Upload amp Organize To copy the files from other location in Media center to the album select File Copy choose the files to copy and click gt Then click File Copy to start copying the files 652 Manage Album Mate The files af the same na
268. fers to the version number of SQLiteManager 464 7 5 1 Virtual Host Virtual host is a web server technique that provides the capability to host more than one domain website on one physical host offers a cost effective solution for personal and small business with such need You can host multiple websites maximum 32 on the NAS with this feature In this tutorial we will use the information provided in the table below as the reference WAN LAN IP and Document root Demo web port application sitel mysite com WAN IP Qweb sitel mysite guide 111 222 333 444 site2 mysite com Qweb site2 mysite WordPress LAN IP 10 8 12 45 www mysite2 com NAS Qweb phpBB3 Port 80 NAS www mysite2 Before you start make sure you have checked the following items e Web Server Enable Web Server in Applications Web Server e DNS records The host name must point to the WAN IP of your NAS and you can normally configure this from your DNS service providers e Port forwarding If the web server listens on port 80 you need to configure port forwarding on your router to allow inbound traffic from port 80 to the LAN IP 10 8 12 45 of your NAS e SSL certificate import If you are going to enable SSL connection for the website and intend to use your own trusted SSL certificates you may import the certificate from within the administration backend under System Settings Security Certificate amp Private Key Follo
269. figure shared folder privileges for each shared folder please go to Control Panel Privilege Settings Users Advanced Folder Permissions are not supported Go to Control Panel Applications Media Library for detailed settings in the Media Library For configuration on the Media Library and privilege settings please refer to the chapter on Media Library 39 643 8 6 Multimedia Station The Multimedia Station is a web based application for viewing the photos playing music and videos on the NAS by a web browser and sharing files to popular social networking sites such as Facebook Plurk Twitter Blogger and so on To use the Multimedia Station follow the steps below 1 Go to Control Panel Applications Web Server Turn on the web server feature To allow access to the Multimedia Station by HTTPS turn on the option Enable Secure Connection SSL 2 Go to Control Panel gt Applications gt Station Manager gt Multimedia Station Enable the service 3 Enable the option Rescan media library and specify the time for the NAS to scan the media library daily The NAS will generate thumbnails retrieve media information and transcode videos for the newly added files at the specified time every day a D 6 x g Station HD Station Backup ITunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server Manager Station Server mA Photo Station Music Station __Multimedia Station Fi
270. files and play them in My Jukebox The album art and its information will be read from the ID3 tag automatically if applicable To create or edit your own playlist for My Jukebox go to Control Panel Playlist Editor Note that only the administrators can edit the playlists The playlists in My Jukebox will be shared with all the users of the Multimedia Station Control Panel User Management You can create multiple user accounts on the Multimedia Station Note that the user accounts created here are different from the system accounts you create on NAS Privilege Settings Users Click Add User to create a user The maximum number of users the Multimedia Station supports is 128 including admin Media Canter My Jukebox conirel Panel Enter the user information The username only supports alphabets A Z and a z numbers 0 9 dash and underscore _ The username cannot exceed 32 characters Specify whether or not the user is an administrator and the folders that the user can or cannot access Click Save Note that the password must be 1 to 16 characters long It can only contain A Z a z 0 9 Yo _ 665 Add User Username Password verify Password Description is Admin m Disabled Inaccessible Folder Accessible Folder MUSIC photos video Save Cancel The users are shown on the list You can edit the user information delete the user or change the lo
271. fy the number of seconds to wait in between each retry For example if you entered 600 seconds for timeout 3 retries and 60 seconds for retry intervals a replication job will timeout in 600 seconds if no data is received The NAS will wait for 60 seconds and try to execute the job a second time If the job timed out again the NAS wait for another 60 seconds and retry for a third time SS You can configure the following settings far the Remote Replication jobs It Is recommended to use the default values Timeout second 600 Number of retries 3 Retry intervals second 60 Cancel 532 RTRR Real time Remote Replication RTRR provides real time or scheduled data replication between the local NAS and a remote NAS an FTP server or an external drive or replication between two local folders In real time mode the source folder will be monitored and any files that are new changed and renamed will be replicated to the target folder immediately In scheduled mode the source folder will be replicated to the target folder according to the pre defined schedule If the backup destination is a NAS you must first enable RTRR server Main Menu Backup Station RTRR Server or FTP service Main Menu Control Panel Network Services FTP on the remote NAS NAS models Maximum number of replication jobs supported Intel based NAS Prior to v3 5 0 ARM based Non Intel Prior to v3 5 0 RTRR
272. g to the settings in System Settings gt Power Recovery 293 General Storage Network Security Hardware Settings Manager EuP Mode Configuration Wake on LAN WOL Resume the server to the previous power on or power off status Turn on the server automatically The server should remain off 294 Power Power Schedule Notification Firmware Update 4 11 System Status System Information View the summary of system information such as the server name memory firmware and system up time on this page System Status Network Status System Service Hardware Information Resource Monitor Summary Server name MASCOS1FF Model name TS 121 Serial number O124B419457 Total memory 1011 1 MB Firmware version 4 0 0 Build 20130411 System up time 6 day 23 Hour Z3 Minuters Time zone GMT 08 00 Beijing Chongqing Hang Kong Urumai Filename encoding English 295 Network Status View the current network settings and statistics on this page and they are displayed based on network interfaces click the up arrow at top right to collapse the interface page and down arrow to expand the page System Status System Information Network Status System Service Hardware Information Resource Monitor Ethernet 1 Link p IP address 192 168 0 17 DHCP MAC address D0 08 8B Cc8 41 FF Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 DNS ble eos ole ee ost Packets received 13142160 Packets sent 18240597
273. ge the folder owner clic LJ Shared Folder Select permission type Users and groups permission 2 Edit the user and group permissions for access from Windows Mac FTP and File Station Shares BL Dept permissions Preview Read On Read Wril Deny Acces Special Permission 3 J Download x 3 Multimedia JS testo Read Only M E E E a Public 00 Recordings 3 LJTedHome SS Employeed 3 Read Only 3 USBDiski 3 JUSBDIsk2 A admin Read usb 3L Web si homes Guest access right Deny access Remove atest cS 1 testo Owner admin lit Only the owner can delete the contents 4 testo Only admin can create files and folders Jtest03 Apply changes to files and subfolders 3 jtest 4 DES toe J Employeed 2 Read Only v JL Ted Read bul v Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Clase Select a user from the list or search a username Then click Set Local Users Search to select the user admin Ted testi1 testo test 3 Emplayeen7z Employeed 3 Tee lane r7 A e Only the owner can delete the contents When you apply this option to a folder e g Dept only the folder owner can delete the first level subfolders and files Users who are not the owner but possess read write permission to the folder cannot delete the folders Admin HR Production Sales and test in this example This option does not 344 apply to the subfolde
274. ger or IT administrator Some system settings will be removed after system migration due to a different system design Configure the following settings again on the new NAS e Windows AD e Some apps need to be resintalled 64 3 QTS Basics and Desktop Introducing QTS ee Using QTS Desktopl70 65 3 1 Introducing QTS Built on a Linux foundation QTS 4 0 Turbo NAS operating system is shaped from the optimized kernel to deliver high performance services satisfying your needs in file storage management backup multimedia applications and surveillance and more The intuitive multi window and multi tasking QTS 4 0 GUI make it incredibly easy to manage your Turbo NAS utilize its rich home applications enjoy multimedia collections with more fun and install a rich set of applications in the App Center on demand to expand your Turbo NAS experience Moreover QTS 4 0 adds value to business applications with its abundant features including file sharing iSCSI and virtualization backup privilege settings and so on effectively increasing business efficiency Coupled with various utilities and smart mobile apps QTS 4 0 is the ultimate platform for building a personal or private cloud synchronizing data and sharing files Storage Management QTS4 0 Virtualization Cloud Service 66 Click the figure above to check for more details 67 Turbo NAS for Home Easily enrich home entertainment and
275. gin password Note that the default account admin cannot be deleted User Management I Username Description Disabled Is Admin admin System Administra M T IM N Edit User Delete User Change Password 666 Changing Password You can change the administrator password in this section The password must be 1 to 16 characters long The password can only contain A Z a z 0 9 Yo _ Media Center cE My Jukebox Control Panel ya Change Password lher himpen Old Password Plast F New Password Photo Frame Settings Verify Password Tae Folkia Pub r Playlist Editor To create a playlist enter Playlist Editor Select an existing playlist from the drop down menu or click Add to create a playlist Next select the music files from the left column folders on the Multimedia Station and click gt to add the files to the playlist Click Save and then Close After creating the playlist you can play it in My Jukebox Maximum number of characters in a 24 playlist 667 Playlist Editor Playlist Tm add Delete 12 Household of Faith mp3 11 in Remembrance of Me mp3 10 Shine on Ls mp3 09 How Beautiful mp3 08 Go There with YOu mps 07 Love Will Be Our Home mp3 06 God Causes All Things to Grow mp3 05 Answered Prayer mp3 04 If You Could See What See mp3 03 Celebrate Tou mp3 02 Can t Live a Day mp3 01 Love of My Life mp3 zl F
276. gle Disk Drive 1 test Recycle Bin Enable Description Access right By User Access Userfllser group admin Ted test01 test test 3 Step 6 7 Cancel 7 Click Finish to complete the setup 333 Create A Shared Folder Create A Shared Folder The new shared folder has been created successfully Click FINISH to exit Step 7 7 Finish To delete a shared folder select the folder checkbox and click Remove You can select the option Also delete the data Mounted ISO image files will not be deleted to delete the folder and the files in it If you select not to delete the folder data the data will be retained in the NAS You can create a shared folder of the same name again to access the data 334 All the selected shared folder s will be removed and the selected ISO shares will be unmounted 4re you sure O Also delete the data Mounted ISO image files will not be deleted e oo pew oo Folder property Folder permissions Refresh Edit the folder property Select to hide or show the network drive enable or disable oplocks folder path comment restrict the access of Recycle Bin to administrators files can only be recovered by administrators from the Network Recycle Bin and enable or disable write only access on FTP connection Edit folder permissions and subfolder permissions Refresh the shared folder details 335 Folder Permissions Configure fold
277. gs during the installation process No matter where you are you can access and share all the data stored on your QNAP NAS anytime and anywhere without care just by the internet Ol don t have myQNAPcloud account and would like to create one If you don t have myQNAPcloud account please set your primary email address as myQNAPcloud ID QID first You can also choose Create later fJ Sign in myQNAPcloud account If you already have myQNAPcloud account you can sign in right away Create myQNAPcloud account myQNAPcloud ID QID eg example Password Verify password First name Last name Mobile number 886 7 I agree to myQNAPcloud Terms of Use and QNAP Privacy Policy Copyright QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved Note Before proceeding to Step 4 please be sure to activate your myQNAPcloud account after your account registration is confirmed an email will be sent to the email address provided to create your myQNAPcloud account and the account activation link will be included in that email For details please refer to the chapter on myQNAPcloud Servicek7 in this manual If you already have a myQNAPcloud account please select Sign in myQNAPcloud account and login with your account credentials 5 Type in the name of your Turbo NAS to register it and click Register 38 cy myQNAPcloud English 1 Sign in and register 2 Installing your NAS Register myQNAPcloud device name
278. hard drive of the NAS The NAS will unlock the encrypted external storage device automatically every time the device is connected Click Format to proceed Format External 5torage Drive File System 4b ExT4 w Mainly for NAS and Linux UNIX environment Encryption AES 128 bits 25 Password Verity Password Save encryption key Format Cancel Click OK and all the data will be cleared All disk data will be removed 4re you sure Cancel 254 The device will be Ready after disk initialization Y LU SBDisk3 Generic Tatal 3 83 GB EXT4J used 133 12 MB gg Free 3 70 GB Ready Eject Eject offers two different options Disconnect disk partition allows you to remove a single disk partition or a disk drive in a multi drive enclosure Remove device allows you to disconnect external storage devices without the risk of losing any data when the device is removed First choose a device to eject click Eject and then to disconnect the disk partition or remove the device PY Backup External System System Logs Restore Device Status USB Printer UPS Storage Information Format Eject Data Sharing Disconnect disk partition T LISBDisk1 T USB Remove device Starelet PI 288 Taotal 688 63 GB NTFS Total 465 76 GB NTFS ee Used 694 64 GB D Used 70 25 GB lg Free 3 99 GB g Free 395 51 GB Ready Ready Encryption management If an
279. have effect only when accessing the NAS from Windows File Explorer Users connecting to the NAS via FTP AFP or File Station will only have share level permissions e When Windows ACL and Advanced Folder Permissions are both enabled users cannot configure Advanced Folder Permissions from the NAS UI The permissions Read only Read Write and Deny of Advanced Folder Permissions for AFP File Station and FTP will automatically follow Windows ACL configuration 362 5 4 Quota To allocate the disk volume efficiently you can specify the quota that can be used by each user When this function is enabled and a user has reached the disk quota the user cannot upload any data to the server anymore By default no limitations are set for the users You can modify the following options e Enable quota for all users e Quota size on each disk volume O User Groups Quota Domain Security Quota Enable quota for all users Quota size on the disk 100 MB Note To change the individual user quota size go to Users gt Edit Account Profile Apply After applying the changes the quota settings will be shown Click Generate to generate a quota settings file in CSV format After the file has been generated click Download to save it to your specified location 363 User Groups Shared Domain Folders Security Quota Enable quota for all users Quota size on the disk 100 MB Note To change the individual user quota
280. he Home folder Click E to add an album Note that unlike album all entries listed under an album are physical files So when a file is dragged and dropped to the album under Private Collection that file is moved to that album Right click an album to rename download remove or add it to sharing management Click to delete an album Recent Include photos and videos recently imported within a month from local device or taken with a camera or recording device Slideshow List all slideshows Click to add a slideshow Drag and drop photos to 627 add them to a slideshow Right click a slideshow to rename or download that feat o slideshow Click OU to delete a slideshow click a slideshow and then on top to play that slideshow Sharing management List all photos videos albums and slideshows already shared using the sharing feature in the right panel Right click an entry a menu will show up and choose to download email publish and share that entry from the menu refer to Cw the Sharing feature in the right panel later in this chapter for details Click o to delete a slideshow Trash Can All photos and videos deleted can be found here and right click the deleted item in the Trash Can to recover or permanently delete them Note that only deleted physical files instead of virtual links will show up in the trash can Right Panel and Photo Video Sharing Management EXIF i Review ph
281. he NAS Note that the number Shown next to the category name is the number of app updates available now e All Apps List all apps that can be installed on the NAS e QNAP Select List apps developed by QNAP e Recommended List apps recommended by QNAP they could be developed by QNAP or third party developers e Beta Lab List beta apps for your first hand experiences 725 e Apps by types From Backup Sync to Education those are app categories listed to facilitate your app searches To search for an app click the desired category introduced above or key in the keyword in the search box Note that the search box will only search for apps within the selected category T DJ Station x My Apps Update FJ DJ Station All Apps Entertainment QNAP Select 1 2 267 n AddToQTS Beta Lab Business Partner Backup Sync Business OO0 OG lt Q Communications Developer Tools Content Management Aa Download Entertainment surveillance A Utilities f Education 726 Installing updating and removing apps To install an app click the Add to QTS button and the installation process will begin DJ Station Entertainment After the installation process is complete the Add to QTS button will turn to the Launch button and you can directly click this button to launch this newly installed app This newly installed app will then show up in My
282. he remote replication job name 3 Select the usage type Upload or Download and enter other settings A bucket is the root directory on Amazon S3 You can test the connection to the remote host testing by clicking Test Other settings are optional 550 m Create a Replication Jah Amazon S3 Usage Type Upload 25 Access Kew AKIALF3U3SUDAHNASE Secret Kev Remate Path aws uplaads Bucket Directary Remate Hast Testing Test Maximum number af retries 0 99 Maximum upload rate KB s Perform incremental replication Delete extra files on remote destination Enable Server Side Encryption amp Enable Reduced Redundency Storage amp Step 2 5 Back Cancel 4 Specify the local directory on the NAS for replication 5 Enter the replication schedule 6 Click Finish The replication job will be executed according to your schedule 551 ElephantDrive To use ElephantDrive Service select Enable ElephantDrive Service Enter your email and password for the ElephantDrive service If you do not have an account enter the information and click Create Backup Station AAA E E ij i amp Backup Server Rsync Server elephant RTRR Server Time Machine Enable ElephantDrive service BA Remote Replication ElephantDrive service O NAS to NAS E mail tatehuangi amp qnap cor Rsync y Password LEETE EEEI RTRR l verify password eccccccel 4 amp 9 Cloud B
283. he time interval for synchronization This option can be used only when the NAS is connected to the Internet General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update System Administration Ime Daylight Saving Time Codepage Password Strength Login Screen Current date and time 2013 05 09 10 14 34 Thursday Time zone GMT 08 00 Bejing Chongqing Hong Kong Urumqi Date and time format yyyy MM DD w 24HR iy Time setting amp Manual setting Date Time 2013 05 09 3 10 ga amp 13 pm id4 px Synchronize with an Internet time server automatically Set the server time the same as your computer time Update Note The first time synchronization may take several minutes to complete 89 Daylight Saving Time If your region adopts daylight saving time DST turn on the option Adjust system clock automatically for daylight saving time Click Apply The latest DST schedule of the time zone specified in the Time section will be shown The system time will be adjusted automatically according to the DST aS G kt YF e g General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update System Administration Time aylight Saving Time Codepage Password Strength Login Screen Time zone GMT 08 00 Beijing Chongqing Hong Kong Urumqi Recent daylight saving time i get Offset minutes W Adjust system clock automatically for daylight saving tim
284. hem into the media library These files are compiled to a library for multimedia applications as indexing purposes The system will automatically generate thumbnails of photos music and videos and allows you to have a better experience while browsing Current Status Ready Last modified 2013 05 12 11 12 56 Real time scan new files added to the library Scan by schedule Daily start time End time 2 Manual scan Scannow Multimedia code page setting Source data default code page English CP1252 nS Rebuild media library indexing Rebuild media library indexing will restructure the media library database The process will remove the old structure of media library and create a new one Rebuild media library indexing Apply Check the Enable Media Library to enable this service Note e ilr unes Server may be disabled or hidden on the following business models x70OU x79 Pro and x79U To enable iTunes server please refer to System Administration in the General Settings e7 section 439 e If the media library is not enabled services like the Photo Station and Music Station as well as the DLNA Media Server will not function properly Scan Setting Three options are provided for the media scan e Real time scan New files are scanned in real time as soon as they are added to the media folders e Scan by schedule Here you can specify the start and end time for the scan and
285. hey were not connecting to the services via the specified network interface s The specified network interface s will be used for the next connected session Proxy Enter the proxy server settings to allow the NAS to access the Internet through a proxy server for live update of the firmware virus definition update and App add ons download 226 amp A General Storage Network Security Settings Manager TCP IP Wi Fi IPv6 Service Binding Use a proxy server Proxy server http Port number Authentication Hardware DDNS Service 227 Power Notification Firmware Update DDNS Service To allow remote access to the NAS using a domain name instead of a dynamic IP address enable the DDNS service amp 4 amp fs FG BB General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update TCP IP Wi Fi IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service DDNS Service ro O Enable Dynamic DNS Service Enter the account information you registered with the DDNS provider Current WAN IP 61 62 220 74 The NAS supports the DDNS providers http www dyndns com http update ods org http www dhs org http www dyns cx http www 3322 org http www no ip com 228 4 4 Security Security Level Specify the IP address or the network domain from which the connections to the NAS are allowed or denied When the connection of a host server is d
286. hly Repeat Every Time Cancel 7 Specify other options as follows for the remote replication job by clicking the Options button and click Apply 529 Enable encryption Select this option to execute encrypted remote replication Note that you must turn on Allow SSH connection in Network Services Telnet SSH and specify the same port number for SSH and encrypted remote replication Activate file compression Turn on this option to allow file compression during the data transfer process This option is recommended for low bandwidth environment or remote replication over WAN Perform incremental replication When this option is turned on after the first time replication the NAS will only back up the files that have been changed since the last backup The files of the same name size and modified time will not be copied again You are recommended to turn on this option for the replication job which will be executed for more than once in order to shorten the backup time Delete extra files on remote destination Select the option to synchronize the source data with the destination data one way synchronization Extra files on the destination will be deleted Source data will remain unchanged Handle sparse files efficiently A sparse file is a type of computer file that contains large blocks of zero byte data Turning on this option may reduce the time required for remote replication Options Enable encrypti
287. home folder for all users Disk Yolume Single Disk Drive 1 Cancel 324 5 2 User Groups A user group is a collection of users with the same access right to the files or folders The NAS has created the following user groups by default e administrators All the members in this group have the administration right of the NAS This group cannot be deleted e everyone All the registered users belong to everyone group This group cannot be deleted The number of user groups you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of NAS models user groups TS 110 TS 210 TS 112 TS 119 TS 119P TS 212 TS 219P TS 410 TS 239 Pro II TS 259 Prot 512 TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Pro TS 459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro II TS 659 Pro TS 659 Pro II TS 859 Pro TS 859U RP TS 859U RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP A group name must not exceed 256 characters It is case insensitive and supports double byte characters such as Chinese Japanese and Korean except the following ones PNA Loe ll Sapa ee ee 325 User Groups Shared Domain Folders Security Aj Group Name Action E administrators OBE everyone i
288. ibrary Share with Burn New folder Jr Favorites E EE Desktop Te Jg Downloads Photo Share sharefalder Qsync Cx i Recent Places BE Desktop 153 Libraries Documents 2 For mobile devices Qfile copy or move files into the Qsync folder 3 Forthe NAS copy or move files to the Qsync folder via the File Station web based file explorer O Fie station x File Station eoe umm create folder Upload A More Action v LS aij i t 0 Multimedia Qsync gt Camera Uploads b Public Name Modified Date k Recordings amp k Usb e C3 web ii Alex amp C Drive C A E video 2013 05 13 13 18 58 cx DATA D Qsync Recycle Bin Share File Sharing Camera Uploads 2013 05 13 16 59 17 5 Photo 1 2013 05 13 13 05 49 Recycle Bin ld 4 Page i yil bol Show 20 v Items 407 Note e If files are dragged and dropped to the Qsync folder they will be moved to the Qsync folder instead of being copied into the folder if the files and the Qsync folder are on the same disk drive The behavior is the same as the Windows File Explore The maximum size of a single file that Qsync can transmit is 50GB in a LAN Qsync does not support SAMBA FTP or AFP for files access Please access files using the File Station or Qsync Qfile can only synchronize the file list and does not download the files to a mobile device Please download the files when you n
289. icensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material or modified versions of it with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors All other non permissive additional terms are considered further restrictions within the 744 meaning of section 10 If the Program as you received it or any part of it contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction you may remove that term If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section you must place in the relevant source files a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms Additional terms permissive or non permissive may be stated in the form of a separately written license or stated as exceptions the above requirements apply either way 8 Termination You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void and will automatically termi
290. ich provides host name registration mapping of the dynamic NAS IP to a domain name and auto port mapping of UPnP router on the local network Use the myQNAPcloud wizard to register a unique host name for the NAS configure automatic port forwarding on the UPnP router and publish NAS services for remote access over the Internet myQNAPcloud 2066 0O 2J A myQNAPcloud c Remote Access Services Auto Router Configuration VPN DDNS Cloud Portal get Started myQNAPcloud CloudLink Beta Cloud Services Remote Access Services Symform ElephantDrive Auto Router Configuration DDNS Cloud Portal Amazon S3 p PPTP ff e dy Open VPN m Enable this function to allow QNAP Windows utility Create your personal cloud to access to your NAS from the myQNAPcloud connect allows you publish various application Internet via an UPnP router to establish VPN connections for services at the myQNAPcloud secure data transfer over the portal network CloudLink The CloudLink feature allows you to access the files on the NAS and monitor the status by mobile apps when you are at home or on the go To use the myQNAPcloud service make sure the NAS has been connected to an UPnP router and the Internet and click the myQNAPcloud shortcut from the NAS Desktop or Main Menu 576 A NASESFIFF APPLICATIONS MmyYQNAPCOUG Downoad Station e LE Qsyie beta App center 577 Control Panel zielggiin M
291. ick setup O myQNAPcloud TS 421 English 1 Sign in and register 2 Installing your NAS Start Quick Setup Congratulations You have completed the myQNAPcloud Settings Click Start to set up your QNAP NAS now Copyright QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 9 Confirm all details and click Proceed 40 c myQNAPcloud English 1 Sign in and register 2 Installing your NAS FUERTE c n CERE UU am T EUR EUM a a amar I TUER UE Quick Setup Please review the following settings and click Proceed to continue Don t worry You can modify these settings later in the NAS administration page NAS Name NASCFOS9E Username admin Password Default password admin IP Address DHCP Time Zone GMT 08 00 Beijing Chongqing Hong Kong Urumqi Date Time 2013 05 13 19 49 21 Disk Configuration Single Total Storage Capacity 232 89 GB Bad Block Scan No Tip You may click on the above texts to change the settings eS SS 10 Follow the onscreen instructions 41 cy myQNAPcloud TS 421 English 1 Sign in and register 2 Installing your NAS Build Up a Fun Multimedia Center Collect videos music and photos and enjoy them in fun ways It s never been easier to view photos listen to music and watch Full HD 1080p movies on your HDTV The builtin media server streams content to PS3 Xbox 360 any DLNA certified TV or other network media players The Turbo NAS brings to life the
292. id cf4bcl Step 12 15 5 Specify the snapshot schedule and the snapshot duration The snapshot will be removed automatically when the snapshot duration is reached 193 Create a LUN Snapshot Snapshot Schedule Select schedule Snapshot duration Step 13 15 6 The settings will be shown Enter a name for the job or use the one generated by the NAS Click Next 194 Create a LUN Snapshot Confirm Settings Job Name Snapshot_myLUNO3 gt snap myLUNOS Source LUN myLUNOS LUN Snapshot Name snap myLUNOS Map LUN to Target a iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 5698pro iscsi a01 cfdbci Schedule Now Step 14 15 e Cancel 7 Click Finish to exit 195 Create a LUN Snapshot Setup complete Congratulations The settings have been completed Click Finish to exit the wizard Step 15 15 Finish 8 The snapshot will be created immediately The status and duration will be shown on the list 3 E x f 0 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Portal Management Current Jobs Create a Job Action Target Management Job Name Type Status Advanced ACL P Backup Finished mm Em ERE GREEN Schedule Now 2013 05 28 16 48 58 Restore backup myLUNO1 5tes Recovery TRE e a Snapshot myLUNO3 snap my EE NOM Snapshot is enabled
293. id devices Vasa Sign up now Handy utilities assist you anytime Remote access on the go Click your login ID next to the Enter device name box and select My Devices from the drop down menu to review your device details including the name DDNS address LAN and WAN IP a Enter device name My Account Sign out 585 de myQNAPcloud D Enter device name Go Welcome NAS 3 AL My Profile am My Devices NASQTS TS 669 Pro myQNAPcloud device name NASQTS myQNAPcloud internet NASQTS myqnapcloud com address LAN IP 10 8 12 148 WAN IP 61 62 220 74 Firmware version 4 0 2 Last update time 2013 09 11 15 52 16 Or select My Account to check your profile change your password and monitor your account activity a Enter device name 1 Why Devices My Account sign aut 586 c myQNAPcloud i Enter device name 3o Welcome NAS ge AA Profile Your myQNAPcloud ID QID nas qts gmail com First name Last name Gender Birthday Mobile number Get latest QNAP information from email Preferred language CC myQNAPcloud i Enter device name Welcome NAS A My Profile Profile e Change Password Change Password ivities Old password Your old password am My Devices New password Must be 6 characters long at least NASQTS Confirm password Must be 6 characters long at least Change 587 c myQNA Pcloud i Enter device name S
294. ification making available to the public and in some countries other activities as well To convey a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies Mere interaction with a user through a computer network with no transfer of a copy is not conveying An interactive user interface displays Appropriate Legal Notices to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that 1 displays an appropriate copyright notice and 2 tells the user that there is no warranty for the work except to the extent that warranties are provided that licensees may convey the work under this License and how to view a copy of this License If the interface presents a list of user commands or options such as a menu a prominent item in the list meets this criterion 1 Source Code The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it Object code means any non source form of a work A Standard Interface means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body or in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language one that is widely used among developers working in that language The System Libraries of an executable work include anything other than the work as a whole that a is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component but which is not part of that Maj
295. igation including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making using selling offering for sale or importing the Program or any portion of it 11 Patents A contributor is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based The work thus licensed is called the contributor s contributor version A contributor s essential patent claims are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor whether already acquired or hereafter acquired that would be infringed by some manner permitted by this License of making using or selling its contributor version but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version For purposes of this definition control includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the 746 requirements of this License Each contributor grants you a non exclusive worldwide royalty free patent license under the contributor s essential patent claims to make use sell offer for sale import and otherwise run modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version In the following three paragraphs a patent license is any express agreement or commitment however denominated not to enforce a patent such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infr
296. ill change based on HDD health 83 Resource Monitor The CPU RAM and bandwidth usages are displayed here Click the Resource Monitor header to open the corresponding page in System Status for details Please note that if the port trunking feature is activated the bandwidth statistic is the combined usage of all NICs Storage The shared folder top five largest folders volume and storage statistics are summarized here Click the Storage header to open the corresponding page in System Status for details Hardware The system and HDD temperatures fan speeds and hardware usages are summarized here Please note that the statistics listed here vary based on the NAS model purchased Click the Hardware header to open the corresponding page in System Status for details Online Users All users currently connected to the NAS are listed here To disconnect or block a user or IP right click the user and choose the desired actions Click the Online Users header to open the corresponding page in System Logs for details Scheduled Tasks Tasks scheduled are listed here Click the task dropdown list to list only the chosen category and the time drop down list to specify the time range for tasks to be listed News NAS related news from QNAP will be listed here Click the news link to visit the corresponding webpage on the QNAP website All widgets within the Dashboard can be dragged onto the desktop for monitoring specific details The Da
297. in the LDAP directory and allow the users to connect to multiple NAS servers with the same username and password This feature is intended for administrator and users who have some knowledge about Linux servers LDAP servers and Samba An LDAP server which is up and running is required when using the LDAP feature of the QNAP NAS Required information settings e The LDAP server connection and authentication information e The LDAP structure where the users and groups are stored e The LDAP server security settings Follow the steps below to connect the QNAP NAS to an LDAP directory Login the web interface of the NAS as an administrator 2 Goto Privilege Settings Domain Security By default the option No domain security is enabled That means only the local NAS users can connect to the NAS 3 Select LDAP authentication and complete the settings 378 O E User Groups Shared Domain Folders Security No domain security Local users only Active Directory authentication Domain member LDAP authentication Select the type of LDAP server Remote LDAP server Status LDAP server host 10 8 12 153 LDAP security Idap Base DN dc qnap dc com Root DN cn admin dc qnap dc com Password Users base DN ou people dc qnap dc com Group base DN ou group dc qnap dc com You can enable LDAP authentication for Microsoft Networking Samba Current Samba ID S 1 5 21 3759172556 4194910773 1185398781 e LDAP Server Host
298. ing features that QNAP Turbo NAS offers to businesses Large data storage backup and file sharing center Supports both scale up and scale out solution for large storage capacity demand Advanced storage management with dynamic thin provisioning SSD caching and JBOD expansion functions Trustworthy data security and data encryption The reliable IP SAN storage iSCSI as primary and secondary storage for virtualization environment Private cloud storage Free and large capacity for Dropbox style data sync Over 90 Install on demand applications via the App Center Development Center for 3rd party partners to build apps on the Turbo NAS 69 3 2 Using QTS Desktop After you finish the basic NAS setup and login to the NAS the following desktop will appear Each main desktop feature is introduced in the following sections Main Menu Show Toolbar Notification 4 Desktop n i A NASCISIFF Q On A seimi y or E 1a 2 Bownload Station e a s M 9 nite ON4AP Mobile 4pp LAST Ta Thursday July 4 H T oolbar Main Menu Click Fr to show the Main Menu It includes three parts 1 QNAP applications 2 system features and settings and 3 third party applications Items under APPLICATIONS are developed by QNAP to enhance your NAS experience Items under SYSTEMS are key system features designed to manage or optimize your NAS Items at the bottom section of the menu are applications designed and sub
299. ing up Printer Connection in Windows 7 The following description applies to Windows 7 Follow the steps below to set up your printer connection 1 Go to Devices and Printers 4 Getting Started e Windows Media Center Documents es Pictures E Snipping Tool Music Z Paint Games A Remote Desktop Connection Computer e Magnifier j Solitaire Control Panel Devices and Printers Default Programs Help and Support All Programs Windows Security Search programs and files 2 Click Add a printer 265 WTCLEAN PC 4 Printers and Faxes 23 Microsoft XPS Document Writer 3 In the Add printer wizard click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer What type of printer do you want to install gt Add a local printer Use this option only if you don t have a USB printer Windows automatically installs USB printers when you plug them in Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Make sure that your computer is connected to the network or that your Bluetooth or wireless printer is tumed on 4 While Windows is searching for available network printers click The printer that I want isn t listed 266 G m Add Printer Searching for available printers Printer Hame Addres Cancel 5 Click Select a shared printer by name and then enter the address of the network printer The address is in the following format http NAS IP 631 printers ServernamePR where the NAS IP
300. ingement To grant such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party If you convey a covered work knowingly relying on a patent license and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy free of charge and under the terms of this License through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means then you must either 1 cause the Corresponding Source to be so available or 2 arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work or 3 arrange in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License to extend the patent license to downstream recipients Knowingly relying means you have actual knowledge that but for the patent license your conveying the covered work in a country or your recipient s use of the covered work in a country would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid If pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement you convey or propagate by procuring conveyance of a covered work and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use propagate modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it A patent li
301. iniupnp free fr or http miniupnp tuxfamily org for more information List of UPNP devices found on the network desc http 10 8 12 103 2869 upnphost udhisapi dll contentzsuuid fd5aff 5 f6 cb 4607 8f14 78d35a7bf081 st upnp rootdevice If the UPnP router is incompatible with the NAS click and then click UPnP Router Compatibility Feedback http www gnap co o compatibility router html to contact the technical support Your router does not support UPAP protocol ar you have not enabled the UPnP function an the router LUPnP Router Compatibility Feedback Select the NAS services to be allowed for remote access Click Apply to Router The NAS will configure the port forwarding on the UPnP router automatically You will then be able to access the NAS services from the Internet 592 Service Mame Protocol Web Administration includes File Station D TCP Secure Web Administration TCP FIP FTPS with SSL TLS Server TCP Telnet Server TCR SSH server SFTP server ez CP Web Server Multimedia Station au TCP Secure Web Server 5081 TCF Remote Replication 973 5899 TCP VPN Server PPTP 1 23 TCP VPN Server OpenVPN 1134 UDF Note e If more than two NAS are connected to one UPnP router please specify a different port for each NAS If the router does not support UPnP users are required to configure port forwarding manually on the router Please refer to the links below Application note http
302. ions for secure data transfer over the network Enable the CloudLink function Access the files on your NAS remotely or monitor and manage system status Step 4 4 7 If any of the settings is unsuccessful follow the instructions provided to troubleshoot the issues After the wizard is finished a confirmation email will be sent to the email account specified Click Confirm Registration from the email and proceed to complete the registration process 583 Dear Mr Mrs Thanks for registering myQNAPcloud account Your myQNAPcloud ID QID is NAS QTS Qigmail com Click the link below to confirm registration Notice The link will automatically expire after 30 days When someone creates a QNAP User Account this email will be sent automatically Your email address must be validated Then you can start to access more services provided by QNAP with the QNAP User Account For more information please refer ta Thank you QNAP Customer Support 584 Manage and configure your myQNAPcloud account Click Manage myQNAPcloud Account on top of the page after launching myQNAPcloud or log into your account at http www myqnapcloud com myQNAPcloud myQNAPcloud ID QID NAS QTS gmail com myQNAPcloud Device Name NASQTS sion out myQNAPcloud CC myQNA Pcloud i Enter device name Connection Logs ata Glance The myQNAPcloud automatically records your connection histo on Windows Mac Linux iOS or Andro
303. is folder anytime through WebDAV A shortcut has also been created in My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Took Help D p p gt Search E Folders ii 452 Windows Vista If you are using Windows Vista you might need to install the Software Update for Web Folders KB907306 This update is for 32 bit Windows OS only http www microsoft com downloads details aspx FamilyId 17c36612 632e 4c04 9382 987622ed1d64 amp displaylang en 1 Right click Computer and select Map Network Drive Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties 2 Click Connect to a Web site that you can use to store your documents and pictures 453 What network folder would you like to map Specify the drive letter for the connection and the folder that you want to connect to Folder Example server share 4 Reconnect at logon Connect using Finish 3 Select Choose a custom network location 454 en Add Networ Locatic Where do you want to create this network location Choose a custom network location L Specify the address of a website network location or FTP site 4 Enter the URL of your NAS with the folder name Format http NAS IP or HOST NAME SHARE FOLDER NAME 455 Specify the location of your website Type the address of the website FTP site or network location that this shortcut will open 5 Enterthe username and pas
304. is that same work 2 Basic Permissions All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output given its content constitutes a covered work This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent as provided by copyright law You may make run and propagate covered works that you do not convey without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you or provide you with facilities for running those works provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf under your direction and control on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below Sublicensing is not allowed section 10 makes it unnecessary 3 Protecting Users Legal Rights From Anti Circumvention Law No covered work shall be deemed part of an effecti
305. isplay item 1 20 Total 20 Show 100 Items ry m ry E py pm nmi ry g 317 Import Export Users You can import users to or export users from the NAS with this function Note The password rules if applicable will not be applied when importing the users Export users Follow the steps below to export users from the NAS 1 Click Import Export Users co User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Create Delete Home Folders Local Users Create a User Description Quota Action Create Multiple Users auminieurrar zy e Import Export Users User testO1 test02 test03 F test04 test05 test 6 test07 F testos 3 Page 1 fl Display item 1 12 Total 12 Show 20 vw Items 2 Select the option Export user and user group settings 3 Click Next to download and save the account setting file bin The file can be imported to another NAS for account setup 318 Import Export Users Import Export Users O Import user and user group settings You can import multiple users and their settings to the WAS from a TT CSV or BIN file settings fram another WAS For detailed instructions please refer to the online help 9 Export user and user group settings Cancel Note that the quota settings can be exported only when the quota function is enabled in Privilege Settings gt Quota Import users Before you import users to the NAS make
306. ive Auto Router Configuration DDNS Cloud Portal Amazon S3 A PPTP Open VPN Enable this function to allow QNAP Windows utility Create your personal cloud to access to your NAS from the myQNAPcloud connect allows you publish various application Internet via an UPnP router to establish VPN connections for services at the myQNAPcloud secure data transfer over the portal network Note e The connection with the NAS over the Internet will take longer when compared to a LAN environment As you switch back to a LAN environment where your NAS is located please connect to the NAS again through LAN instead of the myQNAPcloud service for better connection quality For better performance on file transmission it is recommended to configure port forwarding on the router if possible Synchronize photos and videos automatically Qsync can synchronize your photos and videos on mobile devices to the Qsync folder across all Qsync clients automatically Steps 413 1 Install Qfile on your mobile devices by following instructions outlined in the Qsync page on the NAS or find it on the App Store uU My NAS03 Qsync Beta Qsync Devices Sync your files anytime anywhere Event Logs Team Folder ij Getting started with Qsync utilities Access files on mobile devices Shared File Links 4 as O Windows Mac To start synchronizing files install Qsync utilities on your Install
307. ive in a RAID volume To set a disk drive as a global spare drive select the single disk volume and click Set Global Spare All the disk data will be cleared on the hard drive General Storage Network Security Hardware j Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Action Total Size Bitmap Status Unmounted 455 52 GB Ready Set Global Spare Note The capacity of the global spare drive must be equal to or larger than that of a member drive of a RAID disk volume To cancel a global spare drive select the drive and click Cancel Spare Drive General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Expand Capacity Total Size Add Hard Drive Migrate Configure Spare Drive x 455 52 GB Bitmap Recover 116 Further information about RAID management of the NAS The NAS supports the following actions according to the number of hard disk drives and disk configurations supported Please refer to the following table for the details New Disk Original Disk No of New Configuration No of Hard Disk Configuration No Hard Disk of Hard Disk Drives Drives Drives RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 6 RAID 10 4 RAID 10 4 RAID 10
308. k Target Name iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi targeto1 Initiator IQN iqn 2004 04 com qnap TS 670 NASD4C 604 P Authentication CRC Checksum optional Data Digest F Header Digest Step 1 3 Cancel 201 Enter a name for the virtual disk If the target is mapped with multiple LUNs select a LUN from the list Make sure only this NAS can connect to the LUN The NAS supports mounting EXT3 EXT4 FAT32 NTFS HFS file systems If the file system of the LUN is Unknown select Format virtual disk now and the file system You can format the virtual disk as EXT3 EXT4 FAT 32 NTFS or HFS By selecting Format virtual disk now the data on the LUN will be removed Add Virtual Disk Virtual Disk Name VirtualDiski LUN List LUN File System unknown Note Make sure only this NAS can connect to the selected LUN Format virtual disk now File System EXT3 Warning All the disk data will be removed Step 2 3 ex Cancel Click Finish to exit the wizard 202 Add Virtual Disk A virtual disk has been created successfully Virtual Disk Name VirtualDisk1 File System EXT4 Total Size 1023 MB Free Size 986 MB Status Ready LUN serial number b463b4298 5a08 4491 b183 45413d7735f1 Step 3 3 Finish The storage capacity of your NAS has been expanded by the virtual disk You can go to Privilege Settings gt Share Folders to create new shared folders on the virtual disk E S
309. kup HE TMBackup on NASAABBOE Set Up Time Capsule yr E 3 Enter the username and password to login the QNAP NAS Then click Connect e Registered username TimeMachine e Password The password you have configured on the NAS It is empty by default 523 Enter your name and password for the server NASAABB18 so that Time Machine can access it Connect as Guest 9 Registered User Name TimeMachine Cancel 4 Upon successful connection the Time Machine is switched ON The available space for backup is shown and the backup will start in 120 seconds Time Machine Name Available Oldest Backup Select Disk Latest Backup Options Next Backup Time Machine Time Machine keeps TMBackup NASAABBIB 168 09 GB of 311 9 GB 103 seconds Hourly backups for the past 24 hours Daily backups for the past month Weekly backups for all previous months OFF S oN The oldest backups are deleted when your disk becomes full iv Show Time Machine status in the menu bar ii Click the lock to prevent further changes The first time backup may take more time according to the data size on Mac To recover the data to the Mac OS see the tutorial on http www apple com Manage Backup You can manage the existing backup on this page 524 Backup Station N I amp Backup Server Time Machine Support Manage Backup Rs
310. l FTP with SSL TLS Explicit Passive Mode Username Password Maximum transfer rate KB s Test Success 24 917 MB s Step 3 11 Cancel 536 Remote replication to NAS with RTRR service Enter the IP address of the RTRR service enabled server Specify the connection port and select whether or not to enable secure connection The default port number for remote replication via RTRR is 8899 Enter the password for RTRR connection Click Next Create a Replication Job Gonfigure Remote Host Settings IP 4ddress Host Name 132 158 0 17 Server type FETAR Service Port e949 Enable secure connection SSL Password Maximum transfer rate KB s3 Test d Success 30 591 MB s Step 3 11 Cancel 5 Select the folder pair for data synchronization 537 Create a Replication Jah Select Folder Pair Local source folder Remate destination folder Download Blender Faundati gt Ush Sdd More Folder Pairs Step 4 11 Cancel Note If a folder or its parent folder or child folder has been selected as the source or destination in a folder pair of a replication job you cannot select the folder as the source or destination of another folder pair of the same job 6 Each sync job supports maximum 5 folder pairs Select more folder pairs and click Add Click Next 538 Create a Replication Job Gonfigure Multiple Folder Pairs Local source folder Remote destination folder
311. l When the LCD panel shows the NAS name and IP address you may press the Enter button to enter the Main Menu The Main Menu consists of the following items I Eoo dU ZO zum obe 2 ly TCP IP Physical disk Volume System Shut down Reboot Password Back TCP IP In TCP IP you can view the following options 1 Oe er ee 7 LAN IP Address LAN Subnet Mask LAN Gateway LAN PRI DNS LAN SEC DNS Enter Network Settings Network Settings DHCP Network Settings Static IP Network Settings BACK Back to Main Menu In Network Settings Static IP you can configure the IP address subnet mask gateway and DNS of LAN 1 and LAN 2 733 Physical disk In Physical disk you can view the following options 1 Disk Info 2 Backto Main Menu The disk info shows the temperature and the capacity of the hard drives e E Fe PPE PEIE Volume This section shows the hard drive configuration of the NAS The first line shows the RAID configuration and storage capacity the second line shows the member drive number of the configuration PPPE TTT PET e If there is more than one volume press the Select button to view the information The following table shows the description of the LCD messages for RAID 5 configuration RAID 5 S RAID 5 re synchronizing RAID 5 U RAID 5 is unmounted RAID 5 X RAID 5 non activated 734 System This section shows the system temperature and the r
312. l Si Free Size Status Single Disk Drive 1 EXT4 229 57 228 78 Single Disk Drive 4 EXT4 229 57 Behavior of an encrypted volume upon system reboot In this example we have two encrypted disk volumes on the NAS The first volume Single Disk Drive 1 has been created with the option Save Encryption Key enabled The second volume Single Disk Drive 4 has been created with the option Save Encryption Key disabled After restarting the NAS check the volume status The first drive has been unlocked and mounted but the second drive is locked Since the encryption key is not saved on the second disk volume you have to manually enter the encryption password to unlock it Current Configuration Logical Volumes Format Check File System Disk Volume File System Total Size Free Size Status Single Disk Drive 1 229 57 GB 228 79 GB a Ready Single Disk Drive 4 3 Unmounted e Saving the key on the NAS will protect you only if your hard drives are stolen However there is a risk of data breach if the entire NAS is stolen as the data is accessible after restarting the NAS e If you select not to save the encryption key on the NAS your NAS will be protected against data breach even if the entire NAS were stolen The disadvantage is that you have to unlock the disk volume manually on each system restart Encryption key management TO manage the encryption key settings login the NAS as an administrator and g
313. l locations The NAS can be joined to a VLAN and configured as a backup storage of other devices on the same VLAN To join the NAS to a VLAN select Enable VLAN and enter the VLAN ID a value between 0 and 4094 Please keep the VLAN ID safe and make sure the client devices are able to join the VLAN If you forgot the VLAN ID and were not able to connect to the NAS you would need to press the reset button of the NAS to reset the network settings Once the NAS is reset the VLAN feature will be disabled If the NAS supports two Gigabit LAN ports and only one network interface is configured to enable VLAN you may also connect to the NAS via the other network interface 207 TCP IP Property Network Parameters Advanced Options DHCP server Enable VLAN 802 1Q Mote Please make sure your client devices are able to join the VLAM in order to connect to the NAS or you will not be able to connect to the NAS and may need to reset the network settinas of the NAS to disable VLAN Note The VLAN feature is supported by Intel based NAS models only Please visit http www qnap com for details DHCP Server A DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol server assigns IP addresses to the clients on a network Select Enable DHCP Server to set the NAS a DHCP server if there is none on the local network where the NAS locates Note e Do not enable DHCP server if there is one the local network to avoid IP address conflicts or network ac
314. latest test result Hard disk Display the hard drive details for example model serial number HDD information capacity SMART Display the hard drive S M A R T information Any items that the information values are lower than the threshold are regarded as abnormal Perform quick or complete hard drive S M A R T test Settings Configure temperature alarm When the hard drive temperature is over the preset values the NAS records the error logs You can also set the quick and complete test schedule The latest test result is shown on the Summary page a vo e g Storage Network Hardware Power Notification Firmware Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDDSMART iSCSI Virtual Disk Monitor hard disk health temperature and usage status by the hard disk S M A R T mechanism Disk 1 v Hard Disk Information O O d SMART Information No errors were detected on the hard disk Your hard disk should be operating properly lies Hard disk model WDC WD2500AAKX 22ERM17 0 Settings Drive capacity 232 89 GB Hard drive health Good Temperature 40 C 104 F HDD I O Status Good Test time Test result Not tested 123 4 2 4 Encrypted File System This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U and ARM Based models You can manage the encrypted disk volumes on the NAS on this
315. lders Security Create J Delete Home Folders Local Users Username Description Quota Action admin administrator ogg Ted User test01 opHaEBHP test02 DAADE test03 test04 QgHEAHP test05 DAADE test06 j EJ EJ BJ test07 iz amp ess z FAGO s Page l1 d Display item 1 12 Total 12 Show 20 Items The NAS supports importing user accounts from TXT CSV or BIN files To create a list of user accounts with these file types follow the steps below TXT 321 Open a new file with a text editor Enter a user s information in the following order and separate them by Username Password Quota MB Group Name Go to the next line and repeat the previous step to create another user account Each line indicates one user s information Save the file in UTF 8 encoding if it contains double byte characters An example is shown as below Note that if the quota is left empty the user will have no limit in using the disk space of the NAS Untitled Notepad File Edit Format View Help test test 2000 test userO1 user01 4000 test User user 2 20600 test user 3 user 3 test user 4 userll4 2000 test CSV Excel L Open a new file with Excel 2 Enter a user s information in the same row in the following order Column A Username Column B Password Column C Quota MB Column D Group name Go to the
316. le Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro W Enable Multimedia Station After enabling this service you may click one of the following links to enter Multimedia Station Reqular login http 10 8 12 143 8080 MSV2 W Rescan media library Daily start time 03 Apply 4 Connect to the Multimedia Station from the NAS Desktop or enter http NAS IP 80 MSV2 or https NAS IP 8081 MSV2 secure connection in a web browser Login the application when you are prompted to Only the administrator admin can create users and configure the advanced settings 644 ONAP oo sucmecim Station Home Login Abowd Help English Media Center Sort Hame 4 Copyright 010 GAAP zvsbsmz Inc AT Right Reserved Note The admin login information of the Multimedia Station is the same as that of the NAS web login The Multimedia Station consists of the Media Center My Jukebox and Control Panel ONAP ururoa aratan Hame LopoutiJames About Heip Engish Media Canter B ss a i F i ka a E dii AN HHI Hami mE hs My Jukebox Contre Panel P errare D PME irma p Tin Deng 4 Dopp 010 OMAP Sade Al Esih Arn 645 Media Center The folders and multimedia files of the default shared folder Qmultimedia Multimedia of the Multimedia Station are shown in Media Center You can view or play the multimedia contents images videos and audio files on the NAS by a web browser over LAN or
317. le Windows ACL support 361 Advanced Folder FTP AFP File 3 Read Read amp NAS web UI Permissions Station Samba Write Deny Windows ACL 13 NTFS Windows File permissions Explorer FTP AFP File Please see the Windows File Station Samba application note Explorer http www qnap com index php lang en amp sn 4686 for more details Advanced Folder Permissions Use Advanced Folder Permissions to configure subfolder permissions directly from the NAS UI There is no depth limitation for the subfolder permissions However it is highly recommended to change the permissions only on the first or second level of the subfolders When Advanced Folder Permissions is enabled click the Folder Permissions icon under the Shared Folders tab to configure the subfolder permission settings See Shared Folders gt Folder Permission of this section for details Windows ACL Use Windows ACL to configure the subfolder and file level permissions from Windows File Explorer All Windows Permissions are supported For detailed Windows ACL behavior please refer to standard NTFS permissions http www ntfs com ntfs_permiss e To assign subfolder and file permissions to a user or a user group full control share level permissions must be granted to the user or user group e When Windows ACL is enabled while Advanced Folder Permissions are disabled subfolder and file permissions will
318. lect the target you would like to connect and click Add 163 4 Initiator Discover by DNS IP Discover by iSNS Discovered Targets iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 4 39proiriscsi forvista be2 312 iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 4 39proii iscsi vdd be2 3f2 iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 4 39proil iscsi formac be2 3f2 You can configure the connection properties of the selected iSCSI target in the Setup tab 164 ATTO iSCSI Mac Initiator Xtend SAN Hosts Status LUNs v El JW MacBook Pro local Figan 2004 04 c0m anap ts Mame ign 2004 04 com qnap ts 439proii iscsi Tormac be2 312 Alias Ports Network Node Visible Auto Login Parameters Security Save Remove Click the Status tab select the target to connect Then click Login to proceed 165 v E JW MacBook Pro local iqn 21004 04 com anap ts Name ign 2004 04 com qnap ts 439proii iscsi formac be 3f2 Alias Status Auto Log The first time you logon to the iSCSI target a popup message will be shown to remind you the disk is not initialized Click Initialize to format the disk You can also open the Disk Utilities application to do the initialization Disk insertion The disk you interted was mot readable by this computer Initialize ignore Siea You can now use the iSCSI target as an external drive on your Mac 166 SGSI MyiSCSI1 167 This section shows you how to use Linux Open iSCSI
319. lick Next Create a Replication Jah Gonfirm Settings Folder Pairs 1 Dawnload Blender Foundatian Elephants Dream 1 24 Usb Server type Local folder to remote folder Server type ETRA Service Hace Wome 192 168 0 17 8899 Schedule Type Real time Policy Timeout second 120 Retry intervals second 60 File size Okb 1000kb File date time 2000 01 01 2012 01 01 Include file types Music Pictures Exclude file tyoes Temporary files Step 10 11 Back Cancel 12 Click Finish to exit the wizard 543 Create a Replication Job Setup complete Congratulations You have finished all the steps for Quick Configuration Step 11 11 Finish Backup Station amp Backup Server RTRR Real time Remote Replication allows one way data replication between two servers locations including FTP server in real Rsync Server time or according to the specified schedule You must enable RTRR or ETP server on the remote server in order to use this function RTRR Server Create a Replication Job Options Time Machine Target Device Job Name Status Action ae Remote Replication NAS to NAS 4lB 192 168 0 17 Enabled ui i2 3 Reyne 7 Blender Foundation Elepha Remote Usb Real time Standby maa Xd 4 amp 9 Cloud Backup Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy Enable connection to a remote server Start a replication
320. lickatell com Enable SSL connection SMS server login name SMS server login password SMS server API ID Apply 244 Alert Notification Select the type of instant alert the NAS will send to the designated users when system events warning error occur LEM G amp G fi 7 e B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update SMTP Server SMSC Server __ Alert Notification Alert Notification When a system event occurs do the following immediately Send system error alert by W E mail V SMS Send system warning alert by 7 E mail E mail Notification Settings E mail address 1 E mail address 2 Send a Test E mail Note The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery SMS Notification Settings Country code Afghanistan 93 Cell phone No 1 93 Cell phone No 2 93 Send a Test SMS Message Note You must configure the SMSC server to be able to send SMS notification properly Apply E mail Notification Settings Specify the email addresses maximum 2 to receive instant system alert from the NAS SMS Notification Settings Specify the cell phone numbers maximum 2 to receive instant system alert from the NAS 245 4 8 Firmware Update Live Update Select Automatically check if a newer version is available when logging into the NAS web administration interface to allow the NAS to automatically check if a new firmw
321. ll be sent when Syslog messages of levels 0 4 are received Alert immediate action required 492 Email Notification Alert emails will be sent when Syslog messages of levels 1 4 are received Critical critical conditions Alert emails will be sent when Syslog messages of levels 2 4 are received Error error conditions Alert emails will be sent when Syslog messages of levels 3 4 are received Warning warning conditions Alert emails will be sent when Syslog messages of level 4 are received If the severity of a received log message is higher the selected severity level the system will send an alert email automatically Enable the email notification Severity level Emerg v Note The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server Apply 493 Filter Settings This feature should only be operated by system administrators who are familiar with Syslog filters Follow the steps below to create Syslog filters for the NAS to receive Syslog messages that match the criteria 1 Click Add a Filter s E amp E e a gt MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS Server Server Settings __ Filter Settings _ Syslog Viewer Filter Status 2 Define the filter settings and click Add To edit the filters or add the filters manually click Manual Edit and modify the contents in the dialog Click Apply to save th
322. llation 2 4 section and finish the installation process Note e Some new NAS models such as TS x12 TS x20 and TS x21 no longer have the installation CD included e The default login ID and password of the NAS are both admin 44 2 3 Getting Utilities QNAP has prepared a number of practical and useful utilities to enhance your NAS experiences After setting up your NAS please choose from the following two methods to install the utilities A Download from the QNAP website Type http www qnap com in your browser go to Features gt For Home For Business if you are business users Scroll down to the bottom of the screen and click Utilities Choose to download and install utilities on your PC WrHome Features For Business Utility QNAP utilities Ofinder myQNAPcloud Connect Osyne NetBak Replicator OGet vSphere Clinet plug in Various handy utilities are available for you to work smartly with your Turbo NAS These utilities help increase your productivity and make it absolutely easy with connecting the Turbo NAS setting up the system data backup and synchronization downloading files and so on Visit the Download center find your Turbo NAS model and the list of available utilities are ready for you B Install from the product CD ROM The product CD ROM contains software utilities QNAP Qfinder myQNAPcloud Connect NetBak Replicator and QGet 45 Quick Installation Guide Install QNA
323. load rate should be enhanced 690 8 8 HD Station The HD Station is a platform where the famous XBMC application or Chrome browser can be installed to let you directly play back your NAS multimedia contents or browse the internet websites on the TV screen thru the HDMI interface Note Currently the HD Station is supported by the TS x69L TS x69 Pro TS x70 and TS x70 Pro Turbo NAS models Create your lovely media environment by following the steps below 1 Setting up the environment of the HD Station Connect the NAS to the HDMI TV with a HDMI cable Remote controller There are 4 different ways to control the HD Station A QNAP remote controller B MCE remote controller C USB keyboard or mouse D Qremote QNAP remote app exclusively designed for the HD Station Note If you want to use the Chrome to browse an internet website you are required to use the mouse function on the Qremote or use the USB mouse directly connected to the NAS 2 Installing the HD Station Go to Applications HD Station and click the Get Started Now button Then the system will install the HD Station automatically 691 The HD Station provides a portal for users to install various TV applications such as XBMC and Chrome on the NAS attached to the TV wa the HOMI port and enjoy the multimedia contents PE SUR Ee Get Started Mow Install Manually Choosing the applications to install HD Station The HD Statio
324. ly configured permissions of the selected folder and its files and subfolders except owner protection and root folder write protection settings The options Only the owner can delete the contents and Only admin can create files and folders will not be applied to subfolders 345 e Special Permission This option is only available for root folders Select this option and choose between Read only or Read Write to allow a user to access to all the contents of a folder irrespectively of the pre configured permissions A user with special permission will be identified as admin when he she connects to the folder via Microsoft Networking If you have granted special permission with Read Write access to the user the user will have full access and is able to configure the folder permissions on Windows Note that all the files created by this user belong to admin Since admin does not have quota limit on the NAS the number and size of the files created by users with special permission will not be limited by their pre configured quota settings This option should be used for administrative and backup tasks only After changing the permissions click Apply and then YES to confirm F Shared Folder Select permission type Users and groups permission 25 Edit the user and group permissions far access from Windows Mac FTP and File Station Shares 3 LJ Dent permissions Preview Read On Read Wril Deny Acces Special P
325. me as the files in the destination folder will be skipped a File Copy File Upload Current Path Home photos amp music Song of Solomon 01 mp3 G photos G video Song of Solomon 01 mp3 File Copy To upload files to the album click Browse to select the files and click File Upload Manage Album Mote The files of the same name as the files in the destination tolder vill be skipped File Copy File Upload Current Path Harne phatas 2010 05 18 0985043 png 2010 05 20 153954 png 2010 05 18 _095043 png 2010 05 18 111205 pg Browse Remove File Upload Managing album To manage an album folder by the web based interface of the Multimedia Station x locate the directory in Media Center Click Create Album Hume music Sort Name E A gt Select Upload amp Organize and click Next Manage Album LT FELT TA ks GE a a up ann m DT EJ f Create Mew Album f l Upload amp Organize To copy the files from other location in Media center to the album select File Copy choose the files to copy and click gt Then click File Copy to start copying the files To upload files to the album click Browse to select the files and click File Upload 654 Manage Album Mate The files af the same name as the files in the destination folder will be skipped File Copy File Upload Current Path Home photos amp music So
326. ment of network devices and remote network booting of computers for system imaging or recovery TFTP is a file transfer protocol with the functionality of a very basic form of FTP TFTP does not provide user authentication and cannot be connected by a standard FTP client Follow the steps below to use this feature 1 Select Enable TFTP Server 2 The default UDP port for file transfer is 69 Change the port number only when necessary 3 Specify a folder on the NAS as the root directory of the TFTP server 4 Enable TFTP Logging Enable this option and specify the directory to save the TFTP log file opentftpd log It is recommended to view the log file by Microsoft Excel or WordPad on Windows OS or by TextEdit on Mac OS 5 Assign read only or full access to the clients 6 Restrict the TFTP client access by specifying the IP address range or select Anywhere to allow any TFTP client access 7 Click Apply 513 e v F MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server v Enable TFTP Server UDP port 69 You need to specify a root directory for the TFTP server Root directory Multimedia V Enable TFTP logging The log file s will be saved in the selected folder If the size of a log file exceeds 1MB the file will be archived automatically Save log files in Public Access right Read only Allow TFTP access from Anywhere Certain IP range only 514 8 QNAP Applications B
327. mitted by independent developers and approved by QNAP Those applications can add functionalities to the NAS for their introduction please refer to their description at the App Center Please note that the default Internet browser instead of a window on the NAS Desktop will be launched once you click a third party application Click the icon from the menu to launch 70 the selected application 71 APPLICATIONS Video Station n Download Station H File Station o Surveillance Station Pra G e Backup Station O myQNAPcloud 72 Show Desktop Click to minimize or restore all open windows and show the desktop Background Task Click L 8 to review and control all tasks running in the background such as HDD SMART scanning antivirus scanning file backup or multimedia conversion Background Tasks Testing HDD SMART BA biski e Scanning virus ies VirusScanDisk1 ES External Device Click to list all external devices that are connected to the NAS via its USB or SATA ports Click the device listed to open the File Station for that device Click the External Device header to open the External Device page for relevant settings and operations for details on the File Station please refer to the chapter on File Stationlss3 Click P to eject the external device 7 3 External Device E USB 2 0 Device T StoreJet Transcend USBDisk1 698 63 GB USB 2 0 Device PI 288 USB 2 0 Drive USBDISk2 4
328. mory Usage 100 Disk Usage Bandwidth Usage Process 156 Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS ISCSI initiator on Windows Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator v2 07 is an official application for Windows OS 2003 XP and 2000 to allow users to implement an external iSCSI storage array over the network If you are using Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator is included For more information and the download location visit http www microsoft com downloads details aspx familyvid212cb3cia 15d6 4585 b385 befd1319f825 amp displaylang en n Start iSCSI initiator from Control Panel Administrative Tools Under the Discovery tab click Add Portal Enter the NAS IP and the port number for the iSCSI service 5 Discover Target Portal Enter the IP address or DNS name and port number of the portal you want to add To change the default settings of the discovery of the target portal click the Advanced button IP address or DNS name Port Default is 3260 192 168 0 10 3260 Advanced The available iSCSI targets and their status will then be shown under the Targets tab Select the target you wish to connect then click Connect 157
329. myNASpr Install the printer driver Print a test page 271 4 10 2 3 Setting up Printer Connection in Mac OS 10 6 If you are using Mac OS 10 6 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 First make sure the Bonjour printer support is enabled on the NAS in External Device USB Printer Settings You may change the Service Name to better represent the printer Settings 6 Basic Settings E Stop printer sharing and clear print spool Bonjour printer support Service Name NASCFO SSGEPR Cancel 2 On your Mac go to System Preferences and then click Print amp Fax System Preferences Personal P LB o Appearance Desktop amp Dock Expos amp International Security Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Hardware 4 1 7 I 1 j 0 m o B E Ka Bluetooth CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard amp Trackpad Print amp Fax Saver Mouse 3 In the Print amp Fax window click to add a printer 27 2 Printers e Idle 659 60 L e Idle L3 e Idle 659 ProPS 84PR idle 4 The USB network printer will be listed via Bonjour Select the default printer driver or you may download and install the latest one from the printer manufacturer s website Click Add to add this printer Add Printer AL C1100 3F12C0 Brother MFC 7440N I HP Laserjet M1120n MFP NASPR3 Bonjour
330. n administrator VZaes Ted User POAC test01 a goga test02 n s 2 e 9 Es test03 MAAQBED test04 e 2 amp mss testos PAAS test06 MAAQBED testO za e 2 8 ens testos MBB test09 7 ggogap test10 goga Ey Fry Eg rg rg py py rpg rm mp m Display item 1 12 Total 12 Show 20 Items 8 Checkthat the shared folders have been created for the users 316 User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Advanced Permissions Folder Aggregation Create Remove I Restore Default Shared Folders p Folder Name Size Folders Hidden Volume Action Multimedia 18 42 MB 21 No Single Disk Drive 1 oag 2 Public 250 87 MB 9 88 No Single Disk Drive 1 Zilla Recordings 32 KB 6 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 oH TedHome 20 KB 3 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 ZB USBDisk1 694 02 GB 30959 338379 No USB 1 oag USBDisk2 70 04 GB 13879 No USB 2 osag Usb 12 KB 1 No Single Disk Drive 1 Zale Web 16 15 KB 7 No Single Disk Drive 1 oag homes 836 03 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 op test01 4 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 opg test02 4 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 osag test03 4 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 oag test04 4 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 test 5 4 kB No Single Disk Drive 1 opg test06 4 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 ZiAlle test07 4 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 oH5g test08 4 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 oag testog 4KB No Single Disk Drive 1 test10 4 KB No Single Disk Drive 1 og an Page 1 1l gt bi D
331. n connected to the network dual LAN NAS models only 210 A ih o a P a e ez LE jae W 9 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Backup External Settings Manager Update Restore Device CEP Wi Fi IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address Edit Link Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Speed MTU z 9 Etherneti Yes 192 168 0 17 255 255 255 0 192 168 0 1 00 08 9B C9 41 FF 100Mbps 1500 4 DNS Server Default Gateway Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the settings from Ethernet 1 v Use the following DNS server address Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server iv Port Trunking Applicable to NAS models with two or more LAN ports only The NAS supports port trunking which combines two Ethernet interfaces into one to increase the bandwidth and offers load balancing and fault tolerance also known as failover Load balancing is a feature which distributes the workload evenly across two Ethernet interfaces for higher redundancy Failover is the capability to switch over to a standby network interface also known as the slave interface when the primary network interface also known as the master interface does not correspond correctly to maintain high availability To use port trunking on the NAS make sure at least two LAN ports of the NAS have been connected to the same switch and the settings described in sections i and
332. n portal which allows you to use the following applications on the TV screen XBMC An application for you to operate and enjoy your multimedia data on the TV screen Chrome With the help of Chrome the QNAP Turbo NAS brings endless web content to your HDTV Just sit back relax and surf the Internet on your couch YouTube Simply browse and click to enjoy millions of YouTube videos on your TV My NAS An application for you to enter the local NAS administration web page to view the NAS functions and settings 692 a v amp G Stabon HD Staton Backup Manager ct atari The HD Staton provides a portal For users to install vanous TV applications such as XBMC and Chrome on the HAS attached to the TV via the HDMI port and enjoy the multimedia contents Dis able Remova Chrome eth the help of Chrome the QNAP NAS bangs endless web content Disable to your HDTV Just sit back relax and surf the Internet on your Remove couch An soot shan b let you enter the local RAS asmgmastrami n web Dna able page to wew the NAS Tunciionis and settings s Remove XBMC is an award winning free and open source GPL software ns able reda player and entertaauwment hub for digital media Enpey the Remove comfort of your kving room and play movies photoa amd music directly on your TV Powered by XBMC the QNAP NAS is now also a home entertainment hub and a media player YouTube 5mgoly browse and check to enjoy millions of videos with
333. n use a RAID configuration of larger capacity after the process 110 Configure Spare Drive You can add a spare drive to or remove a spare drive from a RAID 5 6 or 10 configuration Follow the steps below to use this feature 1 Make sure the status of the RAID 5 6 10 configuration is Ready 2 Install a hard drive on the NAS If you have a hard drive which has already been formatted as single disk volume on the NAS you can configure this hard drive as the spare drive You are recommended to use hard disk drives of the same storage capacity for the RAID configuration Select the RAID volume and click Configure Spare Drive To add a spare drive to the selected configuration select the hard drive and click Configure Spare Drive To remove a spare drive unselect the spare drive and click Configure Spare Drive 5 All the data on the selected hard drive will be deleted Click OK to proceed The original data on the RAID 5 6 or 10 disk volume will be retained After the configuration completes the status of the disk volume will become Ready Note A hot spare drive must be removed from the disk volume before executing the following action e Online RAID capacity expansion e Online RAID level migration e Adding a hard drive member to a RAID 5 RAID 6 or RAID 10 volume Bitmap Bitmap improves the time for RAID rebuilding after an unexpected error or removing or re adding a member hard drive of the RAI
334. na v Up to date w Update available w Up to date v Up to date Not supported W Update available v Up to date v Up to date w Up to date v Up to date Not supported i Not supported w Up to date v Up to date w Up to date v Up to date Not supported w Up to date Up to date wh Mat cunnartad Connect 2 Enter your login ID and password Configure 54 Details Refresh Exit Enter your name and password for the server 10 8 12 151 Connect as C Guest Registered User Name admin Remember this password in my keychain Select the volumes you want to mount on 10 8 12 151 Download Multimedia Public sync Recordings Usb Web Cancel 4 The folder is mounted 55 E Download s m mB s J zs mJ View Action Arrange Share Search FAVORITES ES All My Files e AirDrop ys Applications Desktop i Documents Downloads H Movies 3 Ja Music Bi 130418 QNAP Tur rdware Manual zip Pictures SHARED ad 10 8 1 4 L AA AFP L A4 SMB GA Alfienas S LA ANASBDO 130418 QNAP Turbo NAS Hardware Manual zip Date Modified Size Kind Jun 18 2013 7 29 PM 292 8 MB ZIP arck B Connect to Server 1 Choose Go Connect to Server Finder File Edit View Window Help Back Se Select Startup Disk on Desktop iT Bl All My Files ir38F
335. nabling this option you can access this server via Telnet or SSH connection Note Only the account admin can login remotely Allow Telnet connection Port number 13131 Allow SSH connection Port number 22 Enable SFTP 396 6 4 SNMP Settings Enable SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol service on the NAS and enter the trap address of the SNMP management stations SNMP manager for example PC with SNMP software installed When an event warning or error occurs on the NAS the NAS SNMP agent reports the real time alert to the SNMP management stations 4 amp mE i g E Win Mac NFS FTP Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin SNMP After enabling this service the NAS will be able to repart information via SNMP to the managing systems Enable SNMP service Port number 151 SNMP trap Level Information warning Error SNMP version SNMP V1 Vv2 v Community public SNMP MIB To install the MIB to your managing systems click Download Download Apply c The fields are described as below fee ieee SNMP Trap Level Select the information to be sent to the SNMP management stations Trap Address The IP address of the SNMP manager Specify maximum 3 trap addresses SNMP MIB Management The MIB is a type of database in ASCII text format used to Information Base manage the NAS in the SNMP network The SNMP manager uses the MIB to determine the values or un
336. nagement RAID Management HDD SMART Portal Management Quick Configuration Wizard Advanced ACL LUN Backup iSCSI Target List Hardware Encrypted File System Virtual Disk Capacity 1 GB 1 GB me mm mmm m Offline Enabled Disabled DULL MN Deactivate a ready or connected target Note that the connection from the initiators will be removed 148 The iSCSI target is ready but no initiator has connected to it yet The iSCSI target has been connected by an initiator The iSCSI target has been disconnected The iSCSI target has been deactivated and cannot be connected by the initiator The LUN is active for connection and is visible to authenticated initiators The LUN is inactive and is invisible to the initiators Activate an offline target Modify the target settings target alias CHAP information and checksum settings Modify the LUN settings LUN allocation name disk volume directory etc Delete an iSCSI target All the connections will be removed INN Disable an LUN All the connections will be removed CO Enable an LUN moved to Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List Map the LUN to an iSCSI target This option is only available on the Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List View the connection status of an iSCSI target Unmap the LUN from the target Note that you must disable the LUN first before unmapping the LUN When you click this button the LUN will be 149 Swit
337. nager Station Server Users Group Backup Restore Enable LDAP Server Full domain name my domain com Password verify password Root DN cn admin dc my domain dc com Group base DN ou people dc my domain dc com Users base DN ou group dc my domain dc com Initialize LDAP database Initialize Delete all users and groups from the LDAP server Enable this NAS to be the client of the LDAP service Domain Security Apply Apply to All 2 Create LDAP Users Under the Users tab click Create a User or Create Multiple Users or Batch Import Users Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the LDAP users 469 Station Backup iTunes Server L MA Medi Media Library Manager Station LDAP Server Q 5sers aa Groups Backup Restore Create Create a User Description Create Multiple Users Batch Import Users Status Mo data to display Show 10 y Items Once you have created the LDAP users the NAS can be joined to the domain You can set the permissions of the LDAP users and allow them to be authenticated by the NAS 3 Join a NAS to LDAP Domain To allow the LDAP users to connect to the NAS join the NAS to the LDAP domain Go to Privilege Settings Domain Security Select LDAP authentication and choose LDAP server of local NAS as the server type Then click Apply User Groups Shared Domain Folders Security No domain security Local users only Active Dire
338. nager authentication level Properties Local Security Setting Modifying this setting may affect compatibility with clients services and applications For more information see Network security LAN Manager authentication level 823659 3 6 Verifying the settings To verify that the NAS has been joined to the Active Directory successfully go to Privilege Settings Users and User Groups A list of users and user groups will be shown on the Domain Users and Domain Groups lists respectively If you have created new users or user groups in the domain you can click the reload button This will reload the user and user group lists from the Active Directory to the NAS The user permission settings will be synchronized in real time with the domain controller User Groups Shared Folders Create Home Folder Username ADTESTS Administrator ADTEST5 Guest ADTESTS5 krbtat ADTESTS5 backupadm ADTESTS aa ADTESTS bb ADTESTS5 tony ADTESTS kent ADTEST5 ken Page 1 4 gt bi Quota Description zm LB Domain Security Domain Users Quota Saa Display item 1 10 Total 39 Show 10 vy Items 377 5 5 2 Connecting NAS to an LDAP Directory LDAP stands for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol It is a directory that can store the information of all the users and groups in a centralized server Using LDAP the administrator can manage the users
339. nate your rights under this License including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11 However if you cease all violation of this License then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated a provisionally unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license and b permanently if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation Moreover your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License for any work from that copyright holder and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10 9 Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the 745 Program Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer to peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptan
340. ncing Started sync 10 8 12 6 2013 05 14 19 test Logged in Logged in 10 8 12 6 2013 05 14 19 test Logged out Logged out 10 8 12 6 5 Team folder List the status of the team folder including folders that you shared 424 and are shared by others Qsync Beta Overview Team Folder Users Check the status of team folder Devices Select User Local Users admin Search Folder Content Search Event Logs Folder Path Owner Receiver Status Start Time 0 TemFoder 000 Food1 Qsync User admin Left 2013 05 Shared File Links Sharel Qsync admin Userl Still Wait 2013 05 Sharei Qsync admin User2 Still Wait 2013 05 6 Shared File Links List the status of shared links Qsync Beta Overview Shared File Links Users Check the status of shared file links m je Devices Select User Local Users Search File Name Content Search Event Logs File Name Path Link Start Time Expiration Food 1 pg Qsync P Hhttp 61 62 220 7 8080 s 2013 05 2013 06 P Team Folder IMAGO0251 j Qsync P http 61 62 220 7 8080 s 2013 05 2013 06 Photo 201 Qsync P http 61 62 220 7 8080 s 2013 05 2013 06 425 7 Applications Station Managerl42 iTunes Serverl433 DLNA Media Serverh3 Media Library ka Web_Serverl44 LDAP Serverkes VPN Serviceh73 MySQL Serverks Syslog Serverhet Antivirushkoa RADIUS Serverkod TFTP Serverb13 426 7 1 Station Manager
341. ncommercially and only if you received the object code with such an offer in accord with subsection 6b d Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place gratis or for a charge and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code If the place to copy the object code is a network server the Corresponding Source may be on a different server operated by you or a third party that supports equivalent copying facilities provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements e Convey the object code using peer to peer transmission provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d 742 A separable portion of the object code whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library need not be included in conveying the object code work A User Product is either 1 a consumer product which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal family or household purposes or 2 anything design
342. nd local NAS users can access the NAS via File Station FTP and AFP LDAP authentication options LDAP authentication options NEL LDAP users and NAS local users can be authenticated and access the NAS via File Station FTP and AFP For NAS access via Microsoft Networking Samba either the MAS local users or the LDAP users will be authenticated Specify the users who will be authenticated for NAS access via Microsoft Networking Local users only Only NAS local users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking LDAP users only Only LDAP users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking e If Microsoft Networking is enabled after the NAS has already been connected to the LDAP server select the authentication type for Microsoft Networking o Standalone Server Only local NAS users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking 380 o LDAP Domain Authentication Only LDAP users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking E m Lh g Win Mac NFS FTP Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin Apple Networking NFS Service Enable file service for Microsoft networking Server description Optional NAS Server Workgroup NAS Standalone server AD domain member To enable Domain Security please click here Current Samba ID _ Advanced Options Apply 6 When the NAS is connected to an LDAP server the administrator can e Go to Privilege S
343. ng mode Use the buttons on the menu bar for viewing operations Icon Description n Auto play photos or play a video 632 Er ameer o Delete the photo or video Please note that the photos or videos deleted in the viewing mode will first be marked with an X on that photo or video ET and only deleted as you exit the viewing mode To unmark a photo or video first select the marked photo or video and click t again EB Switch back to the browsing mode 633 Playing slideshows Select an album or slideshow and click o to switch to the viewing mode Photo Station 2 0 Testi private Medium CI eee DR EB Switch back to the browsing mode Switch between different playlists defined in the Music Station Testi private from the My Playlist in the left panel Please refer to the chapter on Music Stationk34 for details Set a different slide transition effect aoe 634 Set the slide speed 635 Geotagging photos To geotag a photo first select a photo click Large Map under the EXIF tab Enter the name of the location in the search bar on top and hit the Enter key in your keyboard Right click the map and click Set Coordinates STA AAA tur A GEN sape MENTO 5 Am Ba RRO UA Ram RUPLI CUM Ray Tet As ra sz f FuShiEOT ES Sca d m b pt gest NN Wa
344. ng of Solomon 01 mp3 G photos G video File Copy You can click B to browse the multimedia contents in details and click the icons to open rename delete or download the files or folders Home music All v Sort Name Marne Date Type aalburg 2010 05 17 Folder mlt variaus artists 2010 05 17 Folder mus 27 Call Upon mp3 2009 1 25 audio 6136k a 655 Setting album cover DA i z4 768 jpg 125616 19220 1 125650 15 00 1 l1272 15600 12 l2 561i 5Z pre JUN sD flowers jpg Snowdrops ipa Select the image file and click Save 656 Set Album Cover Save Cancel 657 Slideshow Click a to view multiple image files in slide show Select the playback speed 3s 6s 9s 15s and the slide show effect for full screen display from the drop down menu You can also select the photo frame for displaying the image file To view the image files in 3 dimensional 3D display click Bo Fates oom F l 658 Publishing image files You can publish the image files on the Multimedia Station to social networking sites such _ Home photos amp C JP A e View AN L p L x di 1 a 4 Bi Ay i bii 2 i ier Di Love of My S ng 12616 1920 1 12650 1600 1 1272 1600 12 LM 133 i ri g iis Select the image files to publish You can publish maximum 5 photos at a time Enter the title and description Then select the website
345. nload episodes 1 26 of season 1 of a TV program enter 1x1 26 To download only episode 1 of season 1 enter 1x1 e Select the time interval for automatic update of the RSS feeds The NAS will update the RSS feeds and check if any new contents that match the filters are available e Click Save to save the filter or Cancel to cancel or exit e To delete a filter select the filter from the list and click Delete Settings Global HTTP FTP Account List Update Mew Delete EE NEE E ame Last Check Date Filter Settings Mame Keyword Doesn t contain Feed Quality All lEpisode Number ex 1x12 14 I Check update every 12 hours 682 Add on To download the YouTube videos by the HappyGet add on to the NAS enable the website subscription service For more details please see the application note http Wwww qnap com en index php sn 53198lang en 683 BT Dow nload To download a BT file click Download Station DownloadStation axaese Name Size Irogress Download Upload Completed Time Share Ratio Type Priority Download Search Results 3 Downloading 0 Paused 0 Completed 4 Handbook of Labor Economics Team Nanban tmra 10 22 MB 18 66 B The Harvard Medical School Guide to Lowering Your Ch 5 75 MB o oo LJ What Do We Buy A Look at Goods and Services Lightn 12 18 MB
346. nlock a volume login the NAS as an administrator Go to Storage Manager Encrypted File System You will be able to see your encrypted volumes and their status locked or unlocked 131 sz Q Storage Manager General Network Settings Security Volume Management RAID Management i Unlock this device Disk Volume Single Disk Drive 1 Single Disk Drive 4 l Q Hardware Power HDD SMART Total Size 229 57 GB To unlock your volume first click Unlock this device Ss x a 2 LES Storage Manager General Network Settings Security Volume Management RAID Management Disk Volume Single Disk Drive 1 Single Disk Drive 4 Hardware HDD SMART J Unlock this device ia Q Power Total Size 229 57 GB Notification Firmware Update iSCSI Virtual Disk Unlocked Locked Notification Firmware Update iSCSI Virtual Disk Status Unlocked Locked Choose to either input the encryption password or use the encryption key file that has been exported previously 132 Encryption Key Management Input Encryption Password O Upload Encryption Key File Password Cancel Encryption Key Management Input Encryption Password amp Upload Encryption Key File Key file Browse Browse Cancel If the encryption password or the key file is correct the volume will be unlocked and become available
347. nt e Username and Password Enter the login information of the email account e Secure connection Choose SSL or TLS to ensure a secure connection between the NAS and SMTP server or None based on your needs It is advised to turn this function on if the SMTP server supports it B Q a 0 o B General Storage Network Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update SMIPServer SMSC Server Alert Notification Select an e mail account Custom SMTP server mail Port number 465 E mail tester qnap com Username tester qnap com Password Secure connection Send a Test E mail Apply 243 SMSC Server Configure the SMSC server settings to send SMS messages to the specified phone number s from the NAS The default SMS service provider is Clickatell You can add your own SMS service provider by selecting Add SMS Provider from the drop down menu When Add SMS service provider is selected enter the name of the SMS provider and the URL template text Note The URL template text must follow the standard of the SMS service provider to receive the SMS alert properly Ba B8 4 FY we B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update SMTP Server SMSC Server Alert Notification You can configure the SMSC settings to send instant system alerts via the SMS service provided by the SMS provider SMS service provider Clickatell http www c
348. nt Configuration Physical Disks Scan now Disk Model Capacity Status SMART Information Drive 1 WDC WD2S500AAKX 22ERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready Good Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready Good Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready Good Drive 4 WDC WD2500AAKX 22bERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready Good Note that if you are going to install a hard drive new or used which has never been installed on the NAS before the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared Current Configuration Logical Volumes Disk Volume File System Total Size Free Size Status Single Disk Drive 1 Unmounted Single Disk Drive 2 227 76 GB 226 93 Ready Single Disk Drive 3 Unmounted Single Disk Drive 4 Unmounted RAID 10 hot spare 5 drive models or above Single Disk Volume Each hard drive is used as a standalone disk If a hard drive is damaged all the data will be lost 97 JBOD Just a bunch of disks JBOD is a collection of hard drives that does not offer any RAID protection The data are written to the physical disks sequentially The total storage capacity is equal to the sum of the capacity of all member hard drives RAID 0 Striping Disk Volume RAID 0 RAID 0 striping disk combines 2 or striping more hard drives into one larger volume The data is written to the hard drive without any parity Block A1 Block A2 information and no
349. o Welcome NAS A My Profile eas Activities Change Password r m ly De 61 62 220 74 Taiwan g 61 62 220 74 Taiwan 61 62 220 74 Taiwan 61 62 220 74 F QNAP NAS CGI Register device 09 11 15 41 18 NASQTS 61 62 220 74 TA 2013 QNAP NAS CGI Sign in 09 11 Taiwan 15 41 18 Previous 588 Access NAS services via the myQNAPcloud website To access the NAS services via the myQNAPcloud website specify the NAS you registered with in the search box and click Go l NASQTS irr u The published public NAS services will be listed c myQNA Pcloud D Enter device name ah Welcome to NASQTS s Cloud Portal Show published entrance of secure connection SSL amp Published Services Oo e QTS Web File Station Web Server Photo Station amp Private Services Enter the Access Code to browse more private services submit Enter the access code to browse private services Private Services Enter the Access Code to browse more private services User Name Access code SUB mit 589 c myQNA Pcloud i Enter device name Go Welcome NAS g ala Welcome to NASQTS s Cloud Portal C Show published entrance of secure connection SSL nado Published Services D e QTS Web File Station Web Server Photo Station amp Private Services Multimedia Station Note For configuration on private NAS services please refer to the DDNS Cloud Portal
350. o negotiation and the NAS will adjust the transfer rate automatically Obtain the IP address settings automatically via DHCP If the network supports DHCP select this option and the NAS will obtain the IP address and network settings automatically Use static IP address To use a static IP address for network connection enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway Jumbo Frame Settings MTU This feature is not supported by TS 509 Pro TS 809 Pro and TS 809U RP Jumbo Frames refer to the Ethernet frames that are larger than 1500 bytes It is 206 designed to enhance Ethernet networking throughput and reduce the CPU utilization of large file transfers by enabling more efficient larger payloads per packet Maximum Transmission Unit MTU refers to the size in bytes of the largest packet that a given layer of a communications protocol can transmit The NAS uses standard Ethernet frames 1500 bytes by default If the network appliances support Jumbo Frame setting select the appropriate MTU value for the network environment The NAS supports 4074 7418 and 9000 bytes for MTU Note The Jumbo Frame setting is valid in Gigabit network environment only All the network appliances connected must enable Jumbo Frame and use the same MTU value Advanced Options A Virtual LAN VLAN is a group of hosts which communicate as if they were attached to the same broadcast domain even if they were located in different physica
351. o the recipients the same freedoms that you received You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps 1 assert copyright on the software and 2 offer you this License giving you legal permission to 737 copy distribute and or modify it For the developers and authors protection the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software For both users and authors sake the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them although the manufacturer can do so This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users freedom to change the software The Systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use which is precisely where it is most unacceptable Therefore we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products If such problems arise substantially in other domains we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL as needed to protect the freedom of users Finally every program is threatened constantly by software patents States should n
352. o to Storage Manager gt Encrypted File System 130 There are four options to manage the encryption key e Change the encryption key e Download the encryption key file e Remove the saved key e Save the encryption key on the NAS E BS G a FF 8 General Storage etwork Security Hardware ower Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System _ ISCSI Virtual Disk C OW 0 ve V 1 y Disk Volume Total Size Status Single Disk Drive 1 229 57 GB Unlocked Single Disk Drive 4 Locked e Change the encryption key Input your old encryption password and input the new password Note that after the password is changed any previously exported keys will not be working anymore You have to download the new encryption key if necessary see below e Download Encryption Key File Input the encryption password to download the encryption key file Downloading the encryption key file will allow you to save the encryption key in a file The file is also encrypted and can be used to unlock a volume without knowing the real password see unlock a disk volume manually below Please save the encryption key file in a secure place e Remove Saved Key Remove saved keys with this option e Save Encryption Key Save the encryption key on the NAS for automatic unlocking and mounting the encrypted disk volume when the NAS restarts Unlock a disk volume manually To u
353. o use this feature on the TS x39 509 809 series please update the system firmware with the image file enclosed in the product CD or download the latest system firmware from http www gnap com You can enable MySQL Server as the website database Enable TCP IP Networking You can enable this option to configure MySQL server of the NAS as a database server of another web server in remote site through Internet connection When you disable this option your MySQL server will only be configured as local database server for the web server of the NAS After enabling remote connection assign a port for the remote connection service of MySQL server The default port is 3306 After the first time installation of the NAS a folder phpMyAdmin is created in the Qweb Web network folder You can enter http NAS IP phpMyAdmin in the web browser to enter the phpMyAdmin page and manage the MySQL database Note e Do not delete the phpMyAdmin folder You can rename this folder but the link on the MySQL server page will not be updated To connect to the renamed folder you can enter the link http NAS IP renamed folder in the web browser The phpMyAdmin folder is created after the first time installation When you update the firmware the folder remains unchanged Database Maintenance e Reset root password Execute this function to reset the password of MySQL root as admin e Re initialize database Execute this function to delete all
354. olders Go to Folder Connect to Server dK Migration Assistant ODBC Administrator Nef 24 selected 12 53 GB available 3 Click Add 280 Printer List Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info Status Kind pl l on the keyboard and click More Printers 4 Press and hold the alt key concurrently Default Browser IP Printer Search Printer Browser AL Cl1100 CCB65A Bonjour Name Location Print Using Please select a driver or printer model 3 kA More Printers 5 In the pop up window 281 e Select Advanced e Select Windows Printer with SAMBA e Enterthe printer name e Enter the printer URI the format is smb NAS IP printer name The printer name is found on the Device Configuration USB Printer page e Select Generic for Printer Model e Click Add Printer Browser Advanced HH 3 Device Windows Printer via SAMBA Device Name myprinter Device URI smb 1982 168 2 11 nastestPR Printer Model Generic H4 p Cancel Location Mo Selection Print Using More Printers Note that you must hold and press the alt key and click More Printers at the same time to view the Advanced printer settings Otherwise this option does not appear 6 The printer appears on the printer list It is ready to use 282 Printer List Make Default Add Delete
355. on Please note that the Download Station can only be launched after it is enabled in the Station Manager For details on the Download Station please refer to the chapter on Download Stationk7a 432 Surveillance Station Pro Check Enable Surveillance Station under Settings to enable this station and click the links below to directly login to the application Sa onm G sx E m O amp Sen Station HD Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server Manager Station Server Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Enable Surveillance Station License Management V Enable Surveillance Station Regular loain http 10 8 12 143 8080 surveillance Expand Recording Channels The Surveillance Station Pro offers one free recording channel To add extra number of recording channels please purchase the license at QNAP License Store http license gnap com or contact an authorized reseller for assistance Step 1 Go to License Store http license gnap com Step 2 Click License Management to install the license Current Maximum number of recording channels 1 24 Note The number of recording channels supported varies by the NAS model Please refer to the information on http www gnap com before purchasing or activating the license on the NAS The maximum number of recording channels supported is for reference only The
356. on 366 5 5 1 Joining NAS to Active Directory Windows Server 2003 2008 Active Directory is a Microsoft directory used in Windows environments to centrally store share and manage the information and resources on the network It is a hierarchical data centre which centrally holds the information of the users user groups and the computers for secure access management The NAS supports Active Directory AD By joining the NAS to the Active Directory all the user accounts of the AD server will be imported to the NAS automatically The AD users can use the same set of username and password to login the NAS If you are using Active Directory with Windows Server 2008 R2 you must update the NAS firmware to V3 2 0 or above to join the NAS to the AD Follow the steps below to join the QNAP NAS to the Windows Active Directory 1 Login the NAS as an administrator Go to System Settings General Settings Time Set the date and time of the NAS which must be consistent with the time of the AD server The maximum time difference allowed is 5 minutes 2 Goto System Settings Network TCP IP Set the IP of the primary DNS server as the IP of the Active Directory server that contains the DNS service It must be the IP of the DNS server that is used for your Active Directory If you use an external DNS server you will not be able to join the domain 367 Ss 4 0 Y FS B General Storage Network Security Hard
357. on Back up an iSCSI LUN Create a LUN Snapshot Step 1 15 B Cancel 3 Specify the protocol IP address host name and folder path of the restore source Click Test to test the connection Then click Next 183 Restore an iSCSI LUN Select Restore Source Linux Share NFS Windows Share CIFS SMB Local IP Address Host Name 10 8 12 79 Examples 192 168 0 100 nas com nas Username admin Password eerie Folder or Path Download Remote Host Testing Test Step 7 15 4 Browse and select the LUN image file Click Next 184 Restore an iSCSI LUN Select Source Location LUN Image Path Download backup myLUNO1 Cancel Select Source Location ES Download backup myLUNO1 Step 8 15 exi Cancel 5 Select the destination e Overwrite existing LUN Restore the iSCSI LUN and overwrite the existing LUN on the NAS All the data on the original LUN will be overwritten e Create a new LUN Restore the iSCSI LUN to the NAS as a new LUN Enter the name and select the location of the new LUN Click Next 185 Restore an iSCSI LUN Select Destination Overwrite existing LUN Note The original data on the LUN will be overwritten amp Create a new LUN LUN Name test LUN Location RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 393 62 Step 9 15 Je Cancel 6 The settings will be shown Enter a name for the job or use the one generated by the NAS
358. on part number 22 Note You have to enable SSH connection an the remate hast and use the admin account to execute the encrypted replication jab Besides the port number must be the same as the SSH port of the remote host Activate file compression Perfarm incremental replicatian Delete extra files an remote destination Handle sparse files efficiently Maximum transfer rate KB s 0 Cancel Click Apply If you select the Execute backup immediately option the replication task will start at once Otherwise it will be performed according to your schedule Note that the job is recursive Do not turn off the local NAS and the remote server when remote replication is running 530 Create a Replication Job Remote Replication Jab backup Mame Remote site Local site Source folder Source folder Settings NASCOAGFF Destination folder Available space 822 96 GB Destination folder jUusBDiski 5 G temp ESLPOD Public Total File 5Size 812 00 MB Total File s 38 Total Falder s 0 _ Options Schedule 00 00 Monthly 01 Execute backup immediately Apply Cancel Backup Station amp Backup Server Rsync Server RTRR Server Time Machine BE Remote Replication NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR 4 amp 9 Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform 2 External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy T Fan e NAS Replication allows you to replicate the
359. on with the following command i iscsiadm m node op delete targetname THE TARGET IQN Restart open iscsi to login all the available nodes etc init d open iscsi restart 168 You should be able to see the login message as below Login session iface default target iqn 2004 04 com NAS iSCSI ForUbuntu B9281B portal 10 8 12 31 3260 OK Check the device status with dmesg dmesg tail Enter the following command to create a partition dev sdb is the device name fdisk dev sdb Format the partition i mkfs ext3 dev sdb1 Mount the file system mkdir mnt iscsi mount dev sdb1 mnt iscsi You can test the I O speed using the following command hdparm tT dev sdb1 Below are some iscsiadm related commands Discover the targets on the host iscsiadm m discovery type sendtargets portal HOST IP Login a target iscsiadm m node targetname THE TARGET IQN login Logout a target iscsiadm m node targetname THE TARGET IQN logout Delete a Target i iscsiadm m node op delete targetname THE TARGET IQN 169 4 2 5 3 Advanced ACL The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only You can create LUN masking policy to configure the permission of the iSCSI initiators which attempt to access the LUN mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS To use this f
360. on Management Unlock this device by Password Q Kev File Password Save encryption key Cancel Manage the encryption key 1 To change an encryption password or download an encryption key file click Encryption Management 2 Select Manage encryption key Click Next 258 Encryption Management Encryption Management Lock this device 9 Manage encryption key Cancel 3 Select to change the encryption password or download the encryption key file to the local PC Click Next Encryption Management Encryption Management Change encryption key Old password ww ee eee Mew password e Verity mew ee password Download encryption key file Cancel Data Sharing 259 Disk usage settings for 1 drive models Select one of the following settings for an external storage device connected to a 1 drive NAS e Data sharing Use the external drive for storage expansion of the NAS e Q RAID 1 Configure the external drive and a local hard drive on the NAS as Q RAID 1 Q RAID 1 enables one way data synchronization from the NAS to the external storage device but does not offer any RAID redundancy Note that the external drive will be formatted when Q RAID 1 is executed Backup External System System Logs Restore Device Status lobtitemal Storage VSB Printer ups Storage Information Format Eject Data Sharing Data Sharing T USBDisk1 T LUSB
361. on shortcut on the Desktop or login directly to the Photo Station by keying in the URL provided in the Station Manager into a web browser Control Panel Applications Station Manager Photo Station A ECAT zn TONO sisii Cl Ge APPLICATIONS Photo Station Music Station 9 Video Station myONAPCIOUG App Genter GontrolParel Fil Station a Multimedia Station a Download Station File Station O poc 3 Surveillance Station Pro SYSTEMS Control Panel AX ontrol Pane se Storage Manager Users Music Station Photo Station Q CIS je Backup Station myQNAPcloud Qsync Beta nul lum E App Center EA QuickStart Note e The admin login credential of the Photo Station is the same as that of the NAS administrator e To show photo albums on the NAS login page check Show the photos of sharing management on the login screen on the Station Manager Control Panel gt Applications Station Manager Photo Station 624 Ii a Lu Search Qy Media Library Fol Album 123 Private Collection Photo Video Qsync Recent Imported Photos Photos Taken Imported Videos Videos Taken Slideshow Sharing Managem Trash Can mj E t Photo Station Selected 1 Total 72 1 Item s 1 Item s Date taken 2011 03 21 2 Item s 625 Large Map Aperture ISO equiv
362. on the list Backup Station amp Backup Server The backup function allows you to replicate the data between the local disk volume and an external storage device You can create Rsync Server a backup job and map it to a specific disk volume The external storage device with backup job assigned can always be recognized by the NAS whichever the USB or eSATA interface it is connected to erver Time Machine s Create aJob Options be Remote Replication T Target Device Job Name Status NAS to NAS E imi StoreJet Transcend NTFS 698 63 GB Rsync RTRR 7 Sales gt USBDisk1 Schedule Monthly 01 00 00 amp amp Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform e External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy Description 566 Start a backup job Stop a backup job z2 Edit the settings of a backup job View the job status and logs Download the logs of a backup job Delete a backup job This button is available only after a backup job is stopped To disable the backup schedule of a backup job click and select Disabled under Settings Schedule Type and click OK Synchronization Job Property Settings Falder Pairs Policy Filter Backup Storejet Transcend NTFS 698 63 GB destination Volume ID e4 C45C6 70459204 Job Mame Sales gt USBDisk1 Schedule Type Disabled Real time Schedule Cancel Default Backup Job Settings To edit the defa
363. on the server automatically The server should remain off Apply 241 Power Schedule Specify the schedule for automatic system power on power off or restart Weekdays stand for Monday to Friday weekend stands for Saturday and Sunday Up to 15 schedules can be set s x i U a g General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update EuP Mode Configuration Wake on LAN WOL Power Recovery Power Schedule 7 Enable schedule EW Postpone the restart shutdown schedule when a replication job is in progress Add Remove Restart Monday Shutdown Sunday Turn on the option Postpone the restart shutdown schedule when replication job is in process to allow the scheduled system restart or shutdown to be carried out after a running replication job completes Otherwise the NAS will ignore the running replication job and execute scheduled system restart or shutdown 242 4 7 Notification SMTP Server The NAS supports email alert to inform the administrator of system errors and warning To receive the alert by email configure the SMTP server e Select an email account specify the type of email account you would like to use for email alerts e SMTP Server Enter the SMTP server name for example smtp gmail com e Port Number Enter the port number for the SMTP server The default port number is 25 e Email Enter email address of the alert recipie
364. on to show only the configured network profiles Click Rescan to search for available Wi Fi networks in range Select a Wi Fi network to connect to and click LE Enter the security key if it is a security key enabled network Click Next and the NAS will attempt to connect to the wireless network Quick Configuration Wizard Network Security Information Type the network security key Security Key DRRR RREN Step 1 2 Cancel 217 Wi Fi Network Connection Connect to a Wi Fi network Rescan Network name SSID Signal qua Protocol FY ApsLoo2 MEN 802 11b g n FY o DQv linksys BREREREEE a02 11b g n APP TEST BANNER 302 11b g n I QNAP2F 2 4G BABBRBERREN 802 11b q n Connecting d Alan BOOSRRRAR 802 11b 9 n ae You can view the status of the configured network profiles The NAS is currently connected to the Wi Fi network The NAS is trying to connect to the Wi Fi network Out of range or The wireless signal is not available or the SSID is not hidden SSID broadcast Failed to get IP The NAS is connected to the Wi Fi network but could not get an IP address from the DHCP server Please check the router settings Association failed The NAS cannot connect to the Wi Fi network Please check the router settings Incorrect key The security key entered is incorrect Auto connect Automatically connect to the Wi Fi network if it is in range The auto connection function is not supported if
365. onnect to and go to Connect Open in File Explorer QFinder Servers lt 55 Settings Tools Open in Web Browser Open in File Explorer Connect via FTP QNAP Finder Name LIP Address Version Server Type MAC Address Firmware Status Art CSD559 PMalexO1 CSD 639 A4 Jason670 NASC3C806 PMKen559a ANASC4EF38 NASD22C85 demol NASD4C604 670Pro demo2 Ken879 CSD 659 Fan 509 F470 CherrySMB 10 8 12 80 10 8 12 82 10 8 12 84 10 8 12 87 10 8 12 90 10 8 12 93 10 8 12 95 10 8 12 108 10 8 12 112 10 8 12 115 10 8 12 116 10 8 12 118 10 8 12 119 10 8 12 122 10 8 12 126 10 8 12 132 10 8 12 145 10 8 12 146 10 8 12 151 749 120 1c 4 0 1 20 3 8 1 20 4 0 1 20 4 0 1 20 4 0 2 20 3 8 2 20 4 0 2 20 3 8 3 20 3 8 3 20 4 0 1 20 4 0 2 20 4 0 1 20 4 0 1 20 4 0 0 20 3 8 3 20 4 0 1 20 4 0 1 20 4 0 0 20 4 0 1 20 ANTION TS 559 P TS 119P II TS 639 TS 509 TS 670 TS 559 TS 559 P TS 259 P TS 269L TS 469 Pro TS 670 Pro TS 670 Pro TS 469 Pro TS 879 Pro TS 659 P TS 509 TS 470 Pro TS 469 Pro TC A70 Orn 00 08 9B C7 00 08 9B C3 00 08 9B BA 00 08 9B BA 00 08 9B D4 00 08 9B C3 00 08 9B BD 00 08 9B C4 00 08 9B D2 00 08 9B CC 00 08 9B D4 00 08 9B D4 00 08 9B CF 00 00 08 79 00 08 9B C7 00 08 9B BD 00 08 9B D4 00 08 9B CF 00 08 9B CF nn no an
366. ons Real time Real time synchronization capies files that are new changed and renamed from the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made Schedule Scheduled synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed from the source folder to the target falder according to the pre configured schedule Replicate Now v Configure policy and filter Step 6 11 Cancel 8 To configure synchronization policy select Configure policy and filter and click Next Select whether or not to enable the following options e Delete extra files Delete extra files in the target folder Deletions made on the source folder will be repeated on the target folder This option is not available for real time synchronization e Detect sparse files Select this option to ignore files of null data e Check file contents Specify to examine file contents date size and name to determine if two files are identical This option is not available for real time synchronization e Compress files during transmissions Specify whether or not the files should be compressed for synchronization operations Note that more CPU resources will be consumed 540 e Ignore symbolic links Select this option to ignore symbolic links in the pair folder e Extended attributes Select this option to keep the information in extended attributes e Timeout and retry settings Specify the timeout period and retry settings
367. or Component and b serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form A Major Component in this context means a major essential component kernel window system and so on of the specific operating system if any on which the executable work runs or a compiler used to produce the work or an object code interpreter used to run it The Corresponding Source for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate install and for an executable work run the object code and to modify the work including scripts to control those activities However it does not include the work s System Libraries or general purpose tools or generally available free 739 programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work For example Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form
368. or Mac can be downloaded at http www qnap com download To check on license details switch to the License Management page 5 S xw a 2 LJ E Cim Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Settings System UDI 1FFOOONOC9489BONA4P0000 Install License Leense Management License Name License ID Channel N Expire Days Status Action Surveillance Station Pro 1 Channe TS CAM BS 01 1 Activat 434 Display item 1 1 Total 1 Show 10 w Items 7 2 iTunes Server The MP3 files on the Qmultimedia Multimedia folder of the NAS can be shared to iTunes by this service All the computers with iTunes installed on LAN are able to find browse and play the shared music files on the NAS To use iTunes Server install iTunes www apple com itunes on your computer Enable this feature and then upload the music files to the Qmultimedia Multimedia folder of the NAS a S Ww a amp amp po Station Backup Tunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server YPN Service Manager Station Server M After enabling iTunes server all the iTunes clients on the same subnet can play the music files in Multimedia folder an the server Enable iTunes Server After enabling this service click the following link to ent
369. or shared disk Search for Files Recent Documents 2 Select WebDAV HTTP or Secure WebDAV HTTPS for the Service type according to your NAS settings and enter your host information Enter the username and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this folder Click Connect to initialize the connection 462 FU Mon Nov 2 9 26PM 5 james Connect to Server 3 This WebDAV connection has been established successfully a linked folder will be created on the desktop automatically E 4 DL MonNov 2 9 29PM james MyWebDAV File Browser File Edit View Go Bookmarks Tabs Help Back Forward m X nij i 463 MySQL Management Install phpMyAdmin software and save the program files in the Web or Qweb share of the NAS You can change the folder name and connect to the database by entering the URL in the browser Note The default username of MySQL is root The password is admin Please change your root password immediately after logging in to the phpMyAdmin management interface SQLite Management Follow the steps below or refer to the INSTALL file in the downloaded SQLiteManager tar gz to install SQLiteManager 1 Unpack the downloaded file SOLiteManager tar gz 2 Upload the unpacked folder SQLiteManager to NNAS IP Web or NNASIPNOweb 3 Open a web browser and go to http NAS IP SQLiteManager The symbol re
370. ormats for the domain users are e Windows shares domain username e FTP domain username e File Station domain username e AFP domain username When you turn on this option the users can use the same login name format domain username to connect to the NAS via AFP FTP and File Station Automatically register in DNS When this option is turned on and the NAS is joined to an Active Directory the NAS will register itself automatically in the domain DNS server This will create a DNS host entry for the NAS in the DNS server If the NAS IP is changed the NAS will automatically update the new IP in the DNS server Enable trusted domains Select this option to load the users from trusted Active Directory domains and specify their access permissions to the NAS in Privilege Settings gt Shared Folders The domain trusts are set up in Active Directory only not on the NAS 387 Apple Networking To connect to the NAS from Mac enable Apple Filing Protocol If the AppleTalk network uses extended networks and is assigned with multiple zones assign a zone name to the NAS Enter an asterisk to use the default setting This setting is disabled by default To allow access to the NAS from Mac OS X 10 7 Lion enable DHX2 authentication support Click Apply to save the settings 4 amp mE se E Win Mac NFS FTP Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin Microsoft Networking Apple
371. ors who are familiar with command line 1 First make sure the iSCSI LUN backup restore or snapshot jobs have been created on the NAS in Storage Manager iSCSI LUN Backup 2 Connect to the NAS by an SSH utility such as Pietty Piel TY Configuration Its Easy To Create Your Connection Host Name or IP address Port PSP RET v 22 O Telnet BBS SSH User Interface Menubar PuTTY mode English UI PieTTY Information PieTTY Version 0 4 00 beta 14 by Hung Te Lin lt piaip csie org gt 172 17 30 130 60x12 Connection Edit View Window Option Help 198 4 Input the command lunbackup The command usage description will be shown EB 172 17 30 130 60x12 Connection Edit View Window Option Help 5 Use the lunbackup command to start or stop an iSCSI LUN backup restore or snapshot job on the NAS EP 172 17 30 130 60x12 Connection Edit View Window Option Help m L Fis SoTL k ma aats ee Lx 199 4 2 6 Virtual Disk You can use this function to add the iSCSI targets of other QNAP NAS or storage servers to the NAS as the virtual disks for storage capacity expansion The NAS supports maximum 8 virtual disks e 8 General Storage etwork Security Hardware Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI __ Virtual Disk Add Virtual Disk Target Name Virtual Disk Name File Syst
372. ortal Management Current Jobs Create a Job Target Management Job Name Status Advanced ACL 2 Select Create a LUN Snapshot and click Next 190 Create a Job LUN Backup Restore Snapshot This wizard helps you back up or restore an iSCSI LUN or create a LUN snapshot Please select the action Backup an iSCSI LUN Restore an iSCSI LUN Step 1 15 3 Select an iSCSI LUN on the NAS Only one snapshot can be created for each iSCSI LUN Click Next 191 Create a LUN Snapshot Select Source LUN LUN 4 myLUNO1 myLUMOZ myLUNOS Status Enabled Enabled Enabled Capacity 1 00 GB 1 00 GB 1 00 GB 1 00 GB iSCSI Target target a allend1 davidol myLUNO4 Enabled test 2 Unmapp 1 00 GB Note Only one snapshot can be created for each iSCSI LUN Step 11 15 Cancel 4 Enter a name for the LUN snapshot or use the one generated by the NAS Select an iSCSI target where the LUN snapshot is mapped to Click Next The LUN Snapshot must be mapped to another iSCSI target different from the original one 192 Create a LUN Snapshot Configure LUN Settings LUN Snapshot Name snap myLUNos Target Alias Target ION target iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi target01 cf4bc1 a iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi a01 cfdbci allenoi iqn 2004 O04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi allen cfdbci davidol iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi dav
373. orto see troubleshooting information far the printer print a 9 The new network printer is now available for printing 269 4 10 2 2 Setting up Printer Connection in Windows XP Follow the steps below to set up your printer connection Method 1 1 Enter NNAS IP in Windows Explorer 2 A printer icon is shown as a shared folder on the server Double click the icon 3 Install the printer driver F Add Printer Wizard IF your printer came with is not listed consult your fee HM anufacturer GRE Agfa Alps Apollo Apple APS P5 AST O O Tell me why diver signing is noni Cancel 4 When finished you can start to use the network printer service of the NAS Method 2 The following configuration method has been verified on Windows XP only Open Printers and Faxes 2 Delete the existing network printer if any Right click the blank area in the Printers and Faxes window Select Server Properties 4 Click the Ports tab and delete the ports configured for the previous network printer if any Restart your PC Open Printers and Faxes Click Add a printer and click Next NE LE Select Local printer attached to this computer Click Next 270 10 Ll 12 Click Create a new port and select Local Port from the drop down menu Click Next Enter the port name The format is NAS IP NAS namepr for example NAS IP 192 168 1 1 NAS name myNAS the link is 192 168 1 1
374. ost USBDisk2 Device removed w 2013 05 03 23 23 50 System 127 0 0 1 localhost Video Station Video Station is enabled successfully wv 2013 05 03 17 40 41 admin 61 62 220 74 VPN Service PPTP started successfully 2013 04 30 22 52 30 System 127 0 0 1 localhost LAN 1 link is Up w 2013 04 30 22 44 18 System 127 0 0 1 localhost USBDisk3 Device removed i 2013 04 30 22 43 43 System 127 0 0 1 localhost USBDisk3 Device detected The file system is ntfs i 2013 04 30 22 43 36 System 127 0 0 1 localhost USBDisk3 Device removed w 2013 04 30 22 43 16 System 127 0 0 1 localhost USBDisk3 Device detected The file system is ntfs Page 1 1 gU Display item 1 39 Total 39 Show 50 v Items 302 System Connection Logs The NAS supports recording HTTP FTP Telnet SSH AFP NFS SAMBA and iSCSI connections Click Options to select the connection type to be logged The file transfer performance can be slightly affected when this feature is turned on Tip Right click a log and select to delete the record or block the IP and select how long the IP should be blocked To clear all the logs click Clear System Event Logs System Connection Logs _ Online Users Syslog Client Management All events Y Options Clear Save Accessed Resources Sez Type Date Time Users Source IP Computer name Connection type Accessed Resources Action v 2013 05 09 17 01 49 admin 10 8 12 8 localhost FTP Logout uw 2013 05 09 17 01 40 admin 1
375. ot allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general purpose computers but in those that do we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary To prevent this the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non free The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS O Definitions This License refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License Copyright also means copyright like laws that apply to other kinds of works such as semiconductor masks The Program refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License Each licensee is addressed as you Licensees and recipients may be individuals or organizations To modify a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission other than the making of an exact copy The resulting work is called a modified version of the earlier work or a work based on the earlier work A covered work means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program 738 To propagate a work means to do anything with it that without permission would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy Propagation includes copying distribution with or without mod
376. otation speed of the system fan BHHESEMEBELDBEHUMEIE HUIUHSMBLUUHEHHMENE SPEER EPE EPI Shut down Use this option to turn off the NAS Press the Select button to select Yes Then press the Enter button to confirm Reboot Use this option to restart the NAS Press the Select button to select Yes Then press the Enter button to confirm Password The default password of the LCD panel is blank Enter this option to change the password of the LCD panel Select Yes to continue etsy tsi te You may enter a password of maximum 8 numeric characters 0 9 When the cursor moves to OK press the Enter button Verify the password to confirm the changes Back Select this option to return to the main menu 735 System Messages When the NAS encounters system error an error message will be shown on the LCD panel Press the Enter button to view the message Press the Enter button again to view the next message speede fetetefetet ey e eee eels Network Lost Both LAN 1 and LAN 2 are disconnected in failover or load balancing mode LAN1 Lost LAN 1 is disconnected LAN2 Lost LAN 2 is disconnected HDD Failure A hard drive fails 736 10 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3 29 June 2007 Copyright O 2007 Free Software Foundation Inc http fsf org Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of thi
377. oto video EXIF information and photos can be geotagged here Info J i Edit and browse photo video details tags and descriptions Sharing b Drag files to this area and share them via a link There are three methods the links can be shared Email Share a link via email Specify the sender recipient subject and message body of the email and click Send to send the email Make sure your email account is properly configured Go to Control Panel gt System Settings gt Notifications SMTP Server for email configuration Social Sharing Share a link with selected files on social networking sites Specify the subject and message body and click the social networking site icon to share Link Share a link by directly pasting it into an email or instant message Under Select Link Format select the DDNS name LAN IP or WAN IP address note that the myQNAPcloud com DDNS name is only available after it is registered in myQNAPcloud Please refer to the chapter on myQNAPcloud Servicelsz for details and HTML format click to choose a URL link HTML code vB Forum code or Alt Forum code from the drop down menu Click Create Link specify the name of the album displayed on the page seen as recipients open the link Copy and paste the URL link in the dialog window to your preferred applications 628 Select Link Format 10 8 12 74 P URL P http 10 8 12 7 4 photo slidesh Create Link
378. ottom of the list and choose VPN as the interface 480 Show All Select the interface and enter a name for the new service Interface Wi Fi I Bluetooth DUN li Fi Of Service Name tl has the IP e Bluetooth PAI n Net Co ted Onmecmec vf Ask to join new networks Known networks will be joined automatically If no knaown networks are available you will be asked before joining a new network iV Show Wi Fi status in menu bar Advanced J Q0 T 4 id Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Revert Apply 3 Choose the VPN type according to the settings of the NAS to connect Enter the service name 481 oc e 0 M T Show All c EE EQ it i a e i iaa Mi i M ll C Interface VPN VPN Type PPTP li Fi Off has the IP e aes ib Service Name ot Connected TV ASK to Join new networks Known networks will be joined automatically If na known networks are available you will be asked before joining a new network v Show Wi Fi status in menu bar Advanced 7 i Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Revert Apply 4 In Server Address enter the myQNAPcloud name or the WAN IP of the NAS In Account Name enter your username which is added from the NAS 482 Network Location Au tomatic Wi Fi Sta
379. ount is properly configured Go to Control Panel gt System Settings gt Notification gt SMTP Server for email configuration 2 Social Sharing Share a link with selected songs on social networking sites Specify the subject and message body and click the social networking site to share 3 Link Share a link by directly pasting it into an email or instant message Under the Link Code select the DDNS name LAN IP or WAN IP address for the link Note that the myQNPcloud com DDNS name is only available after it is registered in myQNAPcloud Please refer to the chapter on myQNAPcloud Servicels7 amp for details from the drop down menu Click Save and copy and paste the URL link in the dialog window to your preferred applications Link Code 192 168 100 112 Save Cancel Media Library and Privacy Settings Music files in the Music Station are listed according to shared folder privileges media folders and settings in the Media Library Music files stored in the shared folders are only visible to users who have Read Write or Read Only privileges to those shared folders and after the music files are detected and scanned by the Media Library Users can store 642 music files in their home folder to hide them from other users For details on the media folder settings please refer to the chapter on Media Library ks Note Initially shared folders are accessible to all users To con
380. ounts server name network configuration and so on click Backup and select to open or save the setting file Restore System Settings To restore all the settings click Browse to select a previously saved setting file and click Restore 250 Restore to Factory Default To reset all the system settings to default click RESET and then click OK Caution When RESET is pressed on this page all the disk data user accounts shared folders and system settings will be cleared and restored to default Always back up all the important data and system settings before resetting the NAS To reset the NAS by the reset button see System Settings Hardware a E Backup External System System Logs Restore Device Status Backup Restore Settings To reset all settings to default click Reset Caution When you press Reset on this page all drive data user accounts network shares and system settings are cleared and restored to default Please make sure you have backed up all the important data and system settings before resetting the NAS Reset 251 4 10 External Device External Storageks3 USB Printerbeh UPS Pe3 252 4 10 1 External Storage The NAS supports external USB and eSATA storage devices for backup and data storage Connect the external storage device to a USB or an eSATA interface of the NAS when the device is successfully detected the details will be shown
381. p Beautiful Isle of Som Bandari a Better ees Forgotten Steps 0 00 ask Saw LIE QsynctBeta App Genter Music Station Battle To Battle Taro Iwashiro Balaozinho Lisa Ono Believe Me Baby I Li Trisha Yearwood Alif Tree Beyond The River Taro Iwashiro Bextor 26 Sophie Ellis 400 1365 Item s Bell 639 Control Panel Beat On The Battle Taro Iwashiro Besame Mucho Lisa Ono Bilonga Lisa Get More sislaniin M p cJ Title Artist Album Album Ar Year Genre Track File type Duration Codepage Path Hotel Costes vol 9 192 La Cor we eee eine HAF Menu Bar wo mme OS Search music files in the Media Library by artist album or title Switch between the thumbnail browsing mode 1 detail browsing mode 5 list browsing mode E and cover flow browsing mode ee to list the songs Set privileges on file access NAS audio output Internet radio Shared playlist and social sharing for users created in Privilege Settings gt Users Bring up the Media Folder page under the Media Library Set the music alarm LENNL MEME Play Pause Play the previous item Play the next item Shuffle on off No repeat repeat once or repeat all Playing mode e Streaming Mode Stream the music files to the computer or the device and play them using a web browser a Adjust the volume 640
382. p directory During each import operation only new photos and videos will be imported to a new folder If you want to customize the backup configuration please select USB One Touch Copy Apply For customized backup configuration please select USB One Touch Copy USB One Touch Copy Backup Server Rsync Server RTRR Server Time Machine am Remote Replication NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR Cloud Backup Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy Backup Station Configure the behavior of the USB one touch copy button to back up the data from the front USB drive to the NAS or vice versa Smart Import Beta USB One Touch Copy As an external storage drive USB One Touch Copy You can configure the backup mode of pressing the COPY button when an external drive is connected to the front USB port Backup from the front USB drive to the NAS Backup from the NAS to the front USB drive Backup method Synchronize v WARNING Files are copied from the source to the destination Extra files on the destination will be deleted files of the same names will be overwritten by the source Source data will remain unchanged Handle sparse files efficiently Add Options i Source folder Destination folder JFrontUSB HP1860G GVv PPT gt Download Unmount the front USB drive manually Enable Alarm Buzzer Note 1 Backup Press the Copy button for 2 seconds and rel
383. perate under USB standalone mode follow the steps below 1 Plug in the USB cable on the UPS to the NAS 2 Select the option Enable UPS Support 3 Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores 4 Click Apply All to confirm D Backup External System System Log Restore Device Status External Storage USB Printer DS mi UPS W Enable UPS Support Enable Network UPS Support Turn off the server after the AC power fails for minute s 5 The system will enter auto protection mode after the AC power fails for Auto protection when the power restores the system automatically resumes to its previous state UPS Information Normal Manufacture American Power Conversion Battery capacity Model Smart UPS 1500 Estimated protection time 5 35 0 hh mm ss Apply All 289 Standalone mode SNMP To operate under SNMP standalone mode follow the steps below 1 Make sure the NAS is connected to the same physical network as the SNMP based UPS Select the option Enable UPS Support Select APC UPS with SNMP management from the Protocol drop down menu Enter the IP address of the SNMP based UPS Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or en
384. permission type Users and groups permission 2 Edit the user and group permissions for access from Windows Mac FTP and File Station Shares 4 J Dept permissions Preview Read On Read Wril Deny Acces Special Permission 4 Download 4 Multimedia A admin Reads F F 0 Public J Recordings amp Ted Mm jTedHome amp J testoi Read W 3 JUSBDisk1 3 JusBDiskz X testo2 Read w Usb 4 Web s homes Guest access right Deny access x we Remove atest 1 iL test 1 3 Jtest 2 Only admin can create files and folders 5 jtesto3 Apply changes to files and subfolders 3 test u4 uf4r r nmrm e m M K J Owner admin g El Only the owner can delete the contents v Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Clase Click Add to select more users and user groups and specify their access rights to the folder Click Add to confirm 337 Select users and groups Local Users ZU ju Mame Preview testo Read Only Ex E Employee z Read Only ES Employveen73 Read Only Is Employee 4 Deny Access Employeed s Deny Access Employeed 6 Deny Access Employeeo Deny Access Employeedy s Deny Access Fs m pu pm m p pu pm Aa Es m pm pm qm pm pu m E E A m m E Employees Deny ACCESS Employveensu Deny Access 3 3 3 Page 11 8 P MI a Display item 1 10 Total 80 Note 1 The permission settings of user and group
385. pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not convey it at all For example if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program 13 Use with the GNU Affero General Public License Notwithstanding any other provision of this License you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work and to convey the resulting work The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License section 13 concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such 14 Revised Versions of this License The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License or any later version applies to it you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later
386. ply The NAS will sound and record the error messages in System Logs when the PSU is plugged out or does not correspond correctly If only one PSU is installed on the NAS do NOT enable this option a a VY e 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update General Buzzer Smart Fan V Enable configuration reset switch W Enables hard disk standby mode The status LED will turn off if there is no access within Time 30minutes Q W Enables the light signal alert when the free storage size is less than the value Only support simple volume Size 3072 MB Enable write cache EXTA delay allocation V v V Enable Redundant Power Supply Mode This function is disabled by default 234 Buzzer Enable alarm buzzer Turn on this option to allow the alarm buzzer to beep when certain system operations startup shutdown or firmware upgrade are executed or system events error or warning occur Ze S a 9 e B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update General _ Buzzer Write Cache Smart Fan Enable Alarm Buzzer W System operations startup shutdown and firmware upgrade W System events error and warning 235 Write Cache Better write performance can be obtained when this option is enabled Please not that an unexpected system shutdown might cause incomplete data transfer when data write
387. provides a simple web services interface that can be used to store and retrieve the data from anywhere on the web With Amazon S3 you can upload the data from your NAS to Amazon S3 or download the data from Amazon S3 to your NAS Note that you need to register an AWS account from http aws amazon com and pay for the service After signing up for an account you need to create at least one bucket root folder on Amazon S3 by an Amazon S3 application We recommend the Mozilla Firefox add on S3Fox for beginners Backup Station A Backup Server a E This function allows you to upload the data from the NAS to Amazon 5S3 or vice versa RHEIN Note Please synchronize the system time with an Internet time server before using this function To configure the system date and time RTRR Server please click here Time Machine Create a Replication Job ae Remote Replication Job Name Usage Ty Schedule Status NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR 49 Cloud Backup Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Symform Z External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy Disclaimer The cloud storage services are provided by the third party vendors on an as is basis QNAP is not liable for the data security or any loss or damage of data that may have been caused by using these services After setting up the Amazon S3 account follow the steps below to back up the data to or retrieve the data from Amazon S3 using the NAS 1 Click Create a Replication Job 2 Enter t
388. r NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of NAS models users 1 024 TS 110 TS 210 2 048 T5 112 TS 119 TS 119P TS 212 TS 219P TS 410 TS 239 Pro II TS 259 Prot 4 096 TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Pro TS 459 Pro II TS 559 Prot TS 559 Pro II TS 659 Prot TS 659 Pro II TS 859 Pro TS 859U RP TS 859U RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP The following information is required to create a new user e Username The username is case insensitive and supports multi byte characters such as Chinese Japanese Korean and Russian The maximum length is 32 characters The invalid characters are listed below UNA aoe ee 309 e Password The password is case sensitive and supports maximum 16 characters It is recommended to use a password of at least 6 characters D vY d nn GG A User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Create Delete Home Folders Local Users Username Description Quota Action admin administrator ye 2 amp a Vj Ted User x GBs Display item 1 2 Total 2 Show 10 Items 310 Create a User To create a user on the NAS click Create a User go a O th User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Create Delete
389. re designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio television technician for help Modifications Any modifications made to this device that are not approved by QNAP Systems Inc may void the authority granted to the user by the FCC to operate this equipment CE QNAP Turbo NAS models comply with different CE compliance classes Please refer to the CE NOTICE table below for details NAS Models Fece fee TS EC1679U RP Class A TS EC1279U RP Class A TS EC879U RP Class A TS 1679U RP Class A TS 1279U RP Class A TS 879U RP Class A TS 1270U RP Class A TS 879U RP Class A TS 1269U RP Class A TS 869U RP Cla
390. re real time ar scheduled sync options Click Mext ta start Step 1 11 3 Select the synchronization locations Make sure the destination device has been formatted and folders have been created The NAS supports e Synchronize data from a local folder to a remote folder NAS or FTP server e Synchronize data from a remote folder NAS or FTP server to a local folder 534 e Synchronize data from a local folder to another local folder or an external drive Click Next Create a Replication Job Select Sync Locations Select the target folder far synchronization 9 Local folder to remote folder Synchronize files from a local folder to a remote folder O Remote folder to local folder Synchronize files from a remote folder to a local folder Local folder to local folder external drive Synchronize files from a local folder to another local folder ar external drive Step 2 11 4 Enter the IP address or host name Select the server type FTP server or NAS server with RTRR service enabled 535 Remote replication to FTP server Specify the port number and if you want to enable FTP with SSL TLS Explicit for encrypted data transfer If the FTP server is behind a firewall enable passive mode Enter the username and password with read write access to the server Click Next Create a Replication Jah Gonfigure Remote Host Settings IP Address Hast Name 132 158 0 17 server type FTP Server Port e
391. re specific network interfaces wired or wireless enable service binding and configure the settings The users will only be able to connect to the services via the specified network interface s Note The service binding feature is only available for the NAS with more than one network interfaces wired and wireless The available network interfaces on the NAS will be shown All the NAS services run on all network interfaces by default Select at least one network interface that each service should be bound to Then click Apply The users will only be able to connect to the services via the specified network interface s If the settings cannot be applied click Refresh to list the current network interfaces on the NAS and configure service binding again 225 Re a m VY e 8H General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update TCP IP Wi Fi IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service Refresh Use Default Value Etherneti Ethernet2 Network Services Microsoft Networking Apple Networking NFS Service FTP Service iSCSI Service TFTP Service Management Services NAS Web Management Interface SSH Service Telnet Service SNMP Applications Web Server iTunes Server MySQL Server RTRR Server Rsync Server Apply Note After applying the service binding settings the connection of the currently online users will be kept even if t
392. regation List Create a Fortal Folder jele Import Export Folder Tree E Fortal Folder Name El Shares 359 F Remote Folder Link 5 Portal Folder Name Shares Link Name Host Mame Remote Shared Folder 1 Public on 10 8 12 153 10 8 12 153 Public 2 Marketing on 10 8 1 10 8 13 89 Marketing Cancel Note If there is permission control on the folders you need to join the NAS and the remote servers to the same AD domain 5 Upon successful connection you can connect to the remote folders through the NAS 360 Shares Home Share View T k Network 10 8 12 153 Shares C Search Shares E sy ee Mame Date modified Type Size EE Desktop Marketing on 10 8 13 89 3 16 2013 8 43 PM File folder ig Downloads a Public on 10 8 12 153 3 16 2013 8 43 PM File folder b i Recent places i53 Libraries ES Documents a Music i Pictures BE Videos E Computer ia OS C coq Data D Se Public 4 10 8 12 153 th Network 2 items Advanced Permissions Advanced Folder Permissions and Windows ACL provide subfolder and file level permissions control They can be enabled independently or together a User Groups Shared Quota Domain Folders Security Shared Folder Advanced Permissions _ Folder Aggregation When this option is enabled you can assign the folder and subfolder permission to individual users and user groups Enable Advanced Folder Permissions Enab
393. replication not based NAS supported Each job supports maximum 5 folder pairs If your NAS models are not listed below please visit http www qnap com for details Intel based NAS TS x39 series TS x59 series TS x69 series TS 509 TS 809 TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS x59 Pro TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP ARM based Non Intel based TS x10 TS x12 TS x19 series NAS Follow the steps below to create a replication job 533 1 To create a real time or scheduled remote replication click Create a Replication Job Backup Station A Backup Server RTRR Real time Remote Replication allows one way data replication between two servers locations including FTP server in real Rsync Server time or according to the specified schedule You must enable RTRR or FTP server on the remote server in order to use this function RTRR Server Create a Replication Job Options Time Machine Target Device Job Name Status Action ae Remote Replication NAS to NAS Rsync 49 Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform 2 External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy 2 When the wizard shows up click Next Create a Replication Jah Synchronization Job wizard This wizard helps you create a sync jab through the folowing steps 1 Connect to a remote host 2 Create folder pairs far sync operations 3 Configu
394. rictly adhere to the instructions Create a new encrypted disk volume with new hard drives If the NAS has been installed to create a new encrypted disk volume by installing new hard drives on the NAS follow the steps below 125 Install the new hard drive s on the NAS 2 Login the NAS as an administrator Go to Storage Manager Volume Management 3 Click Create Es E 3 is 9 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System SES Virtual Disk Create Current Configuration Physical Disks Disk Model Capacity Status SMART Information Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ERM1 0 232 89 GB Ready Good Drive 2 No Disk Drive 3 No Disk Drive 4 WDC WD250O0AAKX 22ERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready Good Drive 5 No Disk 1 Select the disk volume you want to configure according to the number of new hard drives installed 126 Volume Creation Wizard Volumes without data protection Single Disk Volume Create single disk volume s RAID O Striping Disk Volume Create one striping disk volume Step 1 2 2 Check the drive for the intended volume 127 with data protection JBOD Linear Disk Volume Create one linear disk volume Cancel Volume Creation Wizard Single Disk Volume Add Hard Drive E Disk Model Capacity Status E Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX 22E
395. right QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 23 Key in the user ID and password entered in the Confirm the setup information page Remember me Secure login 34 2 2 2 Cloud Installation Follow the steps in this section to complete cloud installation for your NAS 1 Connect your NAS to the Internet and on your PC go to start qnap com and click Cloud Installation Hard Disk Compatible List User Manual English Global Set Up Your Turbo NAS New to Turbo NAS Follow the steps to get started 1 Set up the hardware for your Turbo NAS 2 Install firmware and configure your Turbo NAS 3 Get useful tools to enjoy your Turbo NAS Start Now Cloud Installation Handy utilities assist you anytime Remote access on the go Various handy tools are available to smooth your Access and manage your Turbo NAS and enjoy work with the Turbo NAS You can enjoy convenient multimedia files on mobile devices whenever g data backup smart download management remote a wherever access to the Turbo NAS anytime and anywhere Customer Service Online Support Form QNAP Forum User Manual Tutorials Asia Taiwan QNAP Systems Inc TEL 886 2 2641 2000 FAX 886 2 2641 0555 Copyright 92013 QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 2 Alternatively you may scan the QR code using your mobile phone to start cloud installation 35 all HSE 3G T4F5 47 92 mm 3 install qnap cor G
396. rive RAID 5 4 drive RAID 6 4 drive RAID 10 5 bay NAS 1 to 5 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 5 drive RAID 5 4 to 5 drive RAID 6 4 drive RAID 10 6 bay NAS 1 to 6 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 6 drive RAID 5 4 to 6 drive RAID 6 4 drive or 6 drive RAID 10 8 bay NAS 1 to 8 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 8 drive RAID 5 4 to 8 drive RAID 6 4 drive 6 drive or 8 drive RAID 10 63 Follow the steps below to perform system migration 1 Turn off the source NAS and unplug the hard drives 2 Remove the hard drives from the old trays and install them to the hard drive trays of the new NAS 3 Plug the hard drives to the destination NAS new model Make sure the hard drives are installed in the original order 4 Follow the instructions of the Quick Installation Guide QIG to connect the power supply and network cable s of the new NAS 5 Turn on the new NAS Login the web administration interface as an administrator default login admin password admin 6 If you are informed to update the firmware of the new NAS follow the instructions to download and install the firmware 7 Click Start Migrating The NAS will restart after system migration All the data and settings will be retained 2 Caution To avoid system damage or serious injuries the system migration procedure should be performed by an authorized server mana
397. rmation about the processes running on the NAS System Status System Information Network Status System Service Hardware Information CPU Usage Process Name Users PID EE mda raidi admin 449 0 0 Memory Usage top admin 10847 4 6 Disk Usage _thttpd_ admin 26325 O Bandwidth Usage twonkymediasery admin 4157 O 9o apache httpdusr 23902 0 mysqld admin fel 9f nvrd admin 17575 9o iscsid admin 7143 O 9o ManaRequest cgi admin 10876 3 7 manaRegquest cgi admin 10839 So ManaRequest cgi admin 10854 4 6 So squid httpdusr 7093 So apache httpdusr 10123 o proaftpd guest 6790 0 9s btd admin b424 0 9 Yo 301 4 12 System Logs System Event Logs The NAS can store 10 000 recent event logs including warning error and information messages If the NAS does not function correctly refer to the event logs for troubleshooting Tip Right click a log to delete the record To clear all logs click Clear System Event Logs System Connection Logs Online Users Syslog Client Management Allevents i Clar Save Content Search Type Date Time Users Source IP Computer name Content A 2013 05 07 17 07 04 System 127 0 0 1 localhost Drive 1 The scanning is stopped by user 2013 05 07 17 06 55 System 127 0 0 1 localhost Drive 1 Start scanning bad blocks i 2013 05 06 08 04 00 System 127 0 0 1 localhost USBDisk2 Device detected The file system is ntfs i 2013 05 06 02 46 29 System 127 0 0 1 localh
398. rmatted before we can use it Right click My Computer Manage to open the Computer Management window then go to Disk Management and a window should pop up automatically asking whether you want to initialize the newly found hard drive Click OK then format this drive as normally you would when adding a new disk You must initiakze a disk before Logical Disk Manager can access it Select dies 5L I MERERI INE EINDMDMORIEIURENENU Lise the following partition style forthe selected disks MER Master Boot Record 3 GPT GUID Partition Table Note The GPT partition style is not recognized by al previous versions of Windows It is recommended for disks larger than ZTB or disks used on tanium based computers Ok J conce After disk initialization and formatting the new drive is attached to your PC You can now use this iSCSI target as a regular disk partition 159 Help e AE B Bx amp a m dE Computer Management Locall Volume Layout Type File System Status 4 System Tools ca C Simple Basic NTFS Healthy System Boot Page File Activ b D Task Scheduler C 2506 0 D Simple Basic NTFS Healthy Primary Partition b Bi Event Viewer Basic rive b mE Shared Folders i G e Basic h alth ary Partiti b Mi Local Users and Groups SCY Target F Simpl si vy Primary Partiti b Ki Performance zy Device Manager 4 53 Storage zm Disk Management L Disk 0 pm services and
399. rms of section 4 provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it and giving a relevant date b The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7 This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to keep intact all notices C You must license the entire work as a whole under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy This License will therefore apply along with any applicable section 7 additional terms to the whole of the work and all its parts regardless of how they are packaged This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it d If the work has interactive user interfaces each must display Appropriate Legal Notices however if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices your work need not make them do so A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium 741 is caled an aggregate if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation s users beyon
400. rmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk Y Disk Volume Total Size Bitmap Status RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 12 3 459 13 GB no 4 Expanding 1296 00 00 20 The process may take from hours to tens of hours to finish depending on the drive size Please wait patiently for the process to finish Do NOT turn off the power of the NAS After RAID capacity expansion has finished the new capacity is shown and the status is Ready You can start to use the NAS In the example you have 1 8TB logical volume ES ez X Q i U General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iscsi Virtual Disk Ww Action Disk Volume Total Size Status RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 1845 38 GB Ready Tip If the description still shows You can replace this hard drive and the status of the drive volume says Ready it means the RAID volume is still expandable 104 Migrate Online RAID Level Migration During the initial setup of the TS 509 Pro you bought a 250GB hard drive and configured it as single disk The TS 509 Pro is used as a file server for data sharing among the departments After a half year more and more important data are saved on the TS 509 Pro There is a rising concern for hard drive damage and data
401. rn this option off b Maintenance Click Restore to restore web server configuration to default c php ini Maintenance Select the option php ini Maintenance and choose to upload edit or restore php ini 3 Secure Connection SSL Enter the port number for SSL connection 444 4 Upload the HTML files to the shared folder Qweb Web on the NAS The file index html index htm or index php will be the home path of your web page 5 You can access the web page you upload by entering http NAS IP in the web browser Note that when Web Server is enabled you have to enter http NAS IP 8080 in your web browser to access the login page of the NAS Note Please be reminded that Please note that after the Web Server is disabled all relevant applications including the Music Station Photo Station Happy Get or QAirplay will become unavailable To use PHP mail go to System Settings Notification SMTP Server and configure the SMTP server settings 445 WebDAV WebDAV Web based Distributed Authoring and Versioning is a set of extensions to the HTTP S protocol that allow the users to edit and manage the files collaboratively on the remote World Wide Web servers After turning on this function you can map theshared folders of your NAS as the network drives of a remote PC over the Internet To edit the access right settings go to Privilege Settings Shared Folders page Note Currently the Web
402. rs of the selected folder even if the options Apply changes to files and subfolders and Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders are selected T E c3 Admin C Adminni Adminoz El Cz HR HR1 3 HR2 i Production L7 Sales Lj test e Only admin can create files and folders This option is only available for root folders Select this option to allow admin to create first level subfolders and files in the selected folder only For example in the folder Dept only admin can create files and subfolders Admin HR Production and so on Other users with read write access to Dept can only create files and folders in the second and lower level subfolders such as AdminO1 AdminO2 HR1 and HR2 zug it Admin Lj AdminO1 E73 Admin z E E HR D HR1 TE HR z i Production L7 Sales Ly test e Apply changes to files and subfolders Apply permissions settings except owner protection and root folder write protection settings to all the files and subfolders within the selected folder These settings include new users deleted users modified permissions and folder owner The options Only the owner can delete the contents and Only admin can create files and folders will not be applied to subfolders e Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Select this option to override all previous
403. rt UPnP 4 Register myQNAPcloud service You can connect to the NAS by WAN IP or myQNAPcloud name To configure myQNAPcloud service check the chapter on myQNAPcloud Service or visit myQNAPcloud http www qnap com pro application asp ap id 637 5 Add VPN users Go to Applications VPN Service VPN Client Management click Add VPN Users The local NAS users will be listed Select the users who are allowed to use the VPN service and their connection method PPTP OpenVPN or both Click Add a cg wx Bo a Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server VPN Server Settings ___ PN Client Management _ Connection List v Username Status OpenVPN admin Ready Fi v Ted Ready V Display item 1 2 Total 2 Show 10 Items 475 Add VPN Users p sername PPTP Openver test 0i E E test z E Oo Ey o testi3 Emplayeen7z 3 g Employee 3 Ex Employee 4 Employeed s Emplayeen785 E E E E E Ey pg p m Employeed Emplayeen78 3 3 Page 1 89 k HH a Display item 1 10 Total Apply Cancel 6 Connect to the private network by a VPN client Now you can use your VPN client to connect to the NAS via the VPN service 476 VPN Client Setup PPTP on Windows 7 1 Go to Control Panel gt Network and Sharing Center Select Set up a new connection or network co
404. rver for web sites creation and management It also supports Joomla PHP and MySQL SQLite to establish an interactive website B amp uw E dd 00 2 X OY a 9 Fs RADO ERE iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus ie v _ Web Server Virtual Host Web Server After enabling this function you can upload the webpage files to Web network share to publish your website Enable Web Server Port number 80 register_globals O on off Enable secure connection SSL Port number 8081 Enable WebDAV After enabling this service click the following link to enter to Web Server http 192 168 0 17 80 https 192 168 0 17 8081 Apply Maintenance Restore to default configuration Restore php ini Maintenance php ini Maintenance Upload Edit Restore The file php ini is the system configuration file of Web Server After enabling this function you can edit upload or restore this file It is recommended to use the system default setting To use the Web Server follow the steps below 1 Enable the service and enter the port number The default number is 80 2 Configure other settings a Configure register globals Select to enable or disable register globals The setting is disabled by default When the web program prompts you to enable php register globals enable this option However for system security concern it is recommended to tu
405. ry and need to be adapted to match the LDAP server configuration 1 Linux OpenLDAP Server Base DN dc qnap dc com Root DN cn admin dc qnap dc com Users Base DN ou people dc qnap dc com Groups Base DN ou group dc qnap dc com 2 Mac Open Directory Server Base DN dc macserver dc qnap dc com Root DN uid root cn users dc macserver dc qnap dc com Users Base DN cn users dc macserver dc qnap dc com Groups Base DN cn groups dc macserver dc qnap dc com 383 6 Network Services Win Mac NFS be ETPBe3 Telnet SSHb98 SNMP Settings B9 Service Discovery be Network Recycle Bin 4on Qsyncho3 384 6 1 Win Mac NFS Microsoft Networking To allow access to the NAS on Microsoft Windows Network enable file service for Microsoft networking Specify also how the users will be authenticated j as 4 KE ila e oe Win Mac NFS FTP Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin Apple Networking NFS Service Enable file service for Microsoft networking Server description Optional NAS Server Workgroup WORKGROUP 9 Standalone server AD domain member To enable Domain Security please click here LDAP domain authentication To enable Domain Security please click here Current Samba ID Advanced Options Apply Standalone Server Use local users for authentication The NAS will use the local user accounts information created in Privilege Settings Users to authenticate the
406. s Inc All Rights Reserved 2 Choose the number of HDD bays and the model of your NAS and click Next Hard Disk Compatible List Get the hardware ready Select number of drive bays and model name of your Turbo NAS If you are not sure of the model name you may skip and click Next to continue Take out the disk tray from the Turbo NAS then Insert the disk trays into the Turbo NAS fasten the disk with four screws matching the holes at the base of the disk tray User Manual Online Resources Customer Service Online Support Form QNAP Forum User Manual Tutorials Ei y vj 22 You Tobe 3 Connect the network and power cables of your NAS turn on the Turbo NAS and click Next QNAP Hard Disk Compatible List User Manual Get the hardware ready Connect the network and power cables m Turn on the Turbo NAS Online Resources Customer Service Online Support Form QNAP Forum User Manual Tutorials Fi y y tebe 4 Click the operating system your computer is running on CINPEMY Hard Disk Compatible List User Manual Build your private cloud Please choose your operating system to start the firmware installation process Windows ac LINUX Compatible with Ubuntu 11 10 CentOS 6 2 Back Online Resources Customer Service Online Support Form QNAP Forum User Manual Tutorials f y ww 23 5 Click Get Ofinder to download the QNAP Ofinder utility For Mac users please
407. s to activate Actieabe Windows now Note After joining the NAS to the Active Directory the local NAS users who have access right to the AD server should use NASname username to login the AD users should use their own usernames to login the AD server For TS 109 209 409 509 series NAS if the AD domain is based on Windows 2008 Server the NAS firmware must be updated to version 2 1 2 or above 3 4 Windows 7 If you are using a Windows 7 PC which is not a member of an Active Directory while your NAS is an AD domain member and its firmware version is earlier than v3 2 0 change your PC settings as shown below to allow your PC to connect to the NAS 1 Go to Control Panel Administrative Tools d E E H Control Panel All Control Panel Items a os Adjust your computer s settings P Action Center Hho BitLocker Drive Encryption El Color Management 2 Click Local Security Policy 4p Search Administrative Tools Ic gt All Control Panel Items Administrative Tools Organize n Open Burn Sr Favorites Name Date modified A Component Services 14 07 2009 12 46 Shortcut ie Libraries a Computer Management 14 07 2008 12 41 Shortcut Data Sources ODBC 14 07 2009 12 41 Shortcut jE Computer fal Event Viewer 14 07 2009 12 42 Shortcut iSCSI Initiator 14 07 2009 12 41 Shortcut Gia Network fa Local Security Policy 3 Goto Local Policies gt Security Options Sele
408. s are archived on the same day the file will be named as MyLogFile yyyy mm dd number For example MyLogFile 2011 12 31 1 MyLogFile 2011 12 31 2 and so on Click Apply to save the settings 491 a v a MySQL Server vslog Server Antivirus RADIUS Server _ Server Settings Filter Settings Syslog Viewer Server Settings Enable Syslog Server Enable TCP TCP port Enable UDP UDP port Log Settings Maximum log size MB 50 Log file Public messages Email Notification If the severity of a received log message is higher the selected severity level the system will send an alert email automatically Enable the email notification Severity level Emerg v Note The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server Ap p y Email Notification The NAS supports sending email alert to dedicated email addresses maximum 2 configured in System Settings Notification Alert Notification when the severity of the received Syslog messages match the specified level To use this feature configure the SMTP server settings in System Settings Notification SMTP Server Next enable email notification and select the severity level in Applications gt Syslog Server Server Settings Click Apply to save the settings Severity Level Description smallest number the highest Emerg Emergency the system is unusable Alert emails wi
409. s license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free copyleft license for software and other kinds of works The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program to make sure it remains free software for all its users We the Free Software Foundation use the GNU General Public License for most of our software it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for them if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights Therefore you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it responsibilities to respect the freedom of others For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must pass on t
410. shboard will be presented differently on different screen resolutions The color of the Dashboard button will change based on the status of system health for quick recognition CN QNAP Mobile App Click this tab to check and download the latest and available QNAP mobile applications QNAP Utility Click this tab to check and download the latest and available NAS utilities Feedback Click this tab to file a feature request and bug report Slide in window System related news will be displayed on the window at bottom right side of the desktop Click the update to check for relevant details 84 HDD SMART Diski has started Note If you would like to use your home NAS model as a business NAS model please first install business applications from the App Centerf723 and drag the corresponding item from the Main Menu and drop it to the QTS Desktop 85 4 System Settings General Settings e7 Storage Managerl 9s Networkbo3 Security 523 Hardwarebs3 Powerl258 Notificationb43 Firmware Updateb48 Backup Restore bs0j External Devicebs System Statusbe3 System Logs 30 86 4 1 General Settings System Administration Enter the name of the NAS The NAS name supports maximum 14 characters and can be a combination of the alphabets a z A Z numbers 0 9 and dash Space period or pure number are not allowed ie S x k v 4 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware
411. sk Volume Drive 1 2 3 453 82 GB Capacity 1 GB Step 5 10 145 4 Select the target to map the LUN to optional step Quick Configuration Wizard Map to Target Optional E Do not map it to a target for now Target Alias Target ION target iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi targetO1 cf4bcl a iqn 2004 O04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi a0 1 cfdbci allend1 iqn 2004 04 com gnap ts 569pra iscst allen cf4bcl davidO1 iqn 2004 O04 com qnap ts 569pro iscsi david cfabci Step 6 10 Cancel 5 Confirm the settings and click Next 6 When the LUN has been created click Finish to exit the wizard 146 Quick Configuration Wizard ISCSI Quick Configuration Wizard Created successfully You can perform advanced settings at the TARGET MANAGEMENT and ADVANCED ACL page Step 10 10 Finish 7 The LUNs created can be mapped to and unmapped from the iSCSI target anytime You can also unmap the LUN from a target and map it to another target General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Settings Manager Volume Management RAID Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System E Virtual Disk Fortal Management Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Target List Status a a01 Ready Advanced ACL t E allena1 allen Ready LUN Backu E EJ davidoi david Ready t O target target01 Ready un Mapped iSCSI LUN List 2 147 sz Storage Manager General Settings Volume Ma
412. skip to Step 19 37 Hard Disk Compatibility List User Manual English Global Build your private cloud on Windows Follow the steps to set up and enjoy your Turbo NAS on Windows Get Ofinder Qfinder is a tool for Windows to locate and configure the Turbo NAS on the LAN Click Get Qfinder to proceed Get Ofinder Execute Qfinder Execute Qfinder to configure the Turbo NAS Qfinder will update and install the latest firmware automatically Default username and password Username admin Password admin Get Utilities QNAP provides numerous useful tools to increase your productivity After Get utilities completing system setup don t forget to get the utilities to explore the various uses of your Turbo NAS If you have encountered any problems during the setup please fill in the online support form to get more information Back Close 3 E v 6 Launch the QNAP Ofinder installer from your computer and click Next 24 4 QNAP Qfinder Installe Welcome to the Qfinder Setup Setup will quide you through the installation of Qfinder It is recommended that you cose all other applications before starting Setup This will make it possible to update relevant system files without having to reboot your computer Click Next to continue n 7 Read the license agreement check I accept the terms of the License Agreement and click Next Please review th
413. ss A TS 469U RP SP Class A TS 419U II Class A TS 412U Class A TS 420U Class A TS 421U Class A TS 1079 Pro Class A TS 879 Pro Class A TS 869 Pro Class B TS 669 Pro Class B TS 569 Pro Class B TS 469 Pro Class B TS 269 Pro Class B 10 TS 219P II Class B Class B 11 1 3 Symbols in this Document Warning Caution Important This icon indicates the instructions must be strictly followed Failure to do so could result in injury to human body or death This icon indicates the action may lead to disk clearance or loss OR failure to follow the instructions could result in data damage disk damage or product damage This icon indicates the information provided is important or related to legal regulations 12 1 4 Safety Information and Precautions 10 11 12 The NAS can operate normally in the temperature of 09C 409C and relative humidity of 090 9596 Please make sure the environment is well ventilated The power cord and devices connected to the NAS must provide correct supply voltage 100W 90 264V Do not place the NAS in direct sunlight or near chemicals Make sure the temperature and humidity of the environment are in optimized level Unplug the power cord and all the connected cables before cleaning Wipe the NAS with a dry towel Do not use chemical or aerosol to clean the NAS Do not place any objects on the NAS during normal system operations and to avoid overheat Use the flat head scr
414. stalled on the NAS before the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared Current Configuration Logical Volumes Disk Volume File System Total Size Free Size Status Single Disk Drive 1 EXT3 227 76 GB 226 98 GB Ready Plug in the new 250GB hard drives to drive slots 2 and 3 of NAS The NAS will detect the new hard drives The status of the new hard drives is Unmounted Current Configuration Physical Disks Scan now Disk Model Capacity Status SMART Information Drive 1 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ERM1 7 0 232 89 GB Ready Good Drive 2 WDC WD2500AAKX 272ERM 17 0 232 89 GB Ready Good Drive 3 WDC WD2500AAKX 22ERM17 0 232 89 GB Ready Drive 4 No Disk Drive 5 No Disk Note that if you are going to install a hard drive new or used which has never been installed on the MAS before the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared Current Configuration Logical Volumes Disk Volume File System Total Size Free Size Status Single Disk Drive 1 EXT4 229 57 GB 228 52 GB Ready Single Disk Drive 2 229 57 GB 228 88 GB Ready Single Disk Drive 3 106 Go to Storage Manager RAID Management click Migrate from the Action 5 X amp E o0 e B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Volume Management HDD SMART Encrypted File System iSCSI Virtual Disk
415. sword which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this folder 6 Type a name for this network location 456 What do you want to name this location Create a name for this shortcut that will help you easily identify this network location http 10 8 12 111 MyWebDAV Type a name for this network location MyWebDAVGTS 509 7 The Web folder has been successfully created 457 Completing the Add Network Location Wizard You have successfully created this network location shortcut for this location will appear in Computer V Open this network location when I click Finish Name Type Total Size Devices with Removable Storage 5 E Decuments E Pictures un DVD RW Drive Ez E Miuse di Public Removable Disk H E Metwork Location 3 55 Qmultimedia 0108 12 19 i Folders JW PC Workgroup WORKGROUP er I Processor Intel R Pentium R D CPU 2 80G6Hz Memory 340 GB 458 Free Space cD Drrve F Removable Disk 6 5 Removable Desk E QBackup James 010 8 12 139 3 9 You can connect to the folder though this link via HTTP WebDAV Favorite Links lE Documents E Pictures iri Music More Folders BE Desktop E w di Public E Computer E Local Disk C coq Local Disk D eld DVD RW Drive E am Removable Disk F s Removable Mick 652 7 1 tem 459 MacOS X Follow the steps below to connect to
416. t 1 v Use the following DNS server address Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server Click to edit the network settings For the NAS with two LAN ports users can connect both network interfaces to two different switches and configure the TCP IP settings The NAS will acquire two IP addresses which allow access from two different subnets This is known as multi IP settings When using the Finder to detect the NAS IP the IP of the Ethernet 1 will be shown in LAN 1 only and the IP of the Ethernet 2 will be shown in LAN 2 only To use the port trunking mode for dual LAN connection see section iii TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 119P TS 219P TS 112 and TS 212 provide one Giga LAN port only therefore do not support dual LAN configuration or port trunking IP Address Edit Link Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Speed MTU Etherneti Yes 192 168 0 17 J2539 299 22939 0 192 168 0 1 00 08 9B C9 41 FF 100Mbps 1500 4 Network Parameters 205 Under the Network Parameters tab on the TCP IP Property page configure the following settings TCP IP Property Advanced Options DHCP server Metwork Speed Auto negotiation amp Obtain IP address settings automatically via DHCP Use static IP address Select Jumbo Frame setting 1500 Apply Cancel Network Speed Select the network transfer rate according to the network environment to which the NAS is connected Select aut
417. t Networking host access 25 Specify the computers which can access the shared folders via Microsoft Networking Shares Dept A Enter the hosts or IP addresses which are allowed to connect to this shared folder Download Dept Multimedia Note Users will still need access permissions to access the shared folder DNAS CJ Public Recordings Host IF Network J TedHome 192 168 jUSBDisk1 iz C USBDisk2 T USBDisk3 Usb G web homes jtest LJtest 1 Note Please make sure the format you enter is correct An incorrect format can lead jtesto2 to access error If no entry is entered all hosts access will be allowed 1ractna a Delete l Add domain local Wildcard characters You can enter wildcard characters in an IP address or host name entry to represent unknown characters Asterisk Use an asterisk as a substitute for zero or more characters For example if you enter x domain local the following items are included a domain local cde domain local test domain local 349 Question mark Use a question mark as a substitute for only one character For example test domain local includes the following test 1 domain local test2 domain local testa domain local When you use wildcard characters in a valid host name dot is included in wildcard characters For example when you enter example com one example com and one two example com are included 350 ISO Sh
418. t the settings 223 IPv6 Property amp IPv6 Auto Configuration Use static IP address IPv6 Auto Configuration If an IPv6 enabled router is available on the network select this option to allow the NAS to acquire the IPv6 address and the configurations automatically Use static IP address To use a static IP address enter the IP address e g 2001 bc95 1234 5678 prefix length e g 64 and the gateway address for the NAS You may contact your ISP for the information of the prefix and the prefix length e Enable Router Advertisement Daemon radvd To configure the NAS as an IPv6 host and distribute IPv6 addresses to the local clients which support IPv6 enable this option and enter the prefix and prefix length IPv6 DNS server Enter the preferred DNS server in the upper field and the alternate DNS server in the lower field Contact the ISP or network administrator for the information If IPv6 auto configuration is selected leave the fields as 224 Service Binding The NAS services run on all available network interfaces by default To bind the services to one or more specific network interfaces wired or wireless enable service binding x 0 FSF 8B General Storage Network ecurity Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update TCP IP Wi Fi IPvo Service Bindinc Proxy DDNS Service The NAS services run on all available network interfaces by default To bind the services to one or mo
419. t time for the daily scan Please note that the Music Station can only be launched after it is enabled in the Station Manager For details on the Multimedia Station please refer to the chapter on Multimedia Station lead 430 File Station Check Enable File Station to enable this station and click the links below to directly login into the application Ss E a P e m Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Enable File Station After enabling this service click the following link to enter to Web File Station Regular login http 192 168 0 17 8080 cqi bin filemanager html Please note that the File Station can only be launched after it is enabled in the Station Manager For details on the File Station please refer to the chapter on File Station 599 431 Download Station Check Enable Download Station to enable this station and click the links below to directly login to the application a amp a uw GE 00 aH amp Station Backup iTunes Server DLMA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station i Surveillance Station Pro v Enable Download Station After Grand this service you may click MiB FRUI link to enter the DHNIIDSG Stati
420. tabase on the NAS select Back up Database and specify the backup frequency destination folder on the NAS and other options To restore an LDAP database browse to select the exp file and click Import Click Apply to apply the settings a amp a Ll A X Station Backup iTunes Server DLMA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Station Server LDAP Server Users Back up LDAP Database Back up Database 1 Backup frequency Daily 2 Start Time 0 W 00 3 Destination folder Public 4 Backup options 9 Overwrite existing backup file LDAP Backup exp Create a new file for each backup and append the date to the filename LDAP backup yyyy mm dd exp 5 Apply Apply Restore LDAP Database You can import a backup file to restore the entire LDAP configuration and contents Select a backup file to import Impart Note e If the name of a user is changed in the LDAP server it is necessary to assign the folder permission again on the NAS e To avoid account conflicts please do not create NAS local user accounts that already exist in the LDAP directory 472 7 7 VPN Service The NAS supports Virtual Private Network VPN service for users to access the NAS and resources on a private network from the Internet Follow the instructions below for the first time setup of the VPN service on the NAS 1 Er XL x X ue Select a network interface to connect Enable PPTP or OpenVPN ser
421. tall in a different folder cick Browse and select another folder Click Install to start the installation Destination Folder Space required 112 8MB Space available 18 9GB 26 10 Click Finish Servers Connect Settings Tools Help Completing the Qfinder Setup Ofinder has been installed on your computer Click Finish to dose Setup Launch Qfinder amp English QNAP ONE ME Login Network Configuration Details Resource Bookmark Refresh 0g Drives Olive ens a Monitor the NAS SAUA Bookmark Name jauss670 TS 670Pro Kentest269 CSD 659 Art CSD559 MACININAIN IP Address 10 8 13 106 10 8 12 135 10 8 12 19 10 8 12 101 10 8 12 199 10 8 12 157 10 8 12 122 10 8 12 60 10 8 12 79 10 8 12 111 10 8 12 82 10 8 12 146 10 8 12 57 10 8 13 59 10 8 12 126 10 8 12 80 101010147 myQNAPcloud Device Name qtsdemogogogo dfsdfsgsdfsgsdfsdfsdf Server Type TS 670 Pro TS 670 Pro TS 269L TS 809U TS 509 TS 469 Pro TS 879 Pro TS 509 Q802 TS 509 TS 119P I TS 469 Pro TS 469 G TS 119P TS 659 Pro II TS 559 Pro TCCN ne N Version 4 0 0 20130517 4 0 1 20130530 O 4 0 1 20130527 Q 3 8 3 20130426 Q 3 8 0 20121114 O 4 0 0 20130522 Q 3 8 3 20130417 O 3 8 3 20130430 Q 3 8 3 20130524 O 3 8 2 20130301 Q 3 8 1 20121205 Q 4 0 0 20130523 Q 3 8 2 20130321 4 0 0 20130514 Q 3 8 3 20130426 Q 4 0 0 20130510 amp An0n n20n172 2nco7
422. tely under those permissions but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions When you convey a copy of a covered work you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy or from any part of it Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work You may place additional permissions on material added by you to a covered work for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission Notwithstanding any other provision of this License for material you add to a covered work you may if authorized by the copyright holders of that material supplement the terms of this License with terms a Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License or b Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it or C Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version or d Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material Or e Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names trademarks or service marks or f Requiring indemnification of l
423. ter auto protection mode UL ge 49 dw after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores 6 Click Apply All to confirm Backup External System System Logs Restore Device Status External Storage USB Printer UPS Enable UPS Support Protocol APC UPS with SNMP management IP Address of UPS 172 17 25 220 amp Turn off the server after the AC power fails for minute s 3 The system will enter auto protection mode after the AC power fails for Auto protection when the power restores the system automatically resumes to its previous state UPS Information Normal Manufacture American Power Conversion Battery capacity Model apc snmp ups Estimated protection time Network master mode A network UPS master is responsible for communicating with network UPS slaves on the same physical network about critical power status To set up your NAS with UPS as 290 network master mode plug in the USB cable on the UPS to the NAS and follow the steps below 1 Make sure the NAS the UPS master is connected to the same physical network as the network UPS slaves 2 Select the option Enable UPS Support 3 Click Enable network UPS Support This option appears only when your NAS is connected to the UPS by a USB cable
424. the NAS To create iSCSI targets and LUN go to Storage Manager gt iSCSI Target Management 1 Go to Storage Manager gt iSCSI LUN Backup Click Create a new job ie X General Network Settings Storage Manager Volume Management RAID Management Portal Management Current Jobs Create a Job Job Name Target Management Advanced ACL m 9 Security 8 Notification Firmware Update Hardware Power HDD SMART Encrypted File System Virtual Disk Status 2 Select Back up an iSCSI LUN and click Next 173 7 Create a Job LUN Backup Restore Snapshot This wizard helps you back up or restore an iSCSI LUN or create a LUN snapshot Please select the action Restore an iSCSI LUN Create a LUN Snapshot Step 1 15 3 Select the source LUN for backup If an online LUN is selected the NAS will create a point in time snapshot for the LUN automatically 174 Back up an iSCSI LUN Select Source LUN LUN a Status Capacity iSCSI Target myLUNO1 Enabled 1 00 GB target myLUNO Enabled 1 00 GB a myLUNOS Enabled 1 00 GB allenol m yL UMNOA Enabled 1 00 GB davidO1 Step 2 15 4 Specify the destination where the LUN will be backed up to The NAS supports LUN backup to a Linux share NFS a Windows share CIFS SMB and a local folder on the NAS Click Test to test the connection to the specified path Then click Next 175
425. the private NAS services on the myQNAPCloud website myOQNAPcloud Access Code Set the myON4Pcloud Access Code po Note The code must be 6 16 characters a z 4 2 0 9 only Click Add Users and specify maximum 9 local NAS users who are allowed to view the private NAS services published on the myQNAPcloud website User Management Click Add User and specify the local WAS users who are allowed to view the private MAS services published on myONAPcloud website These users may also use the myON4Pcloud Connect at the same time for remote access Maximum 9 users can be specified Select the users and click Send Invitation to send an email with instruction to access the services Add Users l Username mytiNAPcIaud Connect MPMI myON4 amp Pcloud Website 595 Select the connection method the myQNAPcloud Connect VPN utility and or myQNAPcloud website Click Apply Select users and their privileges Username myON4P cloud Connect PH mytchNAPcaoud Website admin F E test i1 testo testus Employeed 2 Employeedy s Employeed 4 Employeed s Fs mw Fm pw pm EA EA Employeen76 ry Fm pm pm pw p rw p p Employee A Y Page 1 j8 k M a2 Display item 1 10 Total 83 Apply Cancel Click Apply to save the settings myQNAPcloud Access Code Set the myQNAPcloud Access Code 111111 Note The code must be 6 16 characters a z A Z 0 9 only User Management
426. thenticates the initiator using the first set of username and password The initiator authenticates the target using the Mutual CHAP settings Fil 0 Username limitation Password limitation Use CHAP e The only valid characters are e The only valid characters are authentication 0 9 a z A Z 0 9 a z A Z e Maximum length 256 e Maximum length 12 16 characters characters Mutual CHAP e The only valid characters are e The only valid characters are 0 9 a z A Z colon 0 9 a z A Z colon dot and dash dot and dash e Maximum length 12 16 e Maximum length 12 16 characters characters Quick Configuration Wizard CHAP Authentication Settings 7 Use CHAP authentication Username one2345 Password EE NE MEE Re enter Password assasaccccaa W Mutual CHAP Username ddriiiii Password dr a au m Re enter Password ESCAPE LUE ee Step 4 10 Cancel 140 Create an iSCSI LUN An iSCSI LUN is a logical volume mapped to the iSCSI target Select one of the following modes to allocate the disk space to the LUN Thin Provisioning Allocate the disk space in a flexible manner You can allocate the disk space to the target anytime regardless of the current storage capacity available on the NAS Over allocation is allowed as the storage capacity of the NAS can be expanded by online RAID capacity expansion Instant Allocation Allocate the disk space to the LUN instantly This option guarantees the
427. ther users In Remote Access Services DDNS Cloud Portal Cloud Portal the web based NAS services are shown Select Publish to publish the NAS services to myQNAPcloud website Select Private to hide the published NAS services from public access The private services on the myQNAPcloud website are only visible to specified users with the myQNAPcloud access code 594 Note that if a disabled NAS service is published the service will not be accessible even the corresponding icon is shown on myQNAPcloud website http www myQNAPcloud com Publish Services You can publish NAS services to my QNAPcloud website https wvww mygnapc com Select Publish to publish the NAS services to myQN4Pcloud website Select Private to hide the published NAS services from public access The private services on myQN4Pcloud website are only visible to specified users with myQNAPcloud Access Code NAS Services Web Administration File Station Web Server Multimedia Station Photo Station Music Station Secure Web Administration Secure File Station Secure Web Server Secure Multimedia Station Secure Photo Station Secure Music Station Status Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Publish J V J Private Set myQNAPcloud Access Code Enter a code of 6 16 characters a z A Z 0 9 only The code is required when NAS users attempt to view
428. time s block the IP for 5 minutes Telnet In 1 minute after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s block the IP for 5 minutes HTTP 5 In 1 minute after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s block the IP for 5 minutes FTP In 1 minute after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s block the IP for 5 minutes SAMBA In 1 minute after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s block the IP for 5 minutes AFP In 1 minute after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s block the IP for 5 minutes 230 Certificate amp Private Key The Secure Socket Layer SSL is a protocol for encrypted communication between the web servers and the web browsers for secure data transfer You can upload a secure certificate issued by a trusted provider After uploading a secure certificate users can connect to the administration interface of the NAS by SSL connection and there will not be any alert or error message The NAS supports X 509 certificate and private key only e Download Certificate To download the secure certificate which is currently in use e Download Private Key To download the private key which is currently in use e Restore Default Certificate amp Private Key To restore the secure certificate and private key to system default The secure certificate and private key in use will be overwritten I 3 o9 e 8 General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Security Level Network
429. tination folder Click OK Deleting files or folders 1 Select a file or folder to delete 2 Right click the mouse and select Delete 604 A Lily 1jpg 3 Metal Gear solid Create folder EP oseipo B copy a share Download compressizip af Properties 3 Confirm to delete the file or folder 605 Transcoding files 1 Select a media file 2 Right click the mouse and select Add to Transcode 1562 wiry 2002 0525 b mped create folder c MetalGear Sulid 3 88 P copy Metal Gear Solid 3 5 es Share F5 Open Download G3 Rename Move lll Celete JA cut Add to Transcode EB Transcode Information 8 compressizip P Properties 3 Confirm to transcode the file Playing media files 1 To play a media file in different resolutions left click the media file and select a desired resolution 2002 0525 b mpeg 2003 08 24 11 33 04 Metal Gear Salid 3 5na 240p Metal Gear Solid 3 5na 2360p zlp Cancel Delete Transcoding Add to Transcode 606 2 The built in QNAP Media Viewer will open to play the file 607 Extracting files 1 To extract a zipped file on the NAS right click the zipped file and select Extract zip EM Lily 1 jp9 Q Create folder c MetalGearS Copy rose bao im es Share fey SpaceMagici F5 Open Download Rename E Moye W Celete Extract BM Extract files compressizip Extract here Ex
430. tings Notification 545 mldid lddflian Policy j Filter Download detailed logs Maximum lag size MB 10 MB Max 1GB Enable this option to include more information in the lag file You can also specify the maximum file size Send an alert email in the following conditionis Synchronization failed Synchronization has completed Note The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server Specify the replication policy in Policy and filter settings in Filter These will become the default settings for all RTRR replication jobs 546 Filter Timeout and Retry Settings Timeout second Number of retries Retry intervals second Delete extra files amp Detect sparse files t Compress files during Check file cantents amp amp transmission Ignore symbolic links Extended attributes i 547 Download replication job logs To view the status and logs of a replication job click a Backup Station amp Backup Server RTRR Real time Remote Replication allows one way data replication between two servers locations including FTP server in real Rsync Server time or according to the specified schedule You must enable RTRR or FTP server on the remote server in order to use this function RTRR Server Create a Replication Job Options Time Machine Target Device Job Name Status Action am Remote
431. tings of IP camera 2 following the above steps Monitor After you have added the network cameras to the NAS click del Mant The first time you connect to this page by a web browser you have to install additional plug ins in order to view the images of IP camera 1 and IP camera 2 You can start to use the monitoring and recording functions of the Surveillance Station Pro 718 Bm E am ss mmm Em em 2 sep E88 Ee e m1 t 81 B Qj esce v4 0 0 buid 20130510 EE Va qc amera 1 qc amera 2 QT Camera 3 T Camera 4 To use other functions such as motion detection recording scheduled recording and video playback see the online help 719 Configuring your NAT router for remote monitoring over the Internet To view the monitoring video and connect to the NAS remotely you need to change the network settings by forwarding different ports to the corresponding LAN IP on your NAT router QNAP NAS e e Camera 1 Camera 2 MIL n LAN IP 192 168 1 10 LAN IP 192 168 1 20 LAN IP 192 168 1 60 Port 81 Port 82 Port 8000 e PN w 4 Qca O Pe e E DSL Cable NAT rouber PC modem LAN IP 192 168 1 100 LAN IP 192 168 1 32 720 Changing port settings of NAS and IP cameras The default HTTP port of NAS is 8080 In this example the port is changed to 8000 Therefore you have to connect to the NAS via http NAS IP
432. tion Ss Q ww ww 62 60 5 X Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server Photo Station MusicStation Multimedia Station File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Enable Music Station After enabling this service you may click one of the following links to enter Music Station Regular login http 192 168 0 17 80 musicstation Secure login https 192 168 0 17 8081 musicstation Apply Please note that the Music Station can only be launched after it is enabled in the Station Manager For details on the Music Station please refer to the chapter on Music Stationlsa 429 Multimedia Station Check Enable Multimedia Station to enable this station and click the links below to directly login to the application 5 S w i amp a Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service Manager Station Server Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Enable Multimedia Station After enabling this service you may click one of the following links to enter Multimedia Station Regular login http 192 168 0 17 80 MSVv2 Secure login https 192 168 0 17 8081 MSV2 Rescan media library Daily start time 03 00 Apply To schedule routine scans on the Media Library check Rescan Media Library and specify the star
433. tion e Change Password Click this button to change your login password 2 Restart Click this button to restart your NAS 3 Shutdown Click this button to shut down your NAS 4 Logout Click this button to log yourself out 5 About Click this button to check for the NAS model firmware version HDDs already installed and available empty bays TS 670 Pro ONAP Version 4 0 0 2013 05 13 www gnap com Hard disks installed 1 Empty bays 5 2013 QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved OK Search L and enter a feature specific keyword in the search box to search for the 78 desired function and its corresponding online help Click the result in the search box to launch the function or open its online QTS help Search Power Settings Q Power UPS Settings External Device QTS Help EM Power E ups Settings Online Resource Click to display a list of online references including the Quick Start Guide QTS Help Tutorials QNAP Wiki and QNAP Forum and customer support such as Customer Service live support and Feedback feature request bug report are available here Quick Start OTS Help Tutorials QNAP Wiki ONAP Forum Customer Service Feedback Language Click es to choose your preferred language for the UI 79 Auto Detect Enalish Bib KEPE Czech Dansk Deutsch Espa ol Fran ais Italiano Pyccku Suomi Svenska Nederlands Turk dili lut Por
434. to the LAN IP of the NAS 192 168 1 60 e Forward port 81 to the LAN IP of IP camera 1 192 168 1 10 e Forward port 82 to the LAN IP of IP camera 2 192 168 1 20 Note When you change the port settings make sure remote access is allowed For example if you office network blocks the port 8000 you will not be able to connect to 721 your NAS from the office After you have configured the port forwarding and the router settings you can start to use the Surveillance Station for remote monitoring over the Internet Connecting to the snapshots and video recordings of Surveillance Station All the snapshots are saved in My Documents Snapshot Windows XP in your computer If you are using Windows 7 or Vista the default directory is Documents Snapshot Snapshot File Edit View Favorites Tools Help pack d Je Search s Folders Hak Address C Documents and Settingstuser My Dacumentks Mame Size Type File and Folder Tasks LU Bid Camera 1 2008 05 30 17 05 12 jpg 65KB ACDSee 9 0 JPEG L Hid Camera 2 2005 05 30 16 42 01 jpq FOB KE ACDSee 9 0 JPEG I Other Places Details z objects 2 2 KB H My Computer The video recordings will be saved in NASIP Qrecordings or NASIP Recordings The general recordings are saved in the folder record_nvr and the alarm recordings are saved in the folder record_nvr_alarm 722 8 10 App Center The App Center is an app store for inst
435. tract to test P Properties 2 Select the files to extract and configure the extraction settings 608 F i Extract FStest zip Settings Mame Packed Modified Date i amp l 4 Tha Iliad t t 14 88 KB 2001 08 20 18 el nns The Divine Come 14 3 KB 2001 08 20 18 dll nne The Travels of Ma 15 14 KB 2001 08 20 18 E3307 Canterbury Tales 15 46 KB 2001 08 20 18 E nna pon Quixote trt 11 84 KB 2001 08 20 18 Page 1 1 Fl Display item 1 5 Total 5 Extract to test Extract Select Extract All Cancel 609 File Folder search The File Station supports smart search of files sub folders and folders on the NAS You can search a file or folder by all or part of the file or folder name or by the file extension for example AVI MP3 O txt v A create folder Upload X More Action v f amp NASC9A1FF gt C3 Dept gt Download gt home gt homes gt 3 Multimedia 3 Public b Recordings Name Modified Date Type Size i 001 The Iliad txt 2001 08 20 18 36 54 TXT File 39 06 KB ef 002 The Odyssey txt 2013 05 26 08 34 26 TXT File 32 17 KB z ux 003 The Aeneid txt 2013 05 26 08 34 28 TXT File 36 12 KB 004 Beowulf txt 2013 05 26 08 34 21 TXT File 33 78 KB Ww A 005 The Divine Comedy txt 2001 08 20 18 37 38 TXT File 37 4 KB 006 The Travels of Marco Polo txt 2001 08 20 18 37 44 TXT File 38 02 KB 007
436. tual Disk A connected iSCSI initiator is authenticated by Target ACL and LUN Masking in order to access the ISCSI Target Management LUNs mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS ee Adda Policy edit LUN Backup Portal Management Policy Name IQN Default Policy ign 2004 04 com qnap all iscsi default ffffff reinb iqn 1991 05 com microsoft reinb 171 Note Make sure you have created at least one LUN on the NAS before editing the default LUN policy Hint How do I find the initiator IQN Start Microsoft iSCSI initiator and click General You can find the IQN of the initiator as shown below SCSI Initiator Properties General Discovery Targets Persistent Targets Bound Yolumes Devices The iSCSI protocol uses the following information to uniquely Identify this initiator and authenticate targets To rename the initiator node click Change Change To authenticate targets using CHAP click Secret ta specify a CHAP secret secret To configure PSec Tunnel Mode addresses click Tunnel Tunnel 172 4 2 5 4 LUN Backup The NAS supports backing up iSCSI LUNs to different storage locations Windows Linux or local shared folders restoring the LUNs to the NAS or creating a LUN snapshot and mapping it to an iSCSI target Back up an iSCSI LUN Before backing up an iSCSI LUN make sure at least one iSCSI LUN has been created on
437. tugues Magyar EAAmvik Roman Desktop Preference Click to choose the application icon displaying style and select your preferred application opening mode on the desktop Application icons can be switched between AU SR small thumbnails and detailed thumbnails and applications can be opened in the tab mode or the window mode For the tab mode the window will be opened to fit the entire NAS Desktop and only one application window can be displayed at once while in the window mode the application window can be resized and reshaped to a desirable style Please note that if you login the NAS using a mobile device only the tab mode is available 80 A QNAPMarketing CE Search 4 System Settings A Privilege Settings 3 Network Services Applications Tab Mode A QNAPMarketing Iv Control Panel c System Settings FA General Storage Network Settings Manager Privilege Settings Users User Groups Shared Folders Network Services Win Mac NFS FTP Telnet SSH HD Station Backup Station Station Manager CEL Hle Station ES Manage QTS settings with an easy to I navigate pa b Windo w mode as Overview Security Hardware Power ay Gs sal M O amp E e B8 9 9 2 m Notification Firmware Backup External System System Logs Update Restore Device Status O ta Quota Domain Security B GG
438. tus Bluetooth PAN Spe iria Configuration Default Server Address Account Name Encryption Automatic 128 bit or 40 bit Authentication Settings Connect Show VPN status in menu bar i id Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me 5 Click Authentication Settings and enter the user authentication information given by the network administrator 483 e Wi Fi Connected Status Mot Configured e Bluetooth PAN Not Connected Configuration Default t SewerAddress Account Name Show VPN status in menu bar Advanced 2 a Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Rewvert Apply 6 After entering the user authentication information click OK and then click Connect 484 PPTP on iOS 5 1 Goto Settings General Network select VPN Network Cellular Data Network Tony 3 Select PPTP and enter the Description Server Account and Password for the connection 485 Add Configuration Add VPN Configuration 486 OpenVPN on Windows 1 Download OpenVPN from http openvpn net index php open source downloads html 2 Install OpenVPN client on Windows The default installation directory is C Program FilesNOpenVPN 3 Run OpenVPN GUI as administrator 4 Download OpenVPN configuration file and certificate from the NAS Applications
439. twork Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin FTP Service _ Advanced Passive FTP part range Use the default port range 9 Define port range 29935 95559 Respond with external IP address for passive FTP connection request External IP address Passive FTP Port Range You can use the default port range 55536 56559 or specify a port range larger than 1023 When using this function make sure you have opened the ports on your router or firewall Respond with external IP address for passive FTP connection request When passive FTP connection is in use the FTP server NAS is behind a router and a remote computer cannot connect to the FTP server over the WAN enable this function When this option is turned on the NAS replies the IP address you specify or automatically detects the external IP address so that the remote computer is able to connect to the FTP server 395 6 3 Telnet SSH Turn on this option to connect to the NAS by Telnet or SSH encrypted connection only the admin account can login remotely Use Telnet or SSH connection clients for example putty for connection Make sure the specified ports have been opened on the router or firewall To use SFTP known as SSH File Transfer Protocol or Secure File Transfer Protocol make sure the option Allow SSH connection has been turned on 4 amp A Win Mac NFS FTP Telnet SSH SNMP Service Network Qsync Beta Discovery Recycle Bin After e
440. twork slave mode follow the steps below 1 Make sure the NAS is connected to the same physical network as the network UPS master Select the option Enable UPS Support Select Network UPS slave from the Protocol drop down menu Enter the IP address of the network UPS server ata I9 9 Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores 6 Click Apply All to confirm Backup External System System Logs Restore Device Status External Storage USB Printer _ UPS UPS V Enable UPS Support Protocol Network UPS slave IP address of network UPS server 10 8 12 153 Turn off the server after the AC power fails for minute s 5 The system will enter auto protection mode after the AC power fails for Auto protection when the power restores the system automatically resumes to its previous state UPS Information AC power status Manufacture Battery capacity Model Estimated protection time Note To allow the UPS device to send SNMP alerts to the QNAP NAS in case of power loss you may have to enter the IP address of the NAS in the configuration page of the UPS device Behavior of the UPS feature of the NAS In case of
441. ult VPN settings or configure the settings manually To understand more please check http fopenvpn net Enable OpenVPN server WPN client IP pool Advanced Settings PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol PPTP is one of the most commonly used methods for VPN connection It is natively supported by Windows Mac Linux Android and iPhone Note The default NAS IP is 10 0 0 1 under PPTP VPN connection OpenVPN OpenVPN is an open source VPN solution which utilizes SSL encryption for secure connection To connect to the OpenVPN server OpenVPN client must be installed on your PC Click Download Configuration File to download the VPN client settings certificate key and installation guide from the NAS and upload the files to the OpenVPN client Note Upload the configuration file to the OpenVPN client every time the OpenVPN settings myQNAPcloud name or the secure certificate is changed 3 Configure port forwarding by auto router configuration The NAS supports auto port forwarding for UPnP Universal Plug and Play network protocol routers Go to myQNAPcloud gt Auto Router Configuration to enable UPnP port forwarding and open the ports of the PPTP or OpenVPN service on the router 474 Note To connect to the PPTP server on the Internet the PPTP passthrough options on some routers have to be opened PPTP uses only port TCP 1723 forward this port manually if your router does not suppo
442. ult backup job properties click Options 567 Backup Station amp Backup Server The backup function allows you to replicate the data between the local disk volume and an external storage device You can create Rsync Server a backup job and map it to a specific disk volume The external storage device with backup job assigned can always be recognized ES by the NAS whichever the USB or eSATA interface it is connected to erver Time Machine be Remote Replication NAS to NAS Target Device Job Name Status imi StoreJet Transcend NTFS 698 63 GB Rsync RTRR amp amp Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy Under Event Logs you can select to enable Download Detailed Logs and specify the maximum file size of the log file Select to send an email alert when a backup job fails or completes Note that the SMTP server settings must be properly set up in System Settings gt Notification yEwentLegs Policy Filter Download detailed logs Maximum log size MB 10 ME Max 1GB Enable this option to include more information in the lag file You can also specify the maximum file size Send an alert email in the following condition s Synchronization failed Synchronization has completed Note The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this ta canfiqure the SMTP server
443. up folder The backup folder will be named with the backup date and the partition number YYYYMMDD 1 for partition 1 YYYYMMDD 2 for partition 2 and so on If the source storage device contains only one partition the backup folder will be named as YYYYMMDD only e Handle sparse files efficiently A sparse file is a type of computer file that contains large blocks of zero byte data Turn on this option may reduce the time required for backup e Source and destination folders Specify the folder pairs for backup and click Add Maximum 9 folder pairs can be added e Options Click Options to set up notification of the backup jobs by email SMS or instant messaging IM e Unmount the front USB drive manually When enabled users can press the Copy button for about 8 10 seconds until the USB LED light turns off and remove the front USB drive from the NAS e Enable the alarm buzzer 1 One short beep Backup has started 2 Two short beeps The front USB drive is being unmounted Data copy by front USB port The NAS supports instant data copy backup from the external USB device to the NAS or the other way round by the front one touch copy button To use this function follow the steps below 1 Make sure a hard drive is installed and formatted on the NAS The default shared folder Qusb Usb has been created 2 Turn on the NAS 3 Configure the behavior of the Copy button on Backup Station USB One Touch 574 Copy
444. up the SMTP server in the NAS administration console before using this feature Thumbnails Browse the files in thumbnail view default Details Browse the files in detailed view It supports the functions Open Rename Delete Download and Full Image View Sort Sort the files alphabetically in ascending or descending order Search Search files within the current directory These features can only be operated by the administrator 647 Playing music Click an MP3 file to play the music by a web browser When you click a music file in a folder all the other supported music files in the folder will also be added to the playlist Click X to exit 01 Love of My Life mp3 02 Can t Live a Day mp 3 03 Celebrate You mp3 04 f You Could See What See mps 05 Answered Prayer mp3 06 God Causes All Things to Grow mnps 07 Love Will Be Our Home mp3 08 Go There with You mps 09 How Beautiful mp3 10 Shine on Us mp3 11 In Remembrance of Me mp3 12 Household of Farth mp Title 01 Love of Mv Life Artist Album Tear Track Genre 0204 0450 Volume E Copyright 22010 GINAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 648 Viewing image files When viewing an image file click EXIF to view the detailed information such as file name size date and aperture To add a caption for the file click Edit caption and enter the description The description must not
445. users who access the NAS e Server Description optional Describe the NAS so that the users can easily identify the server on Microsoft Network e Workgroup Specify the workgroup to which the NAS belongs A workgroup name supports up to 15 characters but cannot contain 2 N 9o AD Domain Member Use Microsoft Active Directory AD to authenticate the users To use this option enable Active Directory authentication in Privilege Settings Domain Security and join the NAS to an Active Directory LDAP Domain Authentication Use Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP directory to authenticate the users 385 To use this option enable LDAP authentication and specify the settings in Privilege Settings Domain Security When this option is enabled you need to select either the local NAS users or the LDAP users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Advanced Options Advanced Options 5 Enable WINS server Use the specified WINS server WINS server IP address Local master browser Allow only NTLMv2 authentication Name resolve priority ONS only Cancel WINS server If the local network has a WINS server installed specify the IP address The NAS will automatically register its name and IP address with WINS service If you have a WINS server on your network and want to use this server enter the WINS server IP Do not turn on this option if you are not sure about the settings
446. ve 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 p Action eee oao ggg ggg Ges Za ggg Zae Ges ae Display item 1 10 Total 22 Show 50 y Items The shared folder name and its first level subfolders are shown on the left The users with configured access rights are shown in the panel with special permission below Double click the first level subfolders to view the second level subfolders Select the root folder Dept Click Add to specify read only read write or deny access for the users and user groups 341 mm Shared Folder Select permission type Users and groups permission s Edit the user and group permissions for access from Windows Mac FTP and File Station Shares 3 3 Dept Permissions Preview Read On Read Wri Deny Acces Special Permission WI TAdmi gg C HR AA testo3 Read Only v 3 Production 3 Sales m test SS Employee073 Read Only M si J Download 3 77 Multimedia X Employeed 5 Read Only fi DNAS Public 3 Recordings Guest access right Deny access i Add Remove 3 TedHome j 8g DUSBDisk1 3 JUSBDisk2z Only admin can create files and folders 3 USBDisk3 Apply changes to files and subfolders 3 Usb c 7114 A P JS Emplayeen72 Read Only M A Emplayeen76 Read Only v Owner Ted g o Only the owner can delete the contents v C Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Close Note e If you have specified deny ac
447. ve technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996 or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures When you convey a covered work you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of 740 technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing against the work s users your or third parties legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures 4 Conveying Verbatim Copies You may convey verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee 5 Conveying Modified Source Versions You may convey a work based on the Program or the modifications to produce it from the Program in the form of source code under the te
448. veillance Station Pro offers one free recording channel by default To add extra number of recording channels please purchase the license at the QNAP License Store http license qnap com or contact an authorized reseller The following Turbo NAS models support the Surveillance Station Pro by default NAS models TS 269 Pro TS 469 Pro TS 569 Pro TS 669 Pro TS 869 Pro TS 469U RP SP TS 869U RP TS 1269U RP TS 269L TS 469L TS 569L TS 669L TS 869L The Surveillance Station Pro can be installed on other Turbo NAS models by installing the add on in App Center launched from the NAS Desktop or Main Menu NAS models Maximum number of recording channels supported by license purchase with the Surveillance Station Pro ARM series TS x10 TS x12 TS x19 TS x20 TS x21 713 x86 series TS x39 TS x59 TS x69 TS x70 Pro SS x39 SS 469 Pro TS x 0U TS x79 series 714 Using Surveillance Station Pro Click the service link on Control Panel Applications Station Manager Surveillance Station to connect to the application Enter the username and password when you are prompted to Note For live view and playback the Surveillance Station Pro supports the following platforms e Windows PC 32 bit Internet Explorer version 9 0 or above Google Chrome or Mozilla Firefox e Mac OS X QNAP Surveillance Client for Mac http www qnap comyutility To set up your network surveillance s
449. vice Configure port forwarding by auto router configuration Register myQNAPcloud service Add VPN users Connect to the private network by a VPN client VPN Service Setup Select a network interface to connect Login the NAS as admin and go to Applications VPN Service VPN Server Settings Under General Settings select a network interface to connect to the desired network which the NAS belongs to zx og 9 S wv F ur b ics a VPN Service MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server VPN Client Management Connection List General Settings Select a network interface to connect ta the desired network which the WAS belongs to You can forward the VPN ports on the router by Auto Router Configuration and also replace the WAN IP by myQN4Pcloud name for connection Network interface Ethernet 1 ES myGNAPclaud name The my GhNAPclaud service is disabled please enable myON4Pcloud Service first Enable PPTP or OpenVPN service The NAS supports PPTP and OpenVPN for VPN connection Select either one option and configure the settings 473 PPTP Settings The PPTP server allows users to access the L4N remotely Use the default settings or specify the settings manually To understand more please check http ww qnap cam ga pptp html Enable PPTP vPN server VPN client IP pool 10 B 12 Advanced Settings OpenVPN Settings An OpenwvPl cient software is required an the remote PC Use the defa
450. vice name in QNAP applications to connect to your NAS However your NAS is required to have access to the Internet 598 8 3 File Station The File Station allows the users to access the NAS on the Internet and manage the files by a web browser Before getting started Enable the service in Control Panel Applications Station Manager Click the link on the page to access the File Station a G M e o Station Backup Tunes Server DLMA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server Manager Station Server v Photo Station Music Station Multimedia Station __ File Station Download Station Surveillance Station Pro Enable File Station After enabling this service click the following link to enter to Web File Station Regular login thttp 182 1868 0 17 8080 cqi bin filemanager html The File Station can be launched from the Main Menu or the File Station icon on the Desktop 599 M NAaSCcosiFr Q On oS APPLICATIONS F93 E O video Station my oNAPCIOUG eiciiaie Beta App Genter Control Panel Hile Station a Multimedia Station E3 download station uU File Station al of Surveillance Station Pro SYSTEMS Download Station Control Panel ae storage Manager GE Backup station CO Puesta VIR EM Qsync Beta NAS File Station Create folder Upload More Action v N X oO D HE ct Y E Bs A de B M Tm 9 NASC941FF gt ge Dept
451. w Note If an external storage device is encrypted by the NAS make sure it is unlocked in External Device External Storage before creating any backup jobs 1 Connect one or more external storage devices to the USB or eSATA if available interfaces of the NAS 2 Click Create a new job Backup Station 3 Backup Server i X The backup function allows you to replicate the data between the local disk volume and an external storage device You can create Rsync Server a backup job and map it to a specific disk volume The external storage device with backup job assigned can always be recognized E by the NAS whichever the USB or eSATA interface it is connected to erver Time Machine Options ae Remote Replication NAS to NAS Target Device Job Name Status Rsync RTRR 4 amp 9 Cloud Backup Amazon 53 ElephantDrive Symform Z External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy 3 When the wizard is shown read the instructions carefully and click Next 557 Create a Job Synchronization Job Wizard This wizard helps you create a sync job through the following steps 1 Connect to an external storage device 2 Create folder pairs far sync operations 3 Configure real time ar scheduled sync options Click Next ta start Step 1 9 Cancel 4 Select the backup locations a Select an external disk volume from the drop down menu The NAS supports EXT3
452. w ea m aie Emplovyeensz Deny Access 3 3 3 Employveens3 Deny Access Page 1 8 k MI Display item 1 10 Total 77 Note 1 The permission settings of user and group will effect the result of preview 2 The privilege priority is Deny Access Deny gt Read Write RW gt Read Only RO Add Cancel Specify other permissions settings below the folder permissions panel Fr Shared Folder Select permission type Users and groups permission 25 Edit the user and group permissions for access from Windows Mac FTP and File Station Shares 4 Dept 4 Download a O Multimedia AA testo3 Read Only F F F s B Public H3 Recnrdings 4 J TedHome Emplaveen73 Read Only 3 jusBDisk1 aO USBDisk2 J admin Read 3 jusb 3 web 4 Ted permissions Preview Read On Read Wril Deny Acces Special Permission J Employeed 2 Read Only Read nn aO homes Guest access right Deny access w Add Remove jtest CAE 3 C3testii Owner admin Only the owner can delete the contents 4 testo Only admin can create files and folders Jtesto3 Apply changes to files and subfolders testo4 iu a eo v amp pply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Apply 343 Guest Access Right Specify to grant full or read only access or deny guest access Owner Specify the owner of the folder By default the folder owner is the creator To chan
453. w the steps below to use virtual host 1 Select Enable Virtual Host and click Apply 2 Click Create a Virtual Host 465 a og ax uw 3X EA g Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service MySQL Server Manager Station Server Web Server Virtual Host After enabling this function you can create multiple websites by uploading Web files to each folder Enable Virtual Host Apply C Host Name Folder Name Protocol Port 3 Enter the host name and specify the folder under Web or Qweb where the web files will be uploaded to 4 Specify the protocol HTTP or HTTPS for connection If you select HTTPS make sure the option Enable Secure Connection SSL in Web Server has been turned on 5 Specify the port number for connection 6 Click Apply Advanced Options 5 Host name site l mwvsite coam Falder Name Web sitel mvsite Protocol HTTP HTTPS Port Bt 7 Continue to enter the information for the rest of the sites you want to host on the NAS 466 a S w a 2g OO ox amp amp Station Backup iTunes Server DLNA Media Media Library Web Server LDAP Server VPN Service MySQL Server Manager Station Server Web Server VirualHost After enabling this function you can create multiple websites by uploading Web files to each folder v Enable virtual Host Apply Create a Virtual Host Host Name Folder Name Protocol
454. ware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update pe SE LIE eel Wi Fi IPv6 Service Binding Proxy DDNS Service IP Address Port Trunking Link Interface IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Q Etherneti S 10 8 12 153 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 00 08 9B CF 05 Q Ethernet2 s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 08 9B CF 05 DNS Server Default Gateway Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the settings from Ethernet 1 Use the following DNS server address Primary DNS server 10 8 13 230 Secondary DNS server 0 0 0 0 Apply 3 Goto Privilege Settings Domain Security Enable Active Directory authentication domain member and enter the AD domain information 0M User Groups Shared Domain Folders Security No domain security Local users only Active Directory authentication Domain member Quick Configuration Wizard Manual Configuration Quick Configuration Wizard will help you Join the NAS to an Active Directory domain LDAP authentication Note e Enter a fully qualified AD domain name for example qnap test com 368 e The AD user entered here must have the administrator access right to the AD domain e WINS Support If you are using a WINS server on the network and the workstation is configured to use that WINS server for name resolution you must set up the WINS server IP on the NAS use the specified WINS
455. will effect the result of preview 2 The privilege priority is Deny Access Deny gt Read Write RW gt Read Only RO Add Cancel Click Remove to remove any configured permissions You can select multiple items by holding the Ctrl key and left clicking the mouse Click Apply to save the settings 338 FE Shared Folder Select permission type Users and groups permission 25 Edit the user and group permissions for access from Windows Mac FTP and File Station Shares Dent Permissions Preview Read On Read Wril Deny Acces Special Permission Download 3 s Multimedia AL admin Read W E F HJ Public a GgRecordings 4 Ted Reads ry 1 TedHome testo1 Read W F mr jusBDisk1 B USBDisk2 A test 2 Read w F D Usb T s web B homes Guest access right Deny access v H test E rm atesti Owner admin z Only the owner can delete the conte test z Only admin can create files and folders 9 testog Apply changes to files and subfolders amp test 4 me e eee JL testos Read Only v C Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Clase 339 Subfolder Permissions The NAS supports subfolder permissions for secure management of the folders and subfolders You can specify read read write and deny access of individual user to each folder and subfolder To configure subfolder permissions go to Privil
456. witches to the second Ethernet interface if the first Ethernet interface does not work properly Only one interface in the bond is active The bond s MAC address is only visible externally on one port network adapter to avoid confusing the switch Active Backup mode provides fault tolerance Balance XOR balances traffic by splitting up outgoing packets between the Ethernet interfaces using the same one for each specific destination when possible It transmits based on the selected transmit hash policy The default policy is a simple slave count operating on Layer 2 where the source MAC address is coupled with destination MAC address Alternate transmit policies may be selected via the xmit hash policy option Balance XOR mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance Broadcast sends traffic on both network interfaces This mode provides fault tolerance 214 Supports static trunking Make sure static trunking is enabled on the switch General switches Supports static trunking Make sure static trunking is enabled on the switch Supports static trunking Make sure static trunking is enabled on the switch IEEE 802 3ad Dynamic Link Aggregation Balance tlb Adaptive Transmit Load Balancing Balance alb Adaptive Load Balancing Dynamic Link Aggregation uses a complex Supports 802 3ad algorithm to aggregate adapters by speed and LACP duplex settings It utilizes all slaves in the a
457. ws Printer via SAMBA Queue printers NASPR3 4 Before you continue you may click Verify to test the printer connection IPP Printer Host 10 8 13 59 Queue printers NASPR3 URI ipp 10 8 13 59 printers NASPR3 Oo Print Share Verified This print share is accessible 5 The operating system starts to search for the possible driver list 285 Searching Searching driver for Internet Printing Protocol Cancel 6 Select the printer driver from the built in database or search online Choose Driver Provide PPD file O Search for a printer driver to download The foomatic printer database contains various manufacturer provided PostScript Printer Description PPD files and also can generate PPD files for a large number of non PostScript printers But in general manufacturer provided PPD files provide better access to the specific Features of the printer Makes Heidelberg Hitachi HP IBM Imagen Imagistics InfoPrint Infotec Kodak Back Cancel Forward 7 Choose the correct printer model and driver Depending on the printer some additional printer options may be available in the next step 286 Choose Driver Models Drivers LaserJet 2100xi HP LaserJet 2200 Postscript en recommended LaserJet 2200 HP LaserJet 2200 pcl3 hpcups 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200d HP Laser Jet 2200 Series hpcups 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200dn HP Laser Jet 2200 hpijs pcl3 3 10 6 en LaserJet
458. x79U To enable the multimedia features for those models please uncheck this option 8 4 A E FF e B General Storage Network Security Hardware Power Notification Firmware Settings Manager Update Time Daylight Saving Time Codepage Password Strength Login Screen Server name T5 1079 5MB IP Address 172 17 24 181 You can change the default port number HTTP for Web Administration System port 8080 Enable secure connection SSL Portnumber 443 Force secure connection SSL only Note After enabling the Force secure connection SSL only option the Web Administration can only be connected via https Apply 88 Time Adjust the date time and time zone according to the location of the NAS If the settings are incorrect the following problems may occur e When using a web browser to connect to the NAS or save a file the display time of the action will be incorrect e The time of the event log displayed will be inconsistent with the actual time when an action occurs Set the server time the same as your computer time To synchronize the time of the NAS with the computer time click Update now next to this option Synchronize with an Internet time server automatically Turn on this option to synchronize the date and time of the NAS automatically with an NTP Network Time Protocol server Enter the IP address or domain name of the NTP server for example time nist gov time windows com Then enter t
459. y item 1 2 Total 2 5how 10 Items Download All Logs 507 Quarantine This page shows the quarantined files on the NAS Users can manually delete or restore the quarantined files or restore and add the files to the exclude list LIONEL NEM LEN Delete an infected file The file cannot be recovered C Restore an infected file to its original shared folder Restore an infected file and add the file into the exclude list scan filter Restore Selected Files Restore multiple files on the list Delete Selected Files Delete multiple files on the list The files cannot be recovered Delete All Files Delete all the files on the list The files cannot be recovered E on S 8 8 Y r LDAP Server VPM Service MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS Server Overview Scan Jobs Reports E File Name Virus name Job Name Mo data to display Show 10 Items 508 7 11 RADIUS Server The NAS can be configured as a RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service server to provide centralized authentication authorization accounting management for computers to connect and use a network service To use this feature follow the steps below 1 Enable RADIUS Server on the NAS in RADIUS Server Server Settings Click Apply gy c e F Ww MySQL Server Syslog Server Antivirus RADIUS TFTP Server Server Server Settings RADIUS Clients RADIUS Users Enable RADIUS Server
460. ync Server Single Disk Drive 1 RTRR Server Name Size Date Modified Time Machine l admin s Mac mini sparsebundle 6 13 GB 2013 05 27 18 52 20 am Remote Replication NAS to NAS Rsync RTRR Cloud Backup Amazon S3 ElephantDrive Symform External Backup External Drive USB One Touch Copy e Volume drop down menu on top right side of the screen Display Time Machine backup tasks stored in the volume e Name The name of the Time Machine backup the sparse bundle disk image which was created by Time Machine e Size Size of this Time Machine backup e Date Modified Last modified date of this Time Machine backup e Delete Delete the selected Time Machine backup 525 8 1 2 Remote Replication NAS to NAS and Rsync The NAS data can be backed up to a remote NAS or Rsync server by Rsync remote replication If the backup destination is a NAS go to Main Menu gt Backup Station gt Rsync Server and enable the remote NAS as an Rsync backup server 1 To create a replication job click Create a Replication Job Backup Station Backup Server NAS Replication allows you to replicate the files of a local folder to a folder of a remote server You must enable Rsync server on the remote server in order to use this function RTRR Server Create a Replication Job Options Time Machine F Rsync Server Job Name Sour Destination Schedule Status ae Remote Replication NAS to
461. ystem by the NAS follow the steps below 1 2 3 A Plan your home network topology Set up the IP cameras Configure the camera settings on the NAS Configure your NAT router for remote monitoring over the Internet Planning your home network topology Write down your plan of the home network before setting up the surveillance system Consider the following when doing so The IP address of the NAS The IP address of the IP cameras Your computer the NAS and the IP cameras should be connected to the same router on the LAN Assign fixed IP addresses to the NAS and the IP cameras For example The LAN IP of the home router 192 168 1 100 Camera 1 IP 192 168 1 10 fixed IP Camera 2 IP 192 168 1 20 fixed IP NAS IP 192 168 1 60 fixed IP 715 QNAP NAS e e Camera 1 Camera 2 e e I P LAN IP 192 168 1 10 LAN IP 192 168 1 10 LAN IP 192 168 1 60 P d f Internet DSL Cable NAT rouber modem LAN IP 192 168 1 100 LAN IP 192 168 1 32 716 Setting up the IP cameras In this example two IP cameras will be installed Connect the IP cameras to your home network Then set the IP address of the cameras so that they are in the same LAN as the computer Login the configuration page of the Camera 1 by a web browser Enter the IP address of the first IP camera as 192 168 1 10 The default gateway should be set as the LAN IP of the router 192 168 1 100 in this example Then configure the IP
462. zl Close Save Cancel 668 Photo Frame Settings You can upload your photo frames for viewing the image files The suggested resolution is 400 width x 300 height pixels or you can use an image with 4 3 aspect ratio The supported format is PNG To add a photo frame click Add and upload the file Photo Frame Settings OU can set up your own photo frames by uploading it here The suggested frame resolution is 400 ywvicth 300 height pixels or you can use an image with 4 3 aspect ratio in PNG format Photo Frame List Preview p clasico marca blanco mosaico pelicula velloso i Add Delete Close The name of a photo frame must be 1 to 16 characters long The maximum number of photo frames the Multimedia Station supports is 64 including the system default photo frames Note that the system default photo frames cannot be deleted 669 Photo Frame Settings Y au can Upload your oven photo frames The suggested frame r solution is 400 width x 300 height pixels or WOU can use an image with 4 3 aspect ratio in PMG format Photo Frame List Preview bloque clasico marco blanco mosaico pelicula velloso Hame Cancel Upload Setting Folder Public To publish the image files to the Web you have to make the folder public Select the folder to allow public access and click gt Then click Save Note that the public folders will be seen and accessed by anyone

QNAP TS-412 + 4x ST2000VN000

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents